The Oregon Administrative Rules contain OARs filed through January 15, 2010

DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND BUSINESS SERVICES,
OREGON OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH DIVISION

437-002-0005

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following Federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/98, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.1, Purpose and scope; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23503.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.2, Definitions; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23503.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.3, Petitions for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of a standard; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23503.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.4, Amendments to this part; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23503.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.5, Applicability of standards; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23503 23504; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35308.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.6, Incorporation by reference; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23504; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, no. 29, p. 5321; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9230; 3/23/99, FR vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13908; 9/13/05, FR vol. 70, no. 176, p. 53925; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.7, Definition and requirements for a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory; published 4/12/88, Federal Register, vol. 53, no. 70, pp. 12120-12125; and amended 5/11/88, FR vol. 53, no. 91, p. 16838.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.9, Compliance duties owed to each employee; published 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

These standards are on file at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 17-1988, f. & ef. 11-10-88; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 8-1999, f. & cert. ef. 8-6-99; OSHA 4-2005, f. & cert. ef 12-14-05; OSHA 4-2007, f. & cert. ef. 8-15-07; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08; OSHA 5-2009, f. & cert. ef. 5-29-09

437-002-0006

General Oregon Definitions

For the purposes of administration of the Oregon Safe Employment Act, the following terms mean:

(1) "Act" means the Oregon Safe Employment Act, ORS Chapter 654.

(2) "Agency" means the Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Insurance and Finance.

(3) "Assistant Secretary" means the Administrator of the Occupational Safety and Health Division or designated representative.

(4) "Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health" means the Administrator of the Occupational Safety and Health Division or designated representative.

(5) "Office of the Solicitor of Labor" means Legal Counsel for the Occupational Safety and Health Division.

(6) "Occupational Safety and Health Administration" or "OSHA" means the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services.

(7) "Standards" mean any occupational safety and health standard which has been adopted and promulgated by a nationally-recognized standards-producing organization, the federal government, or the State of Oregon and shall have the same meaning as, and include, the term "code(s)" and "rule(s)".

(8) "Administrative Rules" means OAR Chapter 437, Division 001, Rules for the Administration of the Oregon Safe Employment Act, and ORS Chapter 183.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 17-1988, f. & ef. 11-10-88

437-002-0007

Testing and Certification

By adopting these rules, the Department does not establish a testing and certification program separate from the federal OSHA Testing and Certification Program. The Department will accept as valid for compliance with its rules, the Testing and Certifications of Laboratories issued by federal OSHA.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 17-1988, f. & ef. 11-10-88

437-002-0010

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/98, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.11 Scope and Purpose, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28504.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.12 Construction work, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28504.

NOTE: 29 CFR 1910.13 Ship repairing, and 1910.14 Shipbuilding, were removed 6/30/93, Federal Register, vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35308.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.15 Shipyard Employment, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28505; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35308.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.16 Longshoring, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28505; amended 7/5/83, FR vol. 48, pg. 30908; 12/1/98, FR vol. 63, no. 230, p. 66270.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.17 Effective dates, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28505; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.18 Changes in established federal standards, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, p. 28505.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.19 Special provisions for air contaminants, published 6/30/78, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 28473; amended 10/3/78, FR vol. 43, p. 45809; 11/14/78, FR vol. 43, p. 53007; 1/26/79, FR vol. 44, p. 5447; 6/19/81, FR vol. 46, p. 25796; 12/13/85, FR vol. 50, p. 51173; 6/20/86, FR vol. 51, p. 22733; 10/17/86, FR vol. 51, p. 37004; 9/11/87, FR vol. 52, p. 34562; 12/4/87, FR vol. 52, p. 46291; 8/10/92, FR vol. 57, no. 154, pp. 35666-35681; 9/14/92, FR vol. 57, no. 178, pp. 42388-42453; 8/10/94, FR vol. 59, no. 153, p. 41057; 11/4/96, FR vol. 61, no. 214, p. 56831; 1/10/97, FR vol. 62, no. 7, p. 1600.

NOTE: These standards are available at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 16-1988, f. & ef. 11-10-88; OSHA 1-1993, f. & cert. ef. 1-22-93; OSHA 4-1995, f. & cert. ef. 3-29-95; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 6-1997, f. & cert. ef. 5-2-97; OSHA 9-1997, f. & cert. ef. 12-31-97; OSHA 6-1999, f. & cert. ef. 5-26-99

437-002-0015

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/96, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below: 29 CFR 1910.20 Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records has been redesignated to 29 CFR 1910.1020.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 3-1989, f. & ef. 3-1-89; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97

437-002-0020

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/98, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.21 Definitions, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23505-23508.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.22 General Requirements, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23508.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.23 Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23508-23510; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49744; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5321.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.24 Fixed Industrial Stairs, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23510-23511; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49744; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5321.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.25 Portable Wood Ladders, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0026 applies.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.26 Portable Metal Ladders, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0026 applies.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.27 Fixed Ladders, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0027 applies.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.28 Safety Requirements for Scaffolding, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23522-23529; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5321; amended 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12121.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.29 Manually Propelled Mobile Ladder Stands and Scaffolds (Towers), published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23529-23530.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.30 Other Working Surfaces, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23530; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.31 Source of Standards, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23530; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235.

(12) 29 CFR 1910.32 Standards Organizations, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23530; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235.

NOTE: These rules are on file with Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 10-1999, f. & cert. ef. 9-10-99

437-002-0022

Additional Oregon General Requirements

(1) Barriers.

(a) Protective barriers or suitable guards shall be erected when covers over openings are removed or excavations made in places accessible to vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Warning lights or flares shall be displayed if work is being done at night. These protective measures shall be maintained until permanent or adequate covers or barricades are in place or the hazard removed.

(b) A watchperson shall be stationed where temporary conditions do not permit safeguarding of employees through the use of warning signs, lights, protective barriers, or covers.

(2) Plant Arrangement.

(a) Provisions for safety (such as adequate work and storage space for the full needs of raw, in-process, and finished materials, and for machinery, equipment and operations) shall be included in plant design, layout, and operation.

(b) A vertical clearance of not less than 6-1/2 feet shall be provided over work areas. Where it is otherwise impractical to secure adequate head room, overhead obstructions may be padded or may be indicated by means of contrasting paint, telltales, or similar means, if such means will furnish adequate protection.

(c) Work platforms provided shall be of sufficient width to provide a safe working space.

(3) Aisles, Passageways, Walkways, Inclines.

(a) Aisles, passageways, and walkways shall be of adequate width for their intended or actual use, and in no event shall they be less than 22 inches wide. Passageways which are elevated more than 4 feet above the ground or floor level shall be provided with standard railings.

(b) Walkways or passageways equipped with standard handrails shall be provided for oilers and other workers who are regularly required to go to elevated or other hazardous locations. Whenever space will permit, they shall be not less than 22 inches wide.

(A) Fixed inclined walkways shall be not less than 22 inches wide, equipped with handrails on each open side, inclined at no greater angle than 24 degrees, and they shall be securely fastened at the top and bottom.

(B) Moveable inclined walkways which extend to floats or floating equipment (except to vessels under Federal jurisdiction) shall be not less than 20 inches wide, and shall be secured at the upper end only with clear space provided for the lower end to adjust automatically with the heights of water.

(d) An adequate anti-slip surface shall be applied to inclined walkways whenever the gradient so warrants. Adequate cleats secured at uniform intervals not to exceed 18 inches, and extending the full width of the walkway when practical, may be used for this purpose.

(e) Inclines extending from floor to floor which are used instead of stairways shall have standard railings in accordance with the requirements for stairways.

(f) Aisles, passageways, walkways, and inclines shall be kept in good repair and shall be free of holes, unevenness, loose boards, protruding nails, or any other unnecessary obstructions or debris.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; Renumbered from 437-002-0022

437-002-0026

Portable Ladders

(1) Definitions. Portable ladder terms mean:

(a) Check. A lengthwise separation of the wood, most of which occurs across the rings of annual growth.

(b) Compression failure. A deformation (buckling) of the fibers due to excessive compression along the grain.

(c) Decay. Disintegration of wood substance due to action of wood-destroying fungi. It is also known as dote and rot.

(d) Extension ladder. A non self-supporting portable ladder of adjustable length. It has two or more sections that adjust to varied lengths.

(e) Extension trestle ladder. An adjustable, self-supporting portable ladder made of a trestle ladder base and a vertical extension section.

(f) Ladder. A device with steps, rungs or cleats between rails, for people to climb up or down.

(g) Low density wood. Exceptionally light in weight and usually deficient in strength for the species.

(h) Platform ladder. A fixed length, self-supporting portable ladder with a platform at the highest permissible standing level.

(i) Platform. A landing surface for working or standing.

(j) Reinforced Plastic. A plastic made stronger than its base by the addition of high strength fillers, usually fibers, fabrics or mats.

(k) Section.

(A) Bottom or base section. The lowest section of a non self-supporting portable ladder.

(B) Middle or intermediate section. The section(s) between the top (fly) and bottom (base) sections of a non self-supporting portable ladder.

(C) Top or fly section. The uppermost section of a non self-supporting portable ladder.

(l) Sectional ladder. A non-self-supporting, fixed length, portable ladder, with two or more sections of ladder that may combine to work as a single ladder. Its size is the length of the assembled sections.

(m) Shake. A separation along the grain, most of which occurs between the rings of annual growth.

(n) Single Section Ladder. A fixed length, non self-supporting portable ladder made of one section.

(o) Stepladder. A fixed length, self-supporting portable ladder with a hinged back.

(p) Top Cap. The very top part of a stepladder.

(q) Top Step. The first step below the top cap of a stepladder. If the ladder has no top cap, the top step is the first one below the top of the rails.

(r) Trestle ladder. A fixed length, self-supporting portable ladder made of two sections and hinged at the top. It can be climbed by two people at once, one per side.

(s) Wane. Bark, or the lack of wood from any cause, on the corner of a piece.

(t) Wood irregularities. Natural characteristics in or on wood that may lower its durability, strength, or utility.

(u) Working Load Rating. The maximum load authorized by the manufacturer for the ladder.

(2) Application: This standard covers the selection, use and care of portable ladders used in agriculture. It does not cover orchard ladders, special ladders, combination step and extension ladders, aisle way step ladders, and shelf ladders.

(3) Ladder selection:

(a) Portable reinforced plastic (fiberglass) ladders must comply with American National Standard A14.5-1992. Wood ladders must comply with American National Standard A14.1-1994. Metal ladders must comply with American National Standard A14.2-1990.

(b) Unaltered and properly maintained ladders that meet the ANSI standard in effect at the time of their manufacture comply with this standard as do ladders that comply with newer versions of the particular ANSI standard.

(4) Condition of wood ladders: There must be no sharp edges or splinters on wood parts. Visual inspection must show no check, shake, wane, compression failures, decay, or other wood irregularities. Ladders may not be made of low-density wood.

(5) General requirements -- all ladders:

(a) Step spacing must be uniform and not more than 12 inches. Steps must be parallel and level when the ladder is in the normal use position.

(b) All joints, attachments and working parts of ladders must be tight and not worn to a point that causes a hazard. Do not use ladders with damaged or bent parts.

(c) Replace frayed or badly worn rope.

(d) Safety feet and other auxiliary equipment must in good condition.

(e) Inspect ladders and remove from use any with defects. Ladders awaiting repair must be tagged "Dangerous, Do Not Use."

(f) There can be no dents, breaks or bends in the side rails or rungs.

(g) Do not make ladders by fastening cleats across a single rail.

(h) Portable ladders must have nonslip bases.

(6) General requirements -- Portable stepladders:

(a) The minimum width between side rails at the top, inside to inside, must be not less than 11 inches. From top to bottom, the side rails must spread at least 1 inch for each foot of length of the stepladder.

(b) The bottoms of the four rails must have insulating nonslip material.

(c) There must be a metal spreader or locking device strong enough to hold the ladder open. The spreader must have no sharp points or edges. For Type III ladders, the pail shelf and spreader can be one unit (a shelf-lock ladder).

(7) Use -- All ladders: Use ladders only for purposes approved or recommended by the manufacturer.

(a) Do not load ladders beyond their working load rating.

(b) Do not use ladders in front of doors that open toward the ladder without blocking, locking or guarding the door.

(c) Do not use ladders placed on boxes, barrels, or other unstable bases to obtain additional height.

(d) Do not use ladders with broken or missing steps, rungs, or cleats, broken side rails, or other faulty parts.

(e) Do not splice sections of short ladders together to make a long one.

(f) When used, metal reinforcers must be on the underside of rails of portable rung ladders.

(g) A ladder for access to a roof must extend at least 3 feet above the top support point, at the eave, gutter, or roofline.

(h) Secure ladders as necessary when used on surfaces that may allow slipping or movement. Use one of the following methods:

(A) Non-slip bases on the ladder feet; or

(B) Steel points or safety shoes on the ladder feet, designed for the type of surface the ladder is on; or

(C) Nail the ladder to the floor, or set it against secured blocks or chocks.

NOTE: Non-slip bases are not a substitute for care in safely placing, lashing, or holding a ladder on oily, metal, concrete, or slippery surfaces.

(i) Use portable ladders only on a surface that gives stable, level footing.

(j) The climber must face the ladder and have free use of both hands when climbing up or down.

(k) Do not step or jump between erected ladders.

(l) There must be only one person at a time on a ladder unless its labeling specifically allows use by more than one person.

(m) Do not use ladders as planks or bridges between walking surfaces or in other horizontal applications.

(n) Do not use ladders to gain additional height from elevated surfaces like scaffolds, truck beds, vehicle bodies, tractor scoops or boom truck buckets.

(o) When working on or near electric circuits or energized lines, comply with OAR 437-002-1910.333(c).

(p) Unless the ladder has a single support attachment, the tops of both rails must contact an adequate support surface.

(q) Do not use ladders for any purpose not intended by the manufacturer nor as a brace, skid, guy or anchor point.

(8) Use of specific types of ladders.

(a) Portable stepladders. Do not use stepladders more than 20 feet long.

(A) Do not climb on the back section of the ladder unless it has steps meant for climbing. Do not stand on the top step or top cap of stepladders.

(B) There must be only one person at a time on the ladder.

(C) Do not use stepladders in freestanding positions when not fully opened. Do not use them as supports for working platforms or scaffolding planks.

(b) Portable rung ladders.

(A) Single ladder.

(i) Do not use single ladders more than 30 feet long.

(ii) Place these ladders at an angle shown in Figure 1. [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(iii) The tops must be tied down or secured if there is a possibility of sliding or movement.

(iv) Single ladders are acceptable as fixed ladders only when they comply with 437-002-0027.

(B) Two-section ladder.

(i) Do not use two-section extension ladders more than 60 feet long. All ladders of this type must have two sections, one to fit within the side rails of the other, and arranged so that the upper section will raise and lower.

(ii) Set up and use extension ladders so that the top section or fly is resting on the bottom section or base. Rung locks must be in the proper position.

(iii) Place these ladders at an angle shown in Figure 1.

(iv) The tops must be tied down or secured if there is a possibility of sliding or movement.

(v) On two-section extension ladders the minimum overlap for the two sections in use must be as follows: [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(C) Sectional ladder.

(i) Do not use assembled combinations of sectional ladders longer than lengths allowed in this subdivision.

(ii) Place these ladders at an angle shown in Figure 1.

(iii) The tops must be tied down or secured if there is a possibility of sliding or movement.

(iv) Do not use three section extension ladders longer than 72 feet.

(D) Trestle and extension trestle ladder. Do not use trestle ladders, or extension sections or base sections of extension trestle ladders more than 20 feet long.

[ED. NOTE: Copies of the Figures and Tables referenced in this rule are available from the agency.]

[Publications: The publications referenced in this rule are available for review at the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1999, f. & cert. ef. 9-10-99

437-002-0027

Fixed Ladders

(1) Definitions. Fixed ladder terms mean:

(a) Cage. A guard sometimes referred to as a basket guard that is an enclosure fastened to the side rails of a fixed ladder or to a structure to encircle the climbing space of the ladder.

(b) Cleats. Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross-section placed on edge on which a person may step when climbing up or down.

(c) Fastenings. A device to attach a ladder to a structure, building, or equipment.

(d) Fixed ladder. A ladder permanently attached to a structure, building, or equipment.

(e) Grab bars. Individual handholds adjacent to or as an extension above ladders to provide access beyond the limits of the ladder.

(f) Individual-rung ladder. A fixed ladder with each rung individually attached to a structure, building, or equipment.

(g) Ladder. A device with steps, rungs or cleats between rails, for people to climb up or down.

(h) Ladder safety device. Any device, other than a cage or well, designed to eliminate or reduce the possibility of accidental falls, that may use life belts, friction brakes, and sliding attachments.

(i) Pitch. The included angle between the horizontal and the ladder, measured on the opposite side of the ladder from the climbing side.

(j) Rail ladder. A fixed ladder with side rails joined at regular intervals by rungs or cleats and fastened in full length or in sections to a building, structure, or equipment.

(k) Rungs. Ladder crosspieces of circular or oval cross-section on which a person may step when climbing up or down.

(l) Side-step ladder. One from which a person getting off at the top must step sideways to reach the landing.

(m) Steps. The flat crosspieces of a ladder on which a person may step when climbing up or down.

(n) Through ladder. A ladder from which a person getting off at the top must step through side rails to reach the landing.

(o) Well. A permanent complete enclosure around a fixed ladder, that is attached to the walls of the well. Proper clearances for a well will give the climber the same protection as a cage.

(2) Design requirements: Design considerations. All ladders, appurtenances, and fastenings must meet these load requirements:

(a) The minimum design live load must be a single concentrated load of 200 pounds.

(b) Design consideration must include the number and position of additional concentrated live load units of 200 pounds each as determined from anticipated use.

(c) Consider the live loads caused by persons on the ladder to be concentrated at such points as will cause the maximum stress in the structural member being under evaluation.

(d) Use the weight of the ladder and attachments together with the live load when designing rails and fastenings.

(e) All wood parts of fixed ladders must meet the requirements of OAR 437-002-0027(3).

(f) For fixed ladders with wood side rails and wood rungs or cleats, used at an angle between 75º and 90º, and intended for use by no more than one person per section, single ladders in OAR 437-002-0026(8)(b)(A) are acceptable.

(3) Specific features.

(a) Rungs and cleats.

(A) All rungs must have a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch for metal ladders, except as in paragraph OAR 437-002-0027(3)(g) and a minimum diameter of 1-1/8 inches for wood ladders.

(B) The distance between rungs, cleats, and steps must be uniform and not more than 12 inches.

(C) The minimum clear length of rungs or cleats must be 16 inches.

(D) Rungs, cleats, and steps must not have splinters, sharp edges, burrs, or projections.

(E) The rungs of an individual rung ladder must not allow the climber's foot to slide off the end. Figure 2 shows a suggested design. [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(b) Side rails. Side rails that might be used as a climbing aid must be of such cross sections as to afford adequate gripping surface without sharp edges, splinters, or burrs.

(c) Fastenings. Fastenings must be an integral part of fixed ladder design.

(d) Splices. All splices must meet design requirements noted in (2)(a) above. All splices and connections must have smooth transition with original members and no sharp or extensive projections.

(e) Electrolytic action. Protect dissimilar metals from electrolytic action when they are joined.

(f) Welding. All welding must be according to the "Code for Welding in Building Construction" (AWSD1.0-1966).

(g) Protection from deterioration. Paint or treat metal ladders and attachments to resist corrosion and rusting when necessary. Ladders with individual metal rungs imbedded in concrete, that serve as access to pits and to other areas under floors, must have rungs with a minimum diameter of 1 inch or paint or treatment to resist corrosion and rusting.

(4) Clearance.

(a) Climbing side. On fixed ladders, the perpendicular distance from the centerline of the rungs to the nearest permanent object on the climbing side of the ladder must be 36 inches for a pitch of 76º, and 30 inches for a pitch of 90º (fig. 3), with minimum clearances for intermediate pitches varying between these two limits in proportion to the slope, except as in (4)(c) and (e) below.

(b) Ladders without cages or wells. There must be a clear width of at least 15 inches each way from the centerline of the ladder in the climbing space, except when cages or wells are necessary.

(c) Ladders with cages or baskets. Subparagraphs (4)(a) and (b) above do not cover ladders with a cage or basket. They must conform to (5)(a)(E). Subparagraph (4)(a) above does not cover fixed ladders in smooth-walled wells. They must conform to (5)(a)(F).

(d) Clearance in back of ladder. The distance from the centerline of rungs, cleats, or steps to the nearest permanent object in back of the ladder must be not less than 7 inches, except that when there are unavoidable obstructions, there must be minimum clearances shown in Figure 4. [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(e) Clearance in back of grab bar. The distance from the centerline of the grab bar to the nearest permanent object in back of the grab bars must be not less than 4 inches. Grab bars must not protrude on the climbing side beyond the rungs of the ladder that they serve.

(f) Step-across distance. The step-across distance from the nearest edge of the ladder to the nearest edge of equipment or structure must be not more than 12 inches, or less than 2 inches (Figure 5). [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(g) Hatch cover. Counterweighted hatch covers must open a minimum of 60º from the horizontal. The distance from the centerline of rungs or cleats to the edge of the hatch opening on the climbing side must be not less than 24 inches for offset wells or 30 inches for straight wells. There must be no protruding potential hazards within 24 inches of the centerline of rungs or cleats; any such hazards within 30 inches of the centerline of the rungs or cleats must have deflector plates at an angle of 60º from the horizontal as shown in figure 6. The relationship of a fixed ladder to an acceptable counterweighted hatch cover is shown in Figure 7. [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(5) Special requirements.

(a) Cages, Wells and Ladder Climbing Safety systems.

(A) Cages, wells or ladder climbing safety systems must be on all ladders where the length of climb is more than 24 feet but not more than 50 feet or the top of the ladder is more than 24 feet above the ground or nearest lower landing surface.

NOTE: Design specifications for cages and wells are in Figures 8, 9 and 10.

(B) Ladders with a length of climb more than 50 feet must have a cage, well or climbing safety system and must meet one of the following two requirements:

(i) When using a cage or well the ladder must be in sections, horizontally offset, with rest platforms at least every 50 feet.

(ii) When using a ladder climbing safety system the ladder must have rest platforms at least every 150 feet (except chimneys).

(C) Cages must extend at least 42 inches above the top of the landing, unless there is other acceptable protection.

(D) Cages must extend down the ladder to a point not less than 7 feet nor more than 8 feet above the base of the ladder. The bottom must flare not less than 4 inches or the portion of the cage opposite the ladder must extend to the base.

(E) Cages must not extend less than 27 nor more than 28 inches from the centerline of the rungs of the ladder. Cages must not be less than 27 inches in width. The inside must be clear of projections. Vertical bars must be at a maximum spacing of 40 degrees around the circumference of the cage; this will give a maximum spacing of approximately 9 inches, center to center.

(F) Ladder wells must have a clear width of at least 15 inches measured each way from the centerline of the ladder. Smooth-walled wells must be a minimum of 27 inches from the centerline of rungs to the well wall on the climbing side of the ladder. Where other obstructions on the climbing side of the ladder exist, there must be a minimum of 30 inches from the centerline of the rungs.

(b) Landing platforms.

(A) Where a person has to step a distance more than 12 inches from the center line of the rung of a ladder to the nearest edge of a structure or equipment, there must be a landing platform. The minimum step-across distance is 2 inches.

(B) All landings must have standard railings and toeboards, that give safe access to the ladder. Platforms must be not less than 24 inches wide and 30 inches long.

(C) One rung of any section of ladder must be at the level of the landing laterally served by the ladder. Where access to the landing is through the ladder, the spacing from the landing platform to the first rung below the landing must be the same as the rung spacing on the ladder.

(c) Ladder extensions. The side rails of through or side step ladder extensions must extend 3 feet above parapets and landings. For through ladder extensions, omit the rungs from the extension. There must be not less than 18 nor more than 24 inches clearance between rails. For side step or offset fixed ladder sections, at landings, the side rails and rungs must extend to the next regular rung beyond or above the 3-foot minimum (Figure 11). [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(d) Grab bars. Space grab bars by a continuation of the rung spacing when they are horizontal. Vertical grab bars must have the same spacing as the ladder side rails. Grab bar diameters must be the equivalent of the round rung diameters.

(6) Pitch.

(a) Preferred pitch. The preferred pitch of fixed ladders is between 75º and 90º with the horizontal (Figure 12). [Figure not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(b) Substandard pitch. Fixed ladders are substandard if they are between 60º and 75º with the horizontal. Substandard fixed ladders are allowed only where necessary to meet conditions of installation.

(c) Scope of coverage in this section. This section covers only fixed ladders between 60º and 90º with the horizontal.

(d) Pitch more than 90º. No ladder may be more than 90º with the horizontal.

(7) Maintenance. All ladders must be in safe condition. Inspect ladders at intervals determined by use and exposure.

[ED. NOTE: Copies of the Figures referenced in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1999, f. & cert. ef. 9-10-99

437-002-0028

Guardrails and Toeboards

Guardrails and toeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 10 feet above the ground or floor.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90

437-002-0030

Floors

The following Oregon-initiated rule relates to 29 CFR 1910.30, Other Working Surfaces:

(1) Floors, floor supports, and required appurtenances shall be well maintained and kept in good repair. Defects should be remedied as soon as observed. Unless repaired immediately, hazardous floor openings and holes shall be fenced off or otherwise suitably guarded, and shall remain fenced off or guarded until properly repaired.

(2) Floors subject to slipping hazards due to conditions or processes of an operation or materials to which they will be exposed shall be of material and/or design which will effectively control slippery conditions.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0031

Provisions for Window Cleaners

(1) Every window so constructed that a worker must stand on the outside sill or ledge to clean the window and having a sill more than ten feet above the ground or adjoining surface, shall have a sill at least six inches wide with a slope not greater than one to six, and shall have a securely fastened at each side of the window, at a height not less than 42 inches or more than 51 inches, a safety anchorage to which may be fastened a window cleaner's safety belt. Such anchorage shall be of a metal having a corrosion resistance of 60 percent as compared to copper. The anchor shall be machined from bar stock or forged and heat-treated, and shall be capable of supporting a pull of 6,000 pounds without fracture applied in the direction which the anchor must withstand in service should a person fall.

(2) Anchor clearance shall be not less than one inch at either side and not less than five inches above or below the anchor.

(3) All anchors and anchor fastenings shall be provided with means to prevent them from turning, backing off or becoming loose.

(4) Anchor fittings having a single threaded section which is merely screwed into reinforcing plates are prohibited.

(5) Following are acceptable methods of installing anchors in various types of construction. Other methods excepting those specifically prohibited, may be permitted, provided that they furnish at least the equivalent strength and safety:

(a) In wood construction, two through bolts of not less than 3/8 inch diameter shall pass through the entire window frame or mullion to secure each anchor, securely fastened by a washer and nut, the ends of bolts upset to prevent the nuts from loosening or being removed. The use of lag screws is specifically prohibited;

(b)(A) In hollow metal frame construction, the anchor shall be attached by two 3/8 inch diameter bolts which shall pass through the face of the frame and through a 3/8 inch thick steel back-up plate, 3/4 inch wide extending from five inches above the upper bolt to two inches below th lower one. Bolts shall be secured by means of nuts and lock washers or equivalent means. If impractical to provide nuts and lock washers, the reinforcing plate may be tapped to receive the 3/8 inch bolts, which must pass completely through the plate and be secured with lock washers. If the threaded bolt is an integral part of the anchor, it shall be at least 1/2 inch in diameter and be secured by a nut and lock washer or equivalent means. All screws or bolts used shall have the threads terminate far enough from the head to prevent weakening due to undercutting;

(B) In either solid or hollow aluminum frames, the reinforcing plate and bolts shall be heavily coated with a bituminous paint, and a plastic gasket shall be placed between the anchor and the aluminum metal as a means of preventing electrolytic action between unlike metals; or another acceptable means which will prevent such action may be used.

(c) In solid metal frame construction, anchors shall be attached by two 3/8 inch diameter bolts passed through the frame and secured by nuts and washers on the inside, ends of bolts upset. When this method cannot be used, it will be permissible to drill and tap the metal frame to a depth of at least 3/8 inch and install the anchor with at least two 3/8 inch screws, which shall have the threads terminate far enough from the head to prevent weakening due to undercutting. If the threaded bolt is an integral part of the anchor, it shall be at least 1/2 inch in diameter and be secured by a nut and lock washer, or equivalent means;

(d) In masonry construction, the anchor shall be either a single bolt at least 1/2 inch in diameter, or two 3/8 inch diameter bolts. Such bolt or bolts shall have a head on the inner end and shall be imbedded not less than eight inches in solid masonry, or extend through the wall or mullion and be secured by a nut and lock washer or equivalent means. The use of masonry anchors consisting of flat metal embedded in mortar joints between brick or concrete blocks or stone is prohibited in new or existing buildings.

(6) Where sills are less than six inches wide, auxiliary or portable sills or other means providing equivalent safety may be permitted.

(7) Window cleaners' anchorages shall be inspected regularly and any defects found shall be remedied before workers are permitted to use them.

(8) For buildings constructed, remodeled or renovated on or after the adoption date of this rule the provisions of ANSI/ASME A39.1-1987 shall apply.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90

437-002-0032

Ramps and Runways

(1) Ramps and runways shall be substantially constructed, and shall be maintained in safe condition.

(2) Ramps and runways for vehicles shall have adequate width and evenness for safe operation of equipment and they shall be provided with timber guards of not less than nominal six-inch by six-inch material set on nominal three inch blocks, or the equivalent, placed parallel to and secured to the sides of the ramp or runway.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90

437-002-0033

Piers and Wharves

(1) Open sides of piers and wharves, more than four feet above ground or water level, shall be provided with a shear or guard timber (bull rail) of not less than six-inch by six-inch wood material set on nominal three-inch blocking, or material of equal strength and of minimum height securely attached. Except for areas where vessels' mooring lines are handled, the open sides not used for loading or unloading purposes shall be provided with standard handrails in addition to shear timbers.

(2) Ladders or other means of access reaching from low water mark to the dock floor shall be provided for each 400 feet or portion thereof of the water side of all wharves and piers. Where portable ladders are used, a secure method of fastening them shall be provided.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90

437-002-0040

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/99, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.35 Definitions, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0041 applies.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.36 General Requirements, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0041 applies.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.37 Means of Egress -- General, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0041 applies.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.38 Employee Emergency Plans and Fire Prevention Plans, REPEALED. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0042 and 437-002-0043 apply.

These rules are on file with Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services and the United States Government Printing Office.

[Publications: Publications referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 8-2000, f. & cert. ef. 10-10-00

437-002-0041

Exits and Exit Routes

(1) Application: This subpart does not apply to mobile workplaces, like vehicles or vessels.

(2) Definitions:

(a) Exit. The part of the exit route, that is a way out of the workplace (like a door, stairwell or vestibule).

(b) Exit Route. A continuous, unobstructed path from anywhere in a work area to the exit.

(3) General:

(a) There must be permanent, unobstructed exit routes to get out of work areas safely during emergencies.

(b) There must be two or more exit routes depending on the size and layout of the work area and the number of people involved. A single exit route is acceptable only if all workers can get out through it safely during an emergency. Locate multiple exit routes apart from each other.

(4) Design:

(a) An exit must have enough openings to permit access to, or exit from, occupied areas. An interior opening into an exit must have a self-closing fire door that remains closed. Each fire door, its frame, and its hardware must be listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

Note to paragraph(a): 29 CFR 1910.155(c)(3)(iv)(A) defines "listed," 29 CFR 1910.7 defines a "nationally recognized testing laboratory," and 29 CFR 1910.155 (c)(3) defines "approved."

(b) Walls or partitions that separate an exit from other areas must have at least a 1-hour fire resistance rating if the exit connects three stories or less. Materials that separate an exit must have at least a 2-hour fire resistance rating if the exit connects four stories or more.

(c) Exits must open from the inside without keys, tools or special knowledge. Devices that lock only from the outside are acceptable. There must be nothing on an exit door that could hinder its use during an emergency.

Note: You may lock or block an exit door from the inside in a mental, penal, or correctional institution, if supervisory personnel are continuously on duty and a plan exists to remove occupants during an emergency.

(d) An exit must lead directly outside or to a street, walkway, refuge area, or to an open space with access to the outside.

(e) Exit stairs that continue beyond the floor of exit discharge must have doors, partitions, or other effective means at the floor of exit discharge to assure that the direction of exit travel is clear to employees.

(f) Use only a side-hinged exit door to connect any room to an exit route. The door must swing out if the room can hold more than 50 persons or has highly flammable or explosive materials in it.

(g) Each exit route must be able to handle the maximum-permitted occupant load for each floor served by it. The capacity of a path to the exit must not decrease as people move toward the exit.

(h) The exit route must be at least 6 feet, 8 inches high at all points.

(i) An exit route must be at least 28 inches wide at all points between handrails and wider if needed to handle the occupant load.

(j) Objects that project into the exit route must not reduce the minimum height and width of the exit route.

(k) Repair or replace damaged or altered fire retardant coatings to keep their original retardant effectiveness.

(5) Access:

(a) There must be unobstructed access to exit routes.

(b) Exit routes must not pass through or into lockable rooms or dead ends.

(c) Exit routes must be mostly level or have stairs or ramps.

(6) Outside and refuge areas:

(a) The street, walkway, refuge area, or open space to which an exit leads must be large enough to accommodate all building occupants likely to use that exit.

(b) A refuge area must be:

(A) A space along an exit route protected from the effects of fire either by separation from other spaces within the building or by its location; or

(B) A floor with at least two spaces separated by smoke-resistant partitions, in a building where each floor is protected by an automatic sprinkler system. Automatic sprinkler systems must comply with 29 CFR 1910.159.

(7) Outside Exit Routes:

(a) Outdoor exit routes must meet the requirements for indoor exit routes and these additional requirements:

(A) The exit route must have guardrails to protect unenclosed sides elevated above a lower surface;

(B) There must be a cover if accumulation of snow or ice is likely;

(C) The exit route must be reasonably straight, smooth, solid, substantially level; and

(D) The exit route must have no dead ends longer than 20 feet.

(8) Condition of Exit Routes and Exits:

(a) Exit routes must minimize danger to employees during emergencies.

(b) Exit routes must be free of highly flammable furnishings and decorations.

(c) An exit route must not require employees to travel toward materials that burn very quickly, emit poisonous fumes, or are explosive, unless those materials are effectively shielded from the exit route.

(d) Exit routes must have adequate lighting.

(e) Each exit must be clearly visible and must have a distinctive sign reading "Exit." Install additional directional signs to exits where necessary.

(f) Exit doors must have no signs or decorations that obscure their visibility.

(g) The line-of-sight to an exit sign must be clear.

(h) If workers could mistake a "non-exit" for an exit, mark the non-exit, "Not an Exit" or mark it to indicate its real use.

(i) There must be enough reliable light on or from exit signs to allow them to be effective during emergencies.

(j) All safeguards to protect employees during an emergency (e.g., sprinkler systems, alarm systems, fire doors, exit lighting) must work properly.

(9) Exits During Construction and Repair:

(a) Employees must not occupy an area under construction until an adequate number of exit routes that comply with these rules are available.

(b) Employees must not occupy an area during repair or alteration unless all exits and existing fire protection remain as effective as before the work. Alternate fire protection must provide an equivalent level of safety.

(c) Flammable or explosive materials used during construction or repair must not expose employees to hazards not otherwise present or impede emergency escape.

(10) Alarm System. There must be an operable employee alarm system with a distinctive signal to warn employees of fire or other emergencies, unless employees can see or smell a fire or other hazard so that it would provide adequate warning to them. The employee alarm system must comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.165.

(11) Special Circumstances -- Counterweights and Cold Storage Facilities.

(a) There must be an enclosure or guard around counterweights that are near enough to passageways or work areas to cause a hazard. The guard or enclosure need only be sufficient to protect workers from contact with the counterweight when it moves.

(b) The doors on walk-in refrigerators, coolers and freezers must have latches or closer devices that open from the inside without a key or special knowledge or effort.

Stat. Authority: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 8-2000, f. & cert. ef. 10-10-00; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0042

Emergency Action Plan

(1) Development of An Emergency Action Plan.

(a) When another Oregon OSHA standard requires an employer to develop an emergency action plan, the plan must comply with this section and cover each part of the workplace.

(b) The plan must be in writing, in the work area and available to employees on request, except that an employer with 10 or fewer employees in a workplace may use a verbal plan.

(2) Minimum Elements of An Emergency Action Plan. An emergency action plan must include:

(a) Procedures for emergency evacuation, including type of evacuation and exit route assignments;

(b) Procedures to account for all employees after evacuation;

(c) Procedures for reporting a fire or other emergency;

(d) Procedures to follow for emergency operation or shut down of critical equipment before evacuation;

(e) Procedures to follow for rescue and medical duties; and,

(f) Names or job titles of employees to contact for more information about the duties of employees under the plan.

(3) Employee Alarm System. There must be a properly working employee alarm system. The alarm system must use a distinctive signal for each purpose and comply with 29 CFR 1910.165.

(4) Training. An employer must designate employees to assist in the safe emergency evacuation of other employees. These designated employees must receive training in emergency evacuation procedures.

(5) Employee Review. An employer must review the emergency action plan with each employee covered by it:

(a) When the plan is new or the employee is new to the job;

(b) When the employee's responsibilities under the plan change; and,

(c) When the plan changes.

Stat. Authority: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 8-2000, f. & cert. ef. 10-10-00; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0043

Fire Prevention Plan

(1) Development of A Fire Prevention Plan.

(a) When another Oregon OSHA standard requires an employer to develop a fire prevention plan, the plan must comply with this section and cover each part of the workplace.

(b) The plan must be in writing, in the work area and available to employees on request; except that an employer with 10 or fewer employees in a workplace may use a verbal plan.

(2) Minimum Elements of A Fire Prevention Plan. A fire prevention plan must include:

(a) A list of all major fire hazards, including proper handling and storage procedures for hazardous materials, potential ignition sources and their control, and the type of fire protection equipment necessary to control each major hazard;

(b) Procedures to control accumulations of flammable and combustible waste materials;

(c) Procedures for regular maintenance of safeguards on heat producing equipment to prevent accidental ignition of combustible materials;

(d) Names or job titles of employees responsible for maintaining equipment to prevent or control sources of ignition or fires; and,

(e) Names or job titles of those responsible for control of fuel source hazards.

(3) Employee Information. The employer must:

(a) Inform employees of the fire hazards in their work area; and

(b) Review with each employee, when first assigned to a job, those parts of the fire prevention plan necessary for self-protection.

Stat. Authority: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4).
Statutes Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 8-2000, f. & cert. ef. 10-10-00; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0047

Working Near Overhead High Voltage Lines and Equipment

(1) Definitions.

(a) Insulating Barrier or Guard. A structure, installation, barrier, or guard (such as a wall, fence, pole, shield, or something similar) that stops movement and prevents all possible contact with the lines or equipment. Its design, material composition, and installation prevents possible conduction of electricity up to the maximum voltage of the system.

(b) Restricted Space.

(A) For lines rated more than 600 V to 50 kV, restricted space extends 10 feet in all directions from the surface of the line or equipment.

(B) For lines rated over 50 kV, restricted space extends 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV over 50 kV, or twice the length of the insulator (but never less than 10 feet) in all directions from the surface of the line or equipment.

(C) For equipment or structures in transit, on level surfaces, restricted space extends 4 feet in all directions from lines or equipment rated 50 kV or less, 10 feet in all directions for lines or equipment rated over 50 kV, and 16 feet in all directions for lines or equipment rated over 345 kV up to and including 750 kV.

(c) Proper Notification. The person(s) responsible for the (planned) activity must notify the owner/operator of the line or equipment, at their business office, at least 2 business days prior to the anticipated beginning of work (business days are Monday through Friday, excluding federal and state holidays). The notification must include: (1) the proposed date to start activity within restricted space; (2) the location of the planned activity; (3) a description of the planned activity; and (4) name and contact information of the contact person.

(2) General requirement. Do not enter, perform any function or activity (such as handling, erecting, operating, transporting, or storing any tools, equipment or materials, moving a building or structure) within the restricted space surrounding an overhead high voltage line or equipment unless:

(a) Proper notification is provided; and

(A) The line and/or equipment is de-energized and visibly grounded by the owner of the high voltage system or their authorized agent; or

(B) Accidental contact is effectively prevented by use of insulating barriers or guards. Barriers or guards must:

(i) Be erected or installed by the owner of the high voltage system or their authorized agent;

(ii) Not be attached to, or be part of the lines, equipment, or machinery;

NOTE: Overhead line covers are only for visual reference, and their use does not allow entry into restricted space. If used, they must be installed by the owner of the high voltage system or their authorized agent.

(iii) Prevent all possible contact with the lines or equipment; and

(iv) Insulate against the system's maximum voltage; or

(b) You are the owner, an authorized employee, or authorized (in writing) agent of the overhead high voltage system: or

(c) Insulated lines (not tree wire) and equipment (designed and engineered to allow only incidental contact) are erected or installed by the owner of the high voltage system or their authorized agent.

NOTE: Nothing in this standard shifts the responsibility for safe and healthy working conditions from the person(s) responsible for the activity to the owner of the lines or their agent.

NOTE: Nothing in this standard mandates that the owner of the lines or equipment, or their authorized agent must agree to de-energize, move, barricade, guard, or insulate lines or equipment, or take other action to allow entry into restricted space.

(3) Do not move, reposition, or reduce restricted space in any direction by applying stress or force to a line, equipment, or supporting structure.

(4) Operation of machinery or equipment.

(a) Do not enter restricted space when using insulating links or proximity warning devices on equipment.

(b) Post a warning sign on each piece of equipment which is capable of vertical, lateral, or swinging motion, such as a crane, derrick, power shovel, drilling rig, or pile driver.

(A) The sign must be made of durable material.

(B) It must be in clear view of the operator.

(C) The message must be legible to the operator when at the controls.

(D) The message must be understood by the operator.

(E) The message must clearly convey that it is "Unlawful to operate the piece of equipment within 10 feet of high voltage lines".

(c) Use an observer to provide audible warning (able to be clearly heard over surrounding noise) when it becomes difficult for an operator to identify restricted space by using visual means. The observer's only task is to watch the clearance and warn the operator if it appears that restricted space will be breached.

(d) Restrict, barricade, or otherwise make it impossible for a machine or piece of equipment to reach into restricted space if it is reasonable to anticipate that the operator's attention may be focused on the work process rather than the location of an overhead high voltage line or equipment (such as during excavating, or other fast-paced, repetitive work).

(5) Railway and commuter systems.

(a) Standard rail equipment used to transport freight and/or passengers, and relief trains or other equipment used in emergencies, may enter restricted space surrounding high voltage lines or equipment.

(b) Qualified employees, authorized and supervised by a person familiar with the hazards of the railway high voltage system, may perform normal repair or construction work within restricted space prior to compliance with the clearance and safeguard requirements in sections (1) through (4).

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 4-2007, f. & cert. ef. 8-15-07

437-002-0060

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/96, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.66 Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23533-23537; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; amended 7/28/89, FR vol. 54. no. 144, pp. 31456-31477; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.67 Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, p. 23537; amended 3/26/75, FR vol. 40, p. 13439; amended 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.68 Manlifts, published 6/27/74, FR vol. 39, no. 125, pp. 23537-23540; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; amended 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34560; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

These rules are on file with Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 4-2007, f. & cert. ef. 8-15-07; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08

Elevating Work Platforms

437-002-0072

Manually Propelled Elevating Aerial Platforms.

When using manually propelled elevating aerial platforms as covered by ANSI/SIA A92.3-1990, the manufacturer’s operating manual must be with the equipment. You must follow all manufacturers’ operating and maintenance instructions and recommendations.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-2009, f. 4-13-09, cert. ef. 4-17-09

437-002-0074

Scissor Lifts -- Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms.

When using self-propelled elevating aerial platforms, scissor lifts, as covered by ANSI/SIA A92.6-1990, the manufacturer’s operating manual must be with the equipment. You must follow all manufacturers’ operating and maintenance instructions and recommendations.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-2009, f. 4-13-09, cert. ef. 4-17-09

437-002-0076

Boom Supported Elevating Work Platforms.

(1) When using boom supported elevating work platforms as covered by ANSI/SIA A92.5-1996, the manufacturer’s operating manual must be with the equipment. You must follow all manufacturers’ operating and maintenance instructions and recommendations.

(2) All occupants on platforms must use a personal fall protection system that will protect against the potential effects of ejection.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-2009, f. 4-13-09, cert. ef. 4-17-09

437-002-0080

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/02, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.94 Ventilation, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 24522; 6/9/75, FR vol. 40, p. 24522; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, p. 32015; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35308; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1269; 3/23/99, FR vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909; amended with AO 3-2003, removed (c), and Oregon note added, f. and ef. 4/21/03; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.95 Occupational Noise Exposure, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 30, p. 23502; amended 1/16/81, FR vol. 46, p. 4161; 12/29/81, FR vol. 46, p. 62845; 3/8/83, FR vol. 48, p. 9776; 6/28/83, FR vol. 48, p. 29687; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24333; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

NOTE: 29 CFR 1910.96 Ionizing radiation, has been redesignated to 29 CFR 1910.1096.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.97 Nonionizing radiation, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.98 Effective dates, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.99 Sources of standards, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 6/11/82, FR vol. 47, p. 25323; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.100 Standards organization, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 4/18/75, FR vol. 40, p. 18426; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236.

These standards are on file with the Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92; OSHA 4-1993, f. 4-1-93, cert. ef. 5-1-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 8-1999, f. & cert. ef. 8-6-99; OSHA 3-2003, f. & cert. ef. 4-21-03; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08; OSHA 5-2009, f. & cert. ef. 5-29-09

437-002-0081

Oregon Ventilation Regulations

In addition to, and not in lieu of 29 CFR 1910.94, the following rules pertaining to ventilation apply in Oregon:

(1) Definitions:

(a) "Administrative Control" means the reduction of employee exposure to physical or chemical agents by control of the time of exposure to some period less than eight hours in length;

(b) "Harmful" or "Hazardous" as applied to the health effects of dusts, fumes, vapors, mists, gases, or any environmental condition, means any mechanical, infectious, toxic, or other action which is likely to produce medically determined injury or disease of exposed workers;

(c) "Health Hazard Control Measure" means the equipment or working arrangements designed to prevent the exposure of employees to harmful or hazardous situations. Such control measures may include, but are not limited to:

(A) Ventilation systems;

(B) Energy absorption system;

(C) Personal protective equipment;

(D) Air contaminant monitoring; and

(E) Human biological monitoring.

(d) "Local Exhaust System" means a system of hoods, booths, or enclosures designed to remove contaminants at points of generation or release into the atmosphere connected by means of piping to airflow or suction producing equipment;

(e) "Occupational Health Hazard" means those materials, processes, and atmospheric contaminants or energy concentrations which during normal or abnormal working conditions are likely to result in injury or illness to the unprotected employee;

(f) "Ventilation, Dilution" means ventilation provided to dilute the concentration of atmospheric contaminants in the atmosphere in all or part of the place of employment;

(g) "Ventilation, General" means the provision of fresh air at the place of employment;

(h) "Ventilation, Local Exhaust" means that the type of ventilation in which suction is applied at the point of generation or release of atmospheric contaminants;

(i) "Ventilation, Natural" means ventilation designed to depend wholly upon relative air density, and includes the use of openable doors, windows, and other building apertures.

(2) Recirculation. No air from any local exhaust system shall be recirculated, unless:

(a) The inert dust contained therein has a Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) equal to or greater than ten milligrams per cubic meter as listed in Tables Z-1, Z-2, or Z-3 in OAR Chapter 437, Division 2, Subdivision Z, 1910, OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants. The inert dust concentration in such recirculated air shall not exceed five milligrams per cubic meter; or

(b) The contaminant contained therein has a Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) equal to or greater than 100 parts per million as listed in Tables Z-1, Z-2, or Z-3 or OAR Chapter 437, Division 2, Subdivision Z, OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants. The contaminant concentration in such recirculated air shall not exceed 25 percent of its PEL; or

(c) The concentrations of contaminants in recirculated air do not exceed 25 percent of unity as calculated by the formula given in Division 2, Subdivision Z, OAR 437-002-0382(4)(b), Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants.

(3) Make-Up Air. Outside air equal in amount to the air removed by local exhaust systems shall be provided to replace air removed by an exhaust ventilation system.

(4) Air Contamination from Exhaust System. The discharge from any exhaust system shall be such that no air contamination therefrom will enter any window, door, or other opening of any work area in quantities sufficient to create a harmful or hazardous work atmosphere.

(5) Use of Salamanders and Fuel-Burning Heating Devices. Salamanders and other fuel-burning heating devices shall not be used in enclosed or inadequately ventilated spaces in which workers are employed unless such heating device is provided with a proper pipe, chimney, or enclosure to carry hazardous gases to the outside atmosphere.

(6) Local Exhaust Ventilation. The capacity of a local exhaust system shall be calculated on the basis of all hoods, booths, and enclosures connected to the system being open, except where the system is so interlocked that only a portion of it can be operated at a given time, in which case the capacity shall be calculated on the basis that all the hoods in the group requiring the greatest volume rate of exhaust are open.

(7) Exhausting More Than One Substance. Two or more operations involving more than one substance shall not be connected to the same exhaust system when a combination of the substances removed may constitute a fire hazard, or otherwise dangerous mixture.

(8) Exhausting Materials with Flammable Properties. Those processes or operations which require local exhaust ventilation and generate materials with flammable properties shall be protected from sources of ignition.

(9) Removal of Collected Materials. Collected materials shall be removed when necessary so as to maintain effective operation of the local exhaust system at all times.

(10) Disposal of Collected Materials. Collected materials shall be disposed of in a manner which will not result in a hazard.

(11) Requirements for Reduction of Air Contaminant Concentrations. A local exhaust system shall be in operation until all contaminants are reduced to concentrations at or below the Threshold Limit Values when any person is at risk.

NOTE: 1910.94(a)(6) was NOT adopted by OR-OSHA. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0081(12) (which references a more current ANSI standard) applies.)

(12) Air supply and air compressors. The air for abrasive-blasting respirators shall be free of harmful quantities of dusts, mists, or noxious gases, and shall meet the requirements for air purity set forth in ANSI Z9.2-1979, Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems. The air from the regular compressed air line of the plant may be used for the abrasive-blasting respirator if:

(a) A trap and carbon filter are installed and regularly maintained to remove oil, water, scale, and odor;

(b) A pressure reducing diaphragm or valve is installed to reduce the pressure down to requirements of the particular type of abrasive-blasting respirator; and

(c) An automatic control is provided to either sound an alarm or shut down the compressor in case of overheating.

NOTE: Oregon did not adopt 1910.94(a)(6), which references an outdated ANSI standard. Instead, the following Oregon-initiated rule applies. This rule is identical, except that the current ANSI standard is referenced.

(13) Blasting Nozzles. In addition to and not in lieu of the provisions of 1910.94(a)(7), blasting nozzles shall be equipped with a deadman switch or other effective means to prevent hose and nozzle from whipping. A support shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when not in use.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92

NOTE: 1910.95(g)(3) was NOT adopted by OR-OSHA because in Oregon, only CAOH- certified technicians, audiologists, otolaryngologist or physicians may perform audiometric examinations. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0095 applies:

437-002-0095

Audiometric Testing in Oregon

Audiometric tests shall be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist, otolaryngologist, or other physician, or by a technician who is certified by the Council of Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation. A technician who performs audiometric tests must be responsible to an audiologist, otolaryngologist or physician.

NOTES:

-1- Technicians currently certified by OR-OSHA may continue to use their Oregon certificates until they expire, or until July 1, 1996, whichever occurs first.

-2- In Oregon, free on-site assistance may be obtained from the Consultative Section, Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services, 350 Winter St NE, Salem, OR 97310. Telephone (503) 378-3272.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 4-1993, f. 4-1-93, cert. ef. 5-1-93

NOTES:

-1- The following Oregon-initiated rule, OAR 437-002-0098, relates to 29 CFR 1910.96, Ionizing Radiation.

-2- The provisions of OAR 437-002-0080(3) and 437-002-0098 will be enforced by the Department of Human Resources, Health Division, under an Interagency Agreement with the Department of Insurance and Finance, Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA). Copies are available from OR-OSHA and the Health Division.

437-002-0098

Additional Applicability

In addition to, and not in lieu of 1910.1096, the rules and regulations specified in ORS 453.605 to 453.745, Control of Radiation, administered by the Department of Human Resources, Oregon Health Division, shall apply to all employees working with or near ionizing radiation sources.

NOTE: §1910.1096, Ionizing Radiation, is enforced in Oregon by the Department of Human Resources, Health Division, under an Interagency Agreement with the Department of Consumer and Business Services, OR-OSHA Division. Oregon-initiated Rule 437-002-0098 also applies and is enforced by the Health Division. Copies are available from OR-OSHA and the Health Division.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97

437-002-0100

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/02, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.101 Compressed gases (General requirements), published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.102 Acetylene, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.103 Hydrogen, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12121; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, p. 32015; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236; amended 6/8/04, FR vol. 69, p. 31880-31882; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.104 Oxygen, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.105 Nitrous oxide, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.106 Flammable and combustible liquids, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 1/27/75, FR vol. 40, p. 3982; 6/2/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23743; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51759; 9/7/82, FR vol. 47, p. 39164; 9/12/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34560; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12121; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237; 9/13/05, FR vol. 70, no. 176, p. 53925.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.107 Spray finishing using flammable and combustible materials, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60704; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12121; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237; amended with AO 3-2003, removed 1910.107, and Oregon note added, f. and ef. 4/21/03.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.108 Reserved. Published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.109 Explosives and blasting agents, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49747; 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60704; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 2/24/92, FR vol. 57, no. 36, p. 6403; 3/29/93, FR vol. 58, no. 58, p. 16496; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33466.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.110 Storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gases, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49747; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 6/20/90, FR vol. 55, p. 25094; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, p. 32015; 3/19/93, FR vol. 58, no. 52, p. 15089; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9237; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33466; 12/14/07, FR vol.72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.111 Storage and handling of anhydrous ammonia, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49748; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1269; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33466; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(12) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.112 (Reserved)

(13) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.113 (Reserved)

(14) 29 CFR 1910.114 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238.

(15) 29 CFR 1910.115 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238.

(16) 29 CFR 1910.116 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238.

(17) 29 CFR 1910.119 Process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals, published 2/24/92, Federal Register, vol. 57, no. 36, pp. 6403-6417; amended 3/4/92, FR vol. 57, no. 43, p. 7847; 6/1/92, FR vol. 57, no. 105, pp. 23060-1. (NOTE: Excepted rules adopted by reference by OR-OSHA by Admin. Order 6-1994 on 9/30/94.) Amended 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01.

(18) 29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous waste operations and emergency response, Interim Final Rules, published 12/19/86, Federal Register, vol. 51, no. 244, pp. 45663-45675; and amended 5/5/87, FR vol. 52, no. 85, pp. 16241-16243. Final Rules were published 3/6/89, FR vol. 54, no. 42, pp. 9294-9335; amended 4/13/90, FR vol. 55, no. 72, pp. 14072-14075; 4/18/91, FR vol. 56, no. 75, pp. 15832-15833; amended 8/22/94, FR vol. 59, no. 161, pp. 43270-43275; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

(19) 29 CFR 1910.121 Reserved. Published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909.

(20) 29 CFR 1910.122 Table of contents, published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909. Repealed with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 9-2007, f. and ef. 12/3/07.

(21) 29 CFR 1910.123 Dipping and coating operations: Coverage and definitions, published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909. Repealed with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 9-2007, f. and ef. 12/3/07.

(22) 29 CFR 1910.124 General requirements for dipping and coating operations, published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13909; amended with AO 4-2002, repeal (g)(2), and Oregon note added, f. and ef. 5/30/02. Repealed with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 9-2007, f. and ef. 12/3/07.

(23) 29 CFR 1910.125 Additional requirements for dipping and coating operations that use flammable or combustible liquids, published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13910. Repealed with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 9-2007, f. and ef. 12/3/07.

(24) 29 CFR 1910.126 Additional requirements for special dipping and coating applications, published 3/23/99, Federal Register, vol. 64, no. 55, p. 13911. Repealed with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 9-2007, f. and ef. 12/3/07.

NOTE: These standards are on file with the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 19-1988, f. & ef. 11-17-88; APD 12-1989, f. & ef. 7-14-89; OSHA 22-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 10-1-90; OSHA 3-1992, f. & cert. ef. 2-6-92; OSHA 3-1993, f. & cert. ef. 2-23-93; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; OSHA 3-1995, f. & cert. ef. 2-22-95; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 8-1999, f. & cert. ef. 8-6-99; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 4-2002, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-02; OSHA 3-2003, f. & cert. ef. 4-21-03; OSHA 4-2004, f. & cert. ef. 9-15-04; OSHA 4-2005, f. & cert. ef 12-14-05; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06; OSHA 9-2007, f. & cert. ef. 12-3-07; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08

437-002-0101

Oregon Start-Up Dates

29 CFR 1910.120, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response -- Final Rules, is effective on July 14, 1990.

[[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 19-1988, f. & ef. 11-17-88; APD 12-1989, f. & ef. 7-14-89

437-002-0107

Spray Finishing

(1) Scope. This section applies to finishing materials when applied as a spray by any means in a continuous or intermittent process. This section also covers the application of powders by powder spray guns, electrostatic powder spray guns, fluidized beds, or electrostatic fluidized beds. This section also applies to any sprayed material that produces combustible deposits or residue. This section does not apply to outdoor spray application of buildings, tanks, or other similar structures, nor to small portable spraying apparatus not used repeatedly in the same location.

(2) Definitions

(a) Aerated solid powders - Any powdered material used as a coating material fluidized within a container by passing air uniformly from below. It is common practice to fluidize such materials to form a fluidized powder bed and then dip the part to be coated into the bed in a manner similar to that used in liquid dipping. Such beds are also used as sources for powder spray operations.

(b) Approved - Approved and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Refer to §1910.7 for definition of nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(c) Electrostatic fluidized bed - A chamber holding powder coating material that is aerated from below to form an air-supported, expanded cloud of the powder. The powder is electrically charged with a charge opposite to that of the object or material being coated.

(d) Fluidized bed - A chamber holding powder coating material that is aerated from below to form an air-supported, expanded cloud of the powder. The object or material being coated is preheated, then immersed into the cloud.

(e) Infrequent and of short duration - Spray finishing that is:

(A) Less than nine square feet surface area per job, and

(B) Uses less than one gallon of material in one day, and

(C) Intermittent spraying where enough time elapses between spraying episodes to dilute the concentration of vapors essentially to zero before spraying is resumed

(f) Listed - See "approved."

(g) Non-combustible materials - Materials that have a fire resistance rating of at least one hour.

(h) Overspray - Any sprayed material that is not deposited on the intended object.

(i) Spray area - Any area in which potentially dangerous quantities of flammable vapors or mists, or combustible residues, dusts, or deposits are present due to the operation of spraying processes.

(j) Spray booth - A power-ventilated structure provided to enclose or accommodate a spraying operation to confine and limit the escape of spray, vapor, and residue, and to safely conduct or direct them to an exhaust system.

(k) Spray room - A room designed to accommodate a spraying operation. For the purposes of this rule, the term "spray booth" includes spray rooms except where specifically noted.

(3) Rules for All Spray Finishing Operations.

(a) Conduct spray finishing in a spray booth provided with local exhaust ventilation except:

(A) When spraying is infrequent and of short duration; or

(B) When spraying is a single "air brush"; or

(C) The object to be sprayed is of such weight or proportion as to render it impracticable to move it into a spray booth; or

(D) When only noncombustible or Class IIIB combustible liquids are used for spraying. This exception for Class IIIB combustible liquids only applies when the liquid is not heated for use to within 30% F (16.7% C) of the flashpoint; or

(E) When spray painting is conducted out-of-doors. For the purposes of this rule, out-of-doors means an area away from the main building and completely open at all times on at least two sides.

(b) Spray finishing outside of a booth, as permitted by OAR 437-002-0107(3)(a)(A), (C), and (D) above, must be done only in a spray area that meets the following requirements:

(A) All light switches, fans, receptacles, overhead lights and all other sources of ignition within 20 horizontal feet and 10 vertical feet of the overspray area must be inoperative or consist of Class I, Group D, explosion-proof types as specified in the National Electrical Code, NFPA 33-2000 and ANSI C2-2002.

(B) All building construction including floors, walls, ceilings, beams, etc., within 20 horizontal feet and 10 vertical feet of the overspray area must consist of or be protected by non-combustible materials.

(C) Protect all areas within 20 feet of the overspray area with automatic sprinklers. Where automatic sprinklers are not available, use other automatic extinguishing equipment. Alternatives may be used only when authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(D) Aisles leading to exits from the spray finishing area must remain clear at all times.

(E) Provide the spray finishing area with at least 6 air changes per hour of airflow.

(F) Follow the requirements of paragraphs (3)(c) through (3)(e).

(c) Do not allow employees not engaged in spray finishing operations within 20 feet of the spraying and overspray area.

(d) Employees engaged in spray finishing operations must be provided with and wear respiratory protection unless exhaust ventilation is provided and reduces employee exposure to any material in the finish or its solvent to below the limits established in OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants. Follow all of the requirements of OAR 437-002-1910.134, Respiratory Protection.

(e) Combustible Materials.

(A) Do not store combustible material or allow combustible material to accumulate in the spraying and overspray area unless specifically authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(B) Give the spraying and overspray area daily housekeeping and maintenance while in use and keep it free of any accumulations between uses. Use only non-sparking tools for cleaning purposes.

(C) Combustible materials, such as paper, may be used to cover floors and walls in the spray and overspray area, but must be removed at the end of each workshift. The employer may use longer intervals only when the local fire authority has provided written approval to do so.

(f) Spray booths.

(A) Construction:

(i) Construct spray booths of substantially supported steel, concrete, or masonry.

(ii) When the booth is only used for intermittent or low volume spraying, other substantial non-combustible material may be used.

(iii) Design spray booths to sweep air currents toward the exhaust outlet.

(iv) Construct spray booths with materials that have a fire resistance rating of at least one hour. All adjacent construction must have a fire resistance rating of at least one hour or as otherwise required by the Oregon Building Codes Division.

(B) The interior surfaces of spray booths must be smooth and continuous without edges, designed to prevent residue pocketing, and designed to ease cleaning and washing.

(C) When the floor surface of a spray booth and operators' working area is combustible, it must be covered with a non-combustible material designed to prevent pocketing of residues and ease cleaning and washing.

(D) A spray booth should be equipped with:

(i) A water washing system designed to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts and to permit the recovery of overspray finishing material; or

(ii) Distribution or baffle plates to promote an even flow of air through the booth or cause the deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct; or

(iii) Overspray dry filters to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts.

(E) Where dry powders are sprayed, arrange the powder collection systems in the exhaust to capture oversprayed material.

(F) When distribution or baffle plates are used, they must be of non-combustible material and readily removable or accessible on both sides for cleaning. Such plates will not be located in exhaust ducts.

(G) When using conventional dry type spray booths with overspray dry filters or filter rolls:

(i) Inspect filter rolls to ensure proper replacement of filter media.

(ii) Immediately remove all discarded filter pads and filter rolls to a safe area away from the spray finishing operation. Alternatively, place them in a water-filled metal container and dispose of them at the close of the day's operation unless they remain completely submerged.

(iii) Do not use filters or filter rolls when spraying a material known to be highly susceptible to spontaneous heating and ignition.

(iv) Clean filters or filter rolls must be non-combustible or authorized by the local fire authority.

(v) Do not use filters and filter rolls alternately for different types of coating materials, where the combination of materials may be conducive to spontaneous ignition.

(H) Spray booths with an open frontal area larger than 9 square feet must have a metal deflector or curtain at least 4-1/2 inches deep installed at the upper outer edge of the booth over the opening.

(I) Where conveyors are used to carry work into or out of spray booths, the openings must be as small as practical.

(J) Separate each spray booth from all other non-spray finishing operations by at least 3 feet, a wall, or a partition. This requirement does not apply to spray rooms.

(K) All portions of the spray booth must be readily accessible for cleaning.

(L)(i) The exterior of the spray booth must have a clear space of at least 3 feet on all sides. Do not store any materials within this clear space. All construction within 3 feet of all sides of the spray booth must be noncombustible. This requirement does not apply to spray rooms.

(ii) Exception: This requirement does not prohibit locating a spray booth closer than 3 feet to an exterior wall or roof assembly, provided that the wall or roof is constructed of a non-combustible material and the booth can be cleaned and maintained.

(M) When spraying areas are illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials, use only fixed lighting units as a source of illumination.

(i) Seal panels to effectively isolate the spraying area from the area in which the lighting unit is located.

(ii) Use only non-combustible material constructed or protected so that breakage will be unlikely. Arrange panels so that normal accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of the panel will not be raised to a dangerous temperature by radiation or conduction from the source of illumination.

(N) Protect all spaces within the spray booth with automatic sprinklers acceptable to the local fire authority.

(i) Sprinkler heads must provide water distribution throughout the entire booth.

(ii) When filters are used, automatic sprinklers must be on both the downstream and upstream sides of the filters.

(iii) Keep sprinkler heads as free of overspray deposits as possible. Clean them daily if necessary. When sprinkler heads are covered to protect them from overspray, the material and method used must be authorized by the local fire authority.

(iv) When automatic sprinklers are infeasible or not practical, other means of fire protection must be provided and authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(g) Electrical and other sources of ignition.

(A) Do not allow open flame or spark producing equipment within 20 feet of the spray area, unless separated by a partition.

(B) Do not place space-heating appliances, steampipes, or hot surfaces in a spraying area where deposits of combustible residues may readily accumulate.

(C) Ensure all electrical wiring and equipment conforms to the provisions of this paragraph and OAR 437, division 2, subdivision S.

(D) Do not put any electrical equipment in the spray or overspray area unless it is specifically approved for those locations. All wiring must be in rigid conduit or in boxes or fittings that do not contain taps, splices, or terminal connections.

(E) Electrical wiring and equipment not subject to deposits of combustible residues but located in a spraying area must be explosion-proof, approved for Class I, Group D locations, and conform to the provisions of OAR 437, division 2, subdivision S, for Class I, Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Electrical wiring, motors, and other equipment outside of but within 20 feet of any spraying area, and not separated by partitions, must not produce sparks under normal operating conditions and must conform to the provisions of OAR 437, division 2, subdivision S for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations.

(F) Electric lamps outside of any spraying area but within 20 feet, and not separated by a partition, will be totally enclosed to prevent the falling of hot particles and will be protected from physical damage by appropriate guards or by location.

(G) Do not use portable electric lamps in any spraying area during spraying operations. If portable electric lamps are used during cleaning or repairing operations, use only the type approved for hazardous Class I locations.

(H) Electrically ground all metal parts of spray booths and exhaust ducts. Electrically ground piping systems that convey flammable or combustible liquids or aerated solids.

(h) Ventilation.

(A) Provide all spraying areas with mechanical ventilation adequate to remove flammable vapors, mists, or powders to a safe location and confine and control combustible residues so that life is not endangered. Keep mechanical ventilation in operation at all times while spraying operations are being conducted and for a sufficient time afterwards to exhaust vapors from drying material and residue.

(B) Interlock the spraying equipment with the ventilation system so that spraying operations cannot be conducted unless the ventilation system is operating.

(C) Air velocity throughout the spray booth must be sufficient to keep airborne contaminants below 25% of their lower explosive limit (LEL).

(i) Open-faced booths must maintain at least an average of 100 feet per minute (fpm) of airflow across the open face of the booth.

(ii) Enclosed booths must maintain at least an average of 100 fpm of airflow of cross-sectional area at the operators' position

(iii) Any deviation from the above must be authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(iv) Install a visible gauge, audible alarm, or pressure activated device on each spray booth to indicate or ensure that the required air velocity is maintained.

(D) Provide each spray booth with an independent exhaust duct system that discharges to the exterior of the building. A common exhaust system may be used for multiple spray booths only when identical materials are sprayed and the combined frontal area of those booths is no more than 18 square feet.

(E) When more than one fan serves one booth, interconnect all fans so that one fan cannot operate without all fans being operated.

(F) The fan-rotating element must be non-ferrous or non-sparking or the casing must consist of or be lined with such material.

(i) Maintain ample clearance between the fan-rotating element and the fan casing to avoid a fire by friction. Prevent contact between moving parts and the duct or fan housing by making allowance for ordinary expansion and loading.

(ii) Mount fan blades on a shaft sufficiently heavy to maintain perfect alignment even when the blades of the fan are heavily loaded.

(iii) All bearings must be of the self-lubricating type, or lubricated from the outside duct.

(G) Place electric motors driving exhaust fans outside booths or ducts. See also paragraph (3)(g) of this section.

(H) When belts and pulleys are inside the duct or booth, they must be thoroughly enclosed.

(I) Construct exhaust ducts of substantially supported steel. Exhaust ducts without dampers are preferred; however, if dampers are installed, they must be fully opened when the ventilating system is in operation.

(i) Protect exhaust ducts against mechanical damage and maintain a clearance of at least 18 inches from unprotected combustible construction or other combustible material.

(ii) If combustible construction is provided with the following protection applied to all surfaces within 18 inches of the exhaust duct, clearances may be reduced to the distances indicated:

(aa) 28-gage sheet metal on 1/4 -inch insulating millboard - 12 inches.

(bb) 28-gage sheet metal on 1/8-inch insulating millboard spaced out 1 inch on non-combustible spacers - 9 inches.

(cc) 22-gage sheet metal on 1-inch rockwool batts reinforced with wire mesh or the equivalent - 3 inches.

(J) The terminal discharge point must be at least 6 feet from any combustible exterior wall or roof. The discharge point must not discharge in the direction of any combustible construction or unprotected opening in any non-combustible exterior wall within 30 feet.

(K) Keep air exhaust from spray operations away from makeup air or other ventilation intakes. Do not recirculate air exhausted from spray operations.

(L) Supply clean fresh air, free of contamination from adjacent industrial exhaust systems, chimneys, stacks, or vents, to a spray booth in quantities equal to the volume of air exhausted through the spray booth.

(M) Provide exhaust ducts with an ample number of access doors when necessary to facilitate cleaning.

(N) Provide air intake openings to rooms containing spray finishing operations adequate for the efficient operation of exhaust fans and placed to minimize the creation of dead air pockets.

(O) Dry freshly sprayed articles only in spaces provided with adequate ventilation to prevent the formation of explosive vapors. Drying spaces without adequate ventilation will be considered a spraying area. See also paragraph (6) of this section.

(4) Rules for Spray Finishing with Flammable and Combustible Liquids

(a) These rules apply to spray finishing with Class I flammable liquids, Class II combustible liquids, and Class IIIA combustible liquids. These rules only apply to Class IIIB combustible liquids when they are heated for use to within 30% F (16.7% C) of their flashpoint.

(b) Flammable and combustible liquids - storage and handling.

(A) Store flammable or combustible liquids in compliance with the requirements of OAR 437-002-1910.106.

(B) Keep only the minimum quantity of flammable or combustible liquids required for operations in the vicinity of spraying operations and do not exceed a supply for one day or one shift. Bulk storage of portable containers of flammable or combustible liquids must be in a separate, constructed building detached from other important buildings or cut off in a standard manner.

(C) Use only the original closed containers, approved portable tanks, approved safety cans, or a properly arranged system of piping for bringing flammable or combustible liquids into the spray area. Do not use open or glass containers.

(D) Use approved pumps to withdraw flammable and combustible liquids from containers with a capacity of 61 gallons or more except as provided in paragraph (4)(b)(F) of this section.

(E) Withdraw and fill containers with flammable or combustible liquids only in a suitable mixing room or in a spraying area when the ventilating system is in operation. Take adequate precautions to protect against spilling liquids and sources of ignition.

(F) Containers must conform to the following requirements:

(i) Use only closed containers to supply spray nozzles. Use metal covers to close containers that are not closed.

(ii) Use metal supports or wire cables to support containers that are not resting on floors.

(iii) When spray nozzles are supplied by gravity flow, do not use containers that exceed 10 gallons capacity.

(iv) Do not use air pressure in the original shipping containers to supply spray nozzles.

(G) Containers under air pressure supplying spray nozzles must also conform to the following requirements

(i) Use only limited capacity containers that only hold enough material for one day's operation.

(ii) Use only containers that are designed and approved for such use.

(iii) Provide containers with a visible pressure gauge.

(iv) Containers must be provided with a relief valve set to operate in conformance with the requirements of the Oregon Building Codes Division OAR 918-225, "Boilers and Pressure Vessels."

(H) Pipes and hoses.

(i) All containers or piping with an attached hose or flexible connection must have a shutoff valve at the connection. Keep such valves shut when not spraying.

(ii) When a pump is used to deliver the liquid used in a spray application process, use only piping, tubing, hoses, and accessories that are designed to withstand the maximum working pressure of the pump. Alternatively, provide automatic means to limit the discharge pressure of the pump to a level within the design working pressure of the piping, tubing, hoses, and accessories.

(iii) Inspect all pressure hose and couplings at regular intervals appropriate to this service. Test the hose and couplings with the hose extended using the "inservice maximum operating pressures." Repair or discard any hose showing material deteriorations, signs of leakage, or weakness in its' carcass or at the couplings.

(iv) Piping systems conveying flammable or combustible liquids must be of steel or other material having comparable properties of resistance to heat and physical damage. Properly bond and ground piping systems.

(I) Use approved and listed electrically powered spray liquid heaters. Do not put heaters in spray booths or any other location subject to the accumulation of deposits or combustible residue.

(J) If flammable or combustible liquids are supplied to spray nozzles by positive displacement pumps, use an approved relief valve on the pump discharge line that discharges to a pump suction or a safe detached location, or use a device provided to stop the prime mover if the discharge pressure exceeds the safe operating pressure of the system.

(K) Whenever flammable or combustible liquids are transferred from one container to another, effectively bond and ground both containers to prevent discharge sparks of static electricity.

(c) Install an adequate supply of suitable portable fire extinguishers near all spraying areas.

(d) Operations and maintenance.

(A) Immediately remove and dispose residue scrapings and debris contaminated with residue from the premises. Deposit all rags or waste impregnated with finishing material in tightly-closing metal waste cans immediately after use. Properly dispose of the contents of waste cans at least once daily or at the end of each shift.

(B) Do not leave clothing worn during spray finishing on the premises overnight unless kept in metal lockers.

(C) Only use solvents for cleaning operations with flashpoints at or above the flashpoints of material normally used. Cleaning operations must be done inside a spray booth with the ventilation system on, or an area authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(D) Do not alternately use spray booths for different types of coating materials when the materials are incompatible with each other, unless all deposits of the first used material are removed from the booth and exhaust ducts prior to spraying with the second material.

(e) Mixing.

(A) Mix materials only in a mixing room, a spray area that meets the requirements of (3)(b), or in a spray booth. When a spray area or spray booth is used for mixing, the ventilation system must be on.

(B) Construct mixing rooms of substantially supported steel, concrete, or masonry. Use only non-combustible materials to construct mixing rooms.

(C) Design mixing rooms so that any spills remain inside the room.

(D) Provide at least 150 cubic feet per minute (CFM) of airflow in each mixing room. When the flooring of the mixing room is greater than 150 square feet, provide at least 1 CFM per square foot of flooring. The ventilation system for each mixing room must be on and operational at all times.

(E) Follow all of the provisions of paragraph (3)(g).

(F) Protect all spaces within the mixing room with automatic sprinklers acceptable to the local fire authority. Where automatic sprinklers are not available, use other automatic extinguishing equipment. Alternatives may be used only when authorized in writing by the local fire authority.

(5) Rules for Electrostatic Spray Finishing

(a) Fixed electrostatic apparatus.

(A) Use only approved electrostatic apparatus and devices in connection with coating operations.

(B) Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the exception of high-voltage grids, electrodes, and electrostatic atomizing heads and their connections, must be located outside of the spraying area, or must otherwise conform to the requirements of paragraph (3) of this section.

(C) Adequately support electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads in permanent locations and effectively insulate them from the ground. Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads which are permanently attached to their bases, supports, or reciprocators are considered to comply with this section. Use only non-porous and non-combustible insulators.

(D) Properly insulate and protect high-voltage leads to electrodes from mechanical injury or exposure to destructive chemicals. Effectively and permanently support electrostatic atomizing heads on suitable insulators and effectively guard against accidental contact or grounding. Provide an automatic means for grounding the electrode system when it is electrically de-energized for any reason. Keep all insulators clean and dry.

(E) Maintain a safe distance between goods being painted and electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads or conductors of at least twice the sparking distance. Conspicuously post a sign indicating this safe distance near the assembly.

(F) Support goods being painted using this process on conveyors. Arrange the conveyors to maintain safe distances between the goods and the electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads at all times. Any irregularly shaped or other goods subject to possible swinging or movement must be rigidly supported to prevent swinging or movement which would reduce the clearance to less than that specified in paragraph (5)(a)(E) of this section.

(G) Equip electrostatic apparatus with automatic controls that immediately disconnect the power supply to the high voltage transformer and signals the operator when:

(i) Any failure occurs in the ventilation equipment.

(ii) The conveyor carrying goods through the high voltage field stops.

(iii) Occurrence of a ground or of an imminent ground at any point on the high voltage system.

(iv) The safe distance required by (5)(a)(E) is not maintained.

(H) Place adequate booths, fencing, railings, or guards around the equipment to assure, either by their location or character or both, that a safe isolation of the process is maintained from plant storage or personnel. Construct such railings, fencing, and guards of conducting material that is adequately grounded.

(b) Electrostatic hand spraying equipment.

(A) This paragraph applies to any equipment that uses electrostatically charged elements for the atomization and/or, precipitation of materials for coatings on articles, or for other similar purposes in which the atomizing device is hand held and manipulated during the spraying operation.

(B) Use only approved electrostatic hand spray apparatus and devices in connection with coating operations. The high voltage circuits must be designed so it does not produce a spark of sufficient intensity to ignite any vapor-air mixtures or result in appreciable shock hazard upon coming in contact with a grounded object under all normal operating conditions. The electrostatically charged exposed elements of the handgun must be capable of being energized only by a switch which also controls the coating material supply.

(C) Locate transformers, powerpacks, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment outside of the spraying area. This requirement does not apply to the handgun itself and its connections to the power supply.

(D) Electrically connect the handle of the spraying gun to ground by a metallic connection. Ensure that the operator in normal operating position is in intimate electrical contact with the grounded handle.

(E) Adequately ground all electrically conductive objects in the spraying area. This requirement applies to paint containers, wash cans, and any other objects or devices in the area. Prominently and permanently install a warning on the equipment regarding the necessity for this grounding feature.

(F) Maintain metallic contact between objects being painted or coated and the conveyor or other grounded support. Regularly clean hooks to ensure this contact.

(G) Areas of contact must be sharp points or knife edges where possible.

(H) Conceal points of support of the object from random spray where feasible.

(I) When objects being sprayed are supported from a conveyor, the point of attachment to the conveyor must not collect spray material during normal operation.

(J) Interlock the electrical equipment with the ventilation of the spraying area so that the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilation fans are on.

(6) Drying, Curing, or Fusion Apparatus:

(a) Drying, curing, or fusion equipment:

(A) Equipment manufactured or modified on or before June 1, 2003, must comply with the provisions of the Standard for ovens and furnaces, NFPA No. 86A-1969 where applicable.

(B) Equipment manufactured or modified after June 1, 2003, must comply with the provisions of the Standard for Ovens and Furnaces, NFPA No. 86-1999 where applicable.

(b) Do not use a spray area for drying when such drying can increase the surface temperature of the spray area.

(c) Except as specifically provided in paragraph (6)(e) of this section, do not install an open flame heating system for drying, curing, or fusion in a spray area.

(d) Drying, curing, or fusion units may be installed adjacent to spray areas only when equipped with an interlocked ventilating system arranged to:

(A) Thoroughly ventilate the drying space before the heating system can be started;

(B) Maintain a safe atmosphere at any source of ignition;

(C) Automatically shut down the heating system in the event of failure of the ventilating system.

(e) Automobile refinishing spray booths or enclosures, otherwise installed and meeting the requirements of this section, may alternately be used for drying with portable electrical infrared drying apparatus that meets the following:

(A) Keep the interior (especially floors) of spray enclosures free of overspray deposits.

(B) Keep the apparatus out of the spray and overspray area while spray finishing is in progress.

(C) Equip the spraying apparatus, the drying apparatus, and the ventilating system of the spray enclosure with suitable interlocks arranged so:

(i) The spraying apparatus cannot be operated while the drying apparatus is inside the spray enclosure.

(ii) The spray enclosure is purged of spray vapors for at least 3 minutes before the drying apparatus is energized.

(iii) The ventilating system maintains a safe atmosphere within the enclosure during the drying process, and the drying apparatus will automatically shut off in the event of failure of the ventilating system.

(D) All electrical wiring and equipment of the drying apparatus must meet the applicable sections of OAR 437, division 2, subdivision S. Only equipment of a type approved for Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations will be located within 18 inches of floor level. All metallic parts of the drying apparatus will be properly electrically bonded and grounded.

(E) Place a warning sign on the drying apparatus indicating that ventilation must be maintained during the drying period and that spraying must not be conducted in the vicinity where spray will deposit on apparatus.

(7) Powder Coating.

(a) Ventilation.

(A) Ensure that exhaust ventilation is sufficient to maintain the atmosphere below the lowest explosive limits for the materials being applied. Ensure that all non-deposited air-suspended powders are safely removed via exhaust ducts to the powder recovery cyclone or receptacle.

(B) Do not release powders to the outside atmosphere.

(b) Operation and maintenance.

(A) Keep all areas free of the accumulation of powder coating dusts, particularly horizontal surfaces as ledges, beams, pipes, hoods, booths, and floors.

(B) Clean surfaces in a manner to avoid scattering dust to other places or creating dust clouds.

(C) Conspicuously post "No Smoking" signs in large letters on contrasting color background at all powder coating areas and powder storage rooms.

(c) Electrostatic fluidized beds.

(A) Use only approved electrostatic fluidized beds and associated equipment.

(B) Ensure that the maximum surface temperature of this equipment in the coating area does not exceed 150° F.

(C) Use only high voltage circuits that will not produce a spark of sufficient intensity to ignite any powder-air mixtures.

(D) Use circuits designed to eliminate shock hazards upon coming in contact with a grounded object under normal operating conditions.

(E) Locate transformers, powerpacks, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment outside of the powder coasting area, with the exception of the charging electrodes and their connections to the power supply.

(F) Adequately ground all electrically conductive objects within the charging influence of the electrodes. The powder coating equipment must carry a prominent, permanently installed warning regarding the necessity for grounding these objects.

(G) Objects being coated will be maintained in contact with the conveyor or other support in order to ensure proper grounding. Regularly clean hangers to ensure effective contact and areas of contact will be sharp points or knife edges where possible.

(H) Interlock the electrical equipment with the ventilation system so the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilation fans are in operation.

[Publications: Publications referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92; OSHA 3-2003, f. & cert. ef. 4-21-03

NOTES:

-1- Oregon did not adopt the following in 1910.109, Explosives and Blasting Agents:

(a) Tables H-21 and H-22, and their respective Notes; and

(b) The Definition of "magazine" in 1910.109(a)(6).

In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0109, Table OR-H-21 and OR-H-22, and their respective Notes, apply. Also, the definition of "magazine" in Note 5 of OR-H-21 applies.

-2- The following Oregon-initiated rules relate to 29 CFR 1910.109, Explosives and Blasting Agents.

437-002-0109

Explosives and Blasting Agents

(1) Blasting and Use of Explosives:

(a) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, fires and flame or spark producing devices shall be prohibited in any explosive magazine or within a radius of 100 feet thereof, and with 100 feet of where explosives are being handled, transported, or used;

(b) All blasts shall be fired electronically with an electric blasting machine or properly designed electric power sources, except as provided in sections of this rule;

(c) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall maintain an inventory and use records of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthorized entry into a magazine;

(d) The preparation of primers shall be done in a safe place, well away from fire, possible sparks, magazines or powder boxes. Where practical to do so, primers should be prepared at the point of use and immediately placed in the bore hole.

(2) Recordkeeping and Loading:

(a) The blaster shall keep an accurate, up-to-date records of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an accurate running inventory of all explosives and blasting agents stored on the operations;

(b) No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. No loaded holes shall be left unattended or unprotected. All loaded holes shall be fired before leaving the blast site.

(3) Electric Firing. Flashlight batteries shall not be used when firing a circuit of electric blasting caps. The electric current delivered to the charge shall meet the manufacturer's recommended level.

(4) Locks. Each door shall be equipped with two mortise locks; with two padlocks fastened in separate hasps and staples; with a combination or mortise lock and padlock; with a mortise lock that requires two keys to open; or a three-point lock. Locks shall be five-tumbler proof. All padlocks shall be protected with 1/4-inch steel caps constructed so as to prevent sawing or lever action on the locks or hasps.

(5) Cap Boxes. Storage facilities for blasting caps in quantities of 100 or less shall have sides, bottoms, and covers constructed of No. 12-gauge metal and lined with a nonsparking material. Hinges and hasps shall be attached thereto by welding. A single five-tumbler proof lock shall be sufficient for locking purposes.

NOTES:

-1- Use the American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosive Materials to determine safe distances from inhabited dwellings, highways, passenger railways, and between explosive materials magazines.

-2- Use the appendix, Separation Distances of Ammonium Nitrate and Blasting Agents from Explosives or Blasting Agents, to determine non-propagating distances to ammonium nitrate fuel oil (ANFO) blasting agents and to ammonium nitrate.

-3- Use the greater of the distances shown in the American Table of Distances and in the Table of Recommended Separation Distances to determine the required separation between a magazine for storage of explosives and a magazine for storage of blasting agents.

(6)(a) Table of Distances. The provisions contained in Table 21 are in lieu of the provisions contained in 29 CFR 1910.109, Table H-21, American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosives. Related Notes are printed following the table for clarity in using Table OR-H-21;

(b) Table of Recommended Separation Distances. The provisions contained in Table 22 are in lieu of the provisions contained in 29 CFR 1910.109, Table H-22, Table of Recommended Separation Distances of Ammonium Nitrate and Blasting Agents from Explosives or Blasting Agents. Related notes are printed following the table for clarity in using Table OR-H-22.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92

437-002-0118

Reinforced Plastics Manufacturing

(1) Applicability. If a specific type of equipment, process or practice is not limited to the reinforced plastics industry, the provisions contained in other Divisions of OAR Chapter 437, Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Code, shall apply.

(2) Scope:

(a) These rules shall apply to reinforced plastics manufacturing operations, in their shop buildings (not field work) involving the use of polyester, vinylester, and other similar products in which styrene monomer is a reactive monomer for the resin. This division applies to chopper gun, gelcoating, hand laminating and casting operations utilizing resin and organic peroxide catalyst;

(b) This division does not apply to:

(A) Application of flammable organic materials such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), either alone or mixed as flammable or combustible paints or diluents;

(B) Operations, involving polyurethane finishes or foams utilizing isocyanate catalysts;

(C) Operations involving epoxy resin compounds utilizing amine hardeners; or

(D) Cleaning of chopper guns, lines, and associated equipment in which acetone, MEK, or other flammable or combustible organic solvents are sprayed into the open air as part of the cleaning process.

(3) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this rule:

(a) "Chopper Gun" A device that feeds fiberglass rovings through a chopper and ejects them into a stream of resin and organic peroxide catalyst onto a mold surface. The resin and organic peroxide catalyst are combined and ejected from the chopper gun by either one of two systems:

(A) One nozzle ejects resin while another nozzle ejects organic peroxide catalyst towards the mold surface; or

(B) The resin and organic peroxide catalyst are fed into a single chopper gun mixing chamber ahead of the nozzle.

NOTE: By either method, the resin mixture precoats the strands of glass and the merged product is directed onto a mold surface by the operator.

(b) "Combustible" Any substance having a flashpoint at or above 100°F (37.8°C). Combustible substances shall be divided into two classes:

(A) Class II -- Substances with flashpoints at or above 100°F (37.8°C) and below 140°F (60°C) except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200°F (93.3°C) or higher, the volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture;

(B) Class III -- Substances with flashpoints at or above 140°F (60°C).

(c) "Flammable" Any substance having a flashpoint below 100°F (37.8°C). Flammable liquids shall be known as Class I liquids;

(d) "Flashpoint" The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor within a test vessel in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture shall be determined as follows:

(A) For a liquid which has a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100°F (37.8°C), does not contain suspended solids, and does not have a tendency to form a surface film while under test, the procedure specified in the standard method of test for flashpoint by tag closed tester (ASTM D-56-70) shall be used;

(B) For a liquid which has a viscosity of 45 SUS or more at 100°F (37.8°C), or contains suspended solids, or has a tendency to form a surface film while under test, the standard method of test for flashpoint by Pensky-Marlens Closed Tester (ASTM D-93-71) shall be used, except that the methods specified in Note 1 to Section 1.1 of ASTM D-93-71 may be used for the respective materials specified in the Note;

(C) For a liquid that is a mixture of compounds that have a different volatilities and flashpoints, its flashpoint shall be determined by using the procedure specified in subsection (4)(a) or (b) of this definition on the liquid in the form it is shipped. If the flashpoint, as determined by this test, is 100°F (37.8°C) or higher, an additional flashpoint determination shall be run on a sample of the liquid evaporated to 90 percent of its original volume and the lower value of the two tests shall be considered the flashpoint of the material;

(D) Organic peroxide catalysts are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified in this section.

(e) "Gelcoating" A chopper gun pressure pot or similar device is used to apply the resin and organic peroxide catalyst mixture to a mold surface without glass fibers;

(f) "Hand Laminating" Resin is mixed with organic peroxide catalyst and applied by hand with a brush, squeegee, or roller with fiberglass reinforcements;

(g) "Hazard" A substance, process, practice or condition which could result in an injury or illness to an employee;

(h) "Resin" A mixture of true esters dissolved in a polymerizable monomer (styrene);

(i) "Threshold-Limit Value Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL)" The maximum concentration to which workers continuously without suffering from irrigation, chronic or irreversible tissue change, or narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that no more than four excursions per day are permitted, with at least 60 minutes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. The STEL should be considered a maximum allowable concentration, or ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period.

(4) Permissible Exposure Limits:

(a) An employee's exposure to any material listed in Table 1, in any eight-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not exceed the eight-hour time-weighted average limit for that material in the table;

(b) An employee's exposure to a material listed in Table 1 shall not exceed, at any time during an eight-hour shift, the TLV-STEL level given for the material in the table, except for a time period, and up to a concentration not exceeding the maximum duration and concentration allowed in the column under "Acceptable Maximum Peak";

(c) Employee exposure to other airborne contaminants shall be in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2, Subdivision Z, 1910.1000, Air Contaminants, and/or other applicable regulations.

NOTE: In the Oregon Rules for Reinforced Plastics Manufacturing, Table OR-118-1, Permissible Exposure Limits, in OAR 437-002-0118(4), has been revised to reflect the current limits in OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants, which were adopted on 11/15/93 in lieu of 1910.1000, Air Contaminants.

(5) Methods of Compliance:

(a) To achieve compliance with section (4) of this rule, Permissible Exposure Limits, administrative or engineering controls must first be determined and implemented whenever feasible;

(b) When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective measures as prescribed in OAR Chapter 437, Division 129, Personal Protective Equipment, Apparel, and Respirators shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to airborne contaminants within the limits prescribed in this rule.

(6) Employee Information and Training. A training program shall be established and all affected employees shall be trained regarding the safe handling of materials used in the industry which shall include instruction in storage, handling large and small quantities, cleanup and disposal of spills, first aid for spills, equipment training, potential health and safety hazards, personal hygiene, personal protective measures, and the labelling system.

(7) Personal Protective Equipment:

(a) Safety glasses shall be worn at all times by personnel working in the manufacturing area of reinforced plastics plants;

(b) Face shields and safety glasses shall be worn when opening and filling pressurized catalyst injection equipment;

(c) An eyewash fountain shall be provided no more than 25 feet or 15 seconds of actual travel from a work area where MEK peroxide is being mixed or transferred:

(A) The criteria of 25 feet shall apply if the employee is working alone;

(B) The criteria of 15 seconds shall apply if other employees are close enough under normal working conditions to provide assistance and a formal training program which includes emergency first aid procedures for eye protection has been implemented.

(d) Clothing saturated or impregnated with flammable liquids, corrosive or toxic substances, irritants, or oxidizing agents, that present a health hazard to employees shall be removed and disposed of, or properly cleaned before reuse; however, clothing coated with cured resin may be worn.

(8) Warning Signs and Labels:

(a) The hazardous chemical or material identification labels shall be placed on all containers of hazardous chemicals. Labels are not required on small containers of hazardous chemicals which are scheduled for use and disposal within one workshift. Keys explaining the labelling system shall be prominently posted in the workplace. Employees shall be trained in reading the labels;

(b) Where extreme occupational health hazards are known to exist in the workplace, the employer shall provide warning signs or other equally effective means of calling attention to such hazards at the location where the hazards exist.

(9) Housekeeping:

(a) Housekeeping shall be sufficient to keep accumulations of combustible residues to a minimum as practical;

(b) All combustible and flammable residues shall be placed in covered noncombustible containers;

(c) To prevent excessive permanent buildup of overspray and overchop, the use of paper, polyethylene film, building or roofing paper or other similar sheet material shall be permitted on side walls and floors of choppergun and gelcoat areas:

(A) When the accumulated depth of overchop and/or gelcoat has reached an average thickness of two inches in the overspray area, it shall be disposed of after at least four hours curing;

(B) A single day's accumulation of more than an average of two inches shall be permitted provided it is disposed of before operations are resumed the next day.

(d) Excess catalyzed resin inside a building shall be disposed of in open-topped containers provided with bar screens, large mesh wire screens, or other means, to support individual containers across its top through which surplus catalyzed resin can be poured and upon which empty containers that once held catalyzed resin can be placed to cure. The open-topped containers shall contain water at least two inches deep in which the resin shall be poured and permitted to cure in a safe fashion. Containers can be used until filled with setup resin and disposed of along with other nontoxic waste.

(10) Hygiene Facilities and Practices. If acetone is used directly on the skin to clean hands, barrier or a therapeutic cream must be made available to the employee. Gloves shall be provided should any employee wish additional protection.

(11) Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Materials:

(a) The storage and handling of acetone and other Class I and II liquids for cleanup and gun flushing shall be subject to the following requirements:

(A) Class I and II solvents shall be kept in containers that are covered during storage;

(B) Areas within the shop where acetone or other Class I solvents are transferred into containers less than five gallons each shall be considered Class I, Division I areas for a five-foot radius around the point of transfer, and Class, Division 2, for an additional five feet outside of the area; and

(C) "Dirty" acetone in small individual cleanup containers of less than five gallons each may be handled by pouring into a large container suitable for disposal or recycling which shall be kept covered.

(b) The following subsections shall apply to chopper gun or gelcoating areas:

(A) Areas where flammable and combustible liquids are used, shall be protected by automatic sprinklers or equivalent extinguishing systems. If a special extinguishing system including, but not limited to, those employing foam, carbon dioxide, or dry chemical, is provided, approved equipment shall be used and installed in an approved manner;

(B) Exhaust fans mounted four feet or less, as measured from the invert (bottom) of the duct above the floor, shall have nonsparking fan blades, and

(i) A motor mounted external to the air stream in a non-explosive atmosphere. The fan shall be driven by an interconnecting belt;

(ii) Those fans having air suction ducts four feet or less above the floor shall comply with subsection (2)(b) of this rule.

(C) Exhaust fans mounted more than four feet above the floor shall have nonsparking fan blades;

(D) All other electrical equipment in chopper gun or gelcoating operations must conform to the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPS) 33-1989.

(c) Aceton and other Class I liquids shall be transferred only through a closed piping system from a safety can be means of a device drawing through the top of from a container or portable tank by gravity through an approved self-closing valve. The nozzle and container shall be electrically interconnected;

(d) Acetone shall be kept in covered containers when not in use;

(e) Special input and exhaust ventilation shall be provided where employees must be inside or under the item being fabricated (e.g., inside a pipe or boat hull or under a large fabricated shape) to keep air concentrations of hazardous and/or flammable or combustible materials at or below 25 percent of the lower explosive limit and employee exposure at or below the permissible exposure limit;

(f) Areas where flammable and combustible materials are handled shall either be posted with "No Smoking" signs, or smoking shall be prohibited throughout plant, manufacturing and storage areas;

(g) Storage and handling of flammable and combustible materials not addressed in these rules shall meet the requirements of OAR Chapter 437, Division 2, Subdivision H, 1910.106, Flammable and Combustible Liquids.

(12) Storage and Handling of Organic Peroxide Catalysts:

(a) Organic peroxide catalysts shall be isolated and stored in their original containers in a cool place under 100°F (37.8°C), away from other combustible or flammable materials and ignition sources;

(b) Organic peroxide catalyst containers shall be covered or kept closed at all times;

(c) Organic peroxide catalysts shall be brought into the area of use in no more than two consecutive days' supply;

(d) Larger than eight-pound containers or organic peroxide catalyst shall not be permitted outside designated catalyst storage areas, except for hand layup operations or for filling the catalyst reservoir of chopper gun and gelcoat equipment;

(e) When organic peroxide catalyst is being poured into the catalyst reservoir of chopper gun and gelcoat equipment, the catalyst container shall be equipped with a special curved pouring spout or other device which directs the catalyst into the reservoir without splashing:

(A) A supply of water of not less than one gallon shall be permanently installed on the chopper gun or gelcoat apparatus to wet down any catalyst spills which may occur due to overfilling. Catalyst spills shall be absorbed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations;

(B) Immediately after filling the chopper gun or gelcoat apparatus with catalyst, the empty or partially filled catalyst container shall be removed immediately before commencement of any other operation.

(13) Fire Protection. Areas where flammable and combustible materials are handled shall either be posted with "No Smoking" signs, or smoking shall be prohibited throughout plant, manufacturing and storage areas.

(14) Ventilation:

(a) Special input and exhaust ventilation shall be provided where employees must be inside or under the item being fabricated (e.g., inside a pipe or boat hull or under a large fabricated shape) to keep air concentrations of hazardous and/or flammable or combustible materials at or below 25 percent of the lower explosive limit and employee exposure at or below the permissible exposure limit;

(b) During cleanup and gun flushing with acetone or other Class I and II liquids, sufficient ventilation shall be provided to maintain air concentrations below 25 percent of the lower explosive limit (LEL) and employee exposure at or below the permissible exposure limit;

(c) Where acetone and Class I solvents are used in physical operations (e.g., mixing) there shall be a minimum ventilation rate of one cubic foot per minute per square foot or floor area in the immediate work area.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1992, f. 2-6-92, cert. ef. 5-1-92; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0119

Oregon Effective Dates

(1) Information pertaining to the equipment in the process shall include material and energy balances for processes built after November 24, 1992.

(2) The employer shall perform an initial process hazard analysis (hazard evaluation) on processes covered by this standard. The process hazard analysis shall be appropriate to the complexity of the process and shall identify, evaluate, and control the hazards involved in the process. Employers shall determine and document the priority order for conducting process hazard analyses based on a rationale which includes such considerations as extent of the process hazards, number of potentially affected employees, age of the process, and operating history of the process. The process hazard analysis shall be conducted as soon as possible, but not later than the following schedule:

(a) No less than 25 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by November 24, 1994;

(b) No less than 50 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by November 24, 1995;

(c) No less than 75 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by November 24, 1996;

(d) All initial process hazard analyses shall be completed by November 24, 1997;

(e) Process hazards analyses completed after November 24, 1987, which meet the requirements of this paragraph are acceptable as initial process hazards analyses. These process hazard analyses shall be updated and revalidated, based on their completion date.

(3) In lieu of initial training for these employees already involved in operating a process on November 24, 1992, an employer may certify in writing that the employee has the required knowledge, skills, and abilities to safely carry out the duties and responsibilities as specified in the operating procedures.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 8-1992, f. 8-13-92, cert. ef. 11-24-92; OSHA 3-1993, f. & cert. ef. 2-23-93; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0120

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other health and safety codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/03, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register and listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.132 General requirements, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35306; 4/6/94, FR vol. 59, no. 66, p. 16360; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01; 11/15/07, FR vol. 72, no. 220, p. 64342.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.133 Eye and face protection, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; 4/6/94, FR vol. 59, no. 66, p. 16360; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9236; 5/2/96, FR vol. 61, p. 19547.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.134 Respiratory protection, published 1/8/98, Federal Register, vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1270; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20098; 8/4/04, FR vol. 69, p. 46986; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.135 Occupational head protection, published 4/6/94, Federal Register, vol. 59, no. 66, p. 16362; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238; 5/2/96, FR vol.61, p. 19547.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.136 Occupational foot protection, published 4/6/94, Federal Register, vol. 59, no. 66, p. 16362; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9238; 5/2/96, FR vol. 61, p. 19547; 5/9/96; FR vol. 61, p. 21228.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.137 Electrical protective equipment, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 1/31/94, FR vol. 59, no. 20, pp. 4435-7.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.138 Hand Protection, published 4/6/94, Federal Register, vol. 59, no. 66, p. 16362.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.139 Respiratory protection for M. tuberculosis, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49748; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1270. Removed, 12/3/03, FR vol. 68, p. 75776-75780 (OR-OSHA Admin. Order 1-2004, f. 3/26/04, ef. 7/1/04).

(9) Appendices. Appendix A -- References for further information (nonmandatory). Appendix B -- Nonmandatory compliance guidelines for hazard assessment and personal protective equipment selection.

These standards are available from the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services; and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94; OSHA 3-1997, f. & cert. ef. 3-28-97; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 1-2004, f. 3-26-04, cert. ef. 7-1-04; OHSA 5-2004, f. & cert. ef. 11-19-04; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06; OSHA 10-2006, f. & cert. ef. 11-30-06; OSHA 5-2008, f. 5-1-08, cert. ef. 5-15-08; OSHA 5-2009, f. & cert. ef. 5-29-09

437-002-0122

Dipping and Coating

(1) Scope:

(a) This rule applies to all operations where an object is partially or fully immersed in a liquid, or the vapors of a liquid. Such operations include, but are not limited to, cleaning, coating, altering the surface of an object, or changing the character of an object. Examples of covered operations are paint dipping, electroplating, pickling, quenching, tanning, degreasing, stripping, cleaning, roll coating, flow coating, and curtain coating. This rule also applies to draining or drying an object that has been dipped or coated.

(b) This rule does not apply to tanks that contain only water or a molten material.

(2) Definitions:

(a) Adjacent area: Any area within 20 feet (6.1 m) of a vapor area that is not separated from the vapor area by tight partitions.

(b) Approved: The equipment is listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

(c) Autoignition temperature: The minimum temperature required to cause self-sustained combustion, independent of any other source of heat.

(d) Combustible liquid: A liquid having a flash point of 100º F (37.8º C) or above. For purposes of this rule, combustible liquids include any liquid with a flash point above 200º F that is heated or has heated items placed in it.

(e) Dip tank: A container holding a liquid other than water and is used for dipping or coating. An object may be immersed (or partially immersed) in a dip tank or it may be suspended in a vapor coming from the tank.

(f) Flammable liquid: A liquid having a flashpoint below 100º F (37.8º C).

(g) Flashpoint: The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite if tested in accordance with the definition of "flashpoint" in OAR 437-002-1910.1200(c).

(h) Lower flammable limit (LFL): The lowest concentration of a material that will propagate a flame. The LFL is usually expressed as a percent by volume of the material in air (or other oxidant).

(i) Vapor area: Any space containing a dip tank, including its drain boards, associated drying or conveying equipment, and any surrounding area where the vapor concentration exceeds 25% of the LFL of the liquid in the tank.

(3) Any container used as a dip tank must be strong enough to withstand any expected load.

(4) Ventilation:

(a) Ensure airborne concentrations of materials in any vapor area do not exceed 25% of its LFL.

(b) A tank cover or material that floats on the surface of the liquid in a dip tank to replace or supplement ventilation is acceptable, as long as the airborne concentrations do not exceed 25% of the LFL or any limit established by Division 2, Subdivision Z.

(c) When mechanical ventilation is used, it must conform to design standards based on national consensus standards that meet the following:

(A) The standard specifies the safety requirements for the particular equipment;

(B) The standard is recognized in the United States as providing specifications that result in an adequate level of safety;

(C) The standard was developed by a standards development organization under a method providing for input and consideration of views of industry groups, experts, users, governmental authorities, and others having broad experience and expertise in issues related to the design and construction of the particular equipment.

(d) Nonmandatory appendix A of this section contains examples of consensus standards that meet the requirements of paragraph (4)(c) of this section.

(e) When mechanical ventilation is used, each dip tank must have an independent exhaust system unless the combination of substances being removed will not cause a fire, explosion, or chemical reaction.

(f) When mechanical ventilation is used, it must draw the flow of air into a hood or exhaust duct.

(A) Ensure each room with exhaust hoods has make-up airflow that is at least 90% of the volume of air exhausted.

(B) Ensure that make-up air does not damage exhaust hoods.

(C) When air is recirculated, it must meet the requirements of OAR 437-002-0081, "Oregon Ventilation Regulations."

(g) Inspect hoods and ventilation ductwork for corrosion or damage at least quarterly and prior to operation after a prolonged shutdown.

(h) Ensure the ventilation airflow is adequate at least quarterly and prior to operation after a prolonged shutdown.

(5) Periodically inspect all dipping and coating equipment, including covers, drains, overflow piping, and electrical and fire-extinguishing systems, and promptly correct any deficiencies.

(6) Thoroughly clean dip tanks of solvents and vapors before permitting welding, burning, or open-flame work.

(7) Provide mechanical ventilation or respirators (selected and used as specified in OAR 437-002-1910.134, "Respiratory Protection) to protect employees in the vapor area from exposure to toxic substances released during welding, burning, or open-flame work.

(8) Medical, first aid, and hygiene facilities:

(a) All employees working with or around dip tanks must know the first-aid procedures appropriate to the dipping and coating hazards to which they are exposed.

(b) When employees work with liquids that may burn, irritate, or otherwise harm their skin:

(A) Obtain a physician's approval before an employee with a sore, burn, or other skin lesion that requires medical attention can return to work in a vapor area.

(B) Only a properly designated person can provide treatment for any skin abrasion, cut, rash, or open sore.

(C) Keep appropriate first-aid supplies near dipping or coating operations.

(D) Provide employees who work with chromic acid periodic examinations, at least annually, of their exposed body parts, especially their nostrils.

(E) Provide locker space or other storage space to prevent contamination of employee's street clothes.

(F) Provide at least one basin with hot water for every 10 employees who work with such liquids.

(G) Follow the emergency eyewash and shower facilities requirements of OAR 437-002-0161, "Medical & First Aid."

(9) Before cleaning a dip tank:

(a) Drain the tank and open the cleanout doors ; and

(b) Ventilate and clear any pockets where hazardous vapors may have accumulated.

(10) Use of flammable or combustible liquids:

(a) Use only dip tanks constructed from non-combustible materials. When drainboards are used, use only drainboards constructed from non-combustible materials.

(b) Overflow piping.

(A) Provide properly trapped overflow piping for dip tanks that have a capacity greater than 150 gallons (568 liters) or a surface area greater than 10 square feet (0.95 square meters).

(B) Overflow piping must discharge to a safe location.

(C) Overflow piping must be at least 3 inches (7.6 cm) diameter and must have sufficient capacity to prevent the tank from overflowing.

(D) The bottom of the overflow connector must be at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) below the top of the dip tank.

(c) Bottom Drains.

(A) Dip tanks containing more than 500 gallons (1893 L) of liquid must have a bottom drain.

(i) A bottom drain is not required if an automatic cover that meets the requirements of paragraph (10)(d)(C) is used.

(ii) A bottom drain is not required if the viscosity of the liquid at normal atmospheric temperature makes this impractical.

(B) Ensure the bottom drain will empty the dip tank in the event of a fire.

(C) Properly trap the bottom drain.

(D) Ensure the bottom drain has pipes that will empty the dip tank within 5 minutes.

(E) Bottom drains must discharge to a safe location.

(F) Bottom drains must be capable of manual and automatic operation. Manual operation must be from a safe and accessible location.

(G) When gravity flow from the bottom drain is impractical, use automatic pumps.

(d) Fire Protection.

(A) Provide portable fire extinguishers that meet the requirements of OAR 437-002-0157 in every vapor area.

(B) Provide an automatic fire extinguishing system:

(i) When the capacity of the dip tank is at least 150 gallons (568 L) or the liquid surface area is 4 square feet (0.38 square meters) or more; or

(ii) When the capacity of a hardening or tempering tank is at least 500 gallons (1893 L) or a liquid surface area of 25 square feet (2.37 square meters) or more.

(C) A cover that is closed by an approved automatic device for the automatic fire-extinguishing system may be used instead of the fire extinguishing system if the cover:

(i) Can also be activated manually;

(ii) Is noncombustible or tin-clad, with the enclosing metal applied with locked joints; and

(iii) Is kept closed when the dip tank is not in use.

(D) In each vapor area and any adjacent area, ensure that:

(i) All electrical wiring and equipment conform to OAR 437, Division 2, Subdivision S (except as specifically permitted in paragraph (15)); and

(ii) There are no flames, spark-producing devices, or other surfaces that are hot enough to ignite vapors.

(E) Electrically bond and ground portable containers used to add liquids to dip tanks to prevent static electrical sparks or arcs.

(F) All vapor areas must be free of combustible debris and as free as practicable of combustible stock.

(G) Deposit all rags or waste impregnated with dipping or coating material in a tightly-closing metal waste can immediately after use. Use only waste cans that are approved or acceptable to the local fire authority.

(H) Empty all waste containers at the end of each shift.

(I) Prohibit smoking in all vapor areas. Post a readily visible "No Smoking" sign near each dip tank or designate the entire area as "No Smoking."

(e) If a conveyor system is used with a dip tank, it must automatically shut down in the event of a fire. If a ventilation system is used to meet the ventilation requirements of paragraph (4), the conveyor system must automatically shut down if the ventilation system fails.

(f) If a liquid is heated in a dip tank, it must be maintained below the liquid's boiling point, and it must be maintained at least 100º F (37.8º C) below the liquid's autoignition temperature.

(g) Ensure that a heating system that is used in a drying operation and could cause ignition:

(A) Is installed in accordance with NFPA 86A-1969, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces (which is incorporated by reference in §1910.6 of this part); and

(B) Has adequate mechanical ventilation that operates before and during the drying operation; and

(C) Shuts down automatically if any ventilating fan fails to maintain adequate ventilation.

(11) Hardening or Tempering Tanks:

(a) Ensure that hardening or tempering tanks

(A) Are located as far as practicable from furnaces;

(B) Are on noncombustible flooring;

(C) Have noncombustible hoods and vents (or equivalent devices) for venting to the outside. For this purpose, treat vent ducts as flues and keep them away from combustible materials, particularly roofs.

(b) Equip each tank with an alarm that will sound if the temperature of the liquid comes within 50º F (10º C) of its flashpoint (the alarm set point).

(c) When practicable, provide each tank with a limit switch to shut down the conveyor supplying work to the tank.

(d) If the temperature of the liquid can exceed the alarm set point, equip the tank with a circulating cooling system.

(e) If the tank has a bottom drain, the bottom drain may be combined with the oil-circulating system.

(f) Do not use air under pressure when filling the dip tank or agitating the liquid in the dip tank.

(12) Flow Coating:

(a) Use a direct low-pressure pumping system or a 10-gallon (38 L) or smaller gravity tank to supply the paint for flow coating. In case of fire, an approved heat-actuated device must shut down the pumping system.

(b) Ensure that the piping is substantial and rigidly supported.

(13) When roll coating, roll spreading, or roll impregnating operations use a flammable or combustible liquid that has a flashpoint below 140º F (60º C), prevent sparking of static electricity by:

(a) Bonding and grounding all metallic parts (including rotating parts) and installing static collectors; or

(b) Maintaining a conductive atmosphere (for example, one with a high relative humidity) in the vapor area.

(14) Vapor degreasing tanks:

(a) Ensure that the condenser or vapor-level thermostat keeps the vapor level at least 36 inches (91 cm) or one-half the tank width, whichever is less, below the top of the vapor degreasing tank.

(b) When using gas as a fuel to heat the tank liquid, the combustion chamber must be airtight (except for the flue opening) to prevent solvent vapors from entering the air-fuel mixture.

(c) The flue must be made of corrosion-resistant material, and it must extend to the outside. Install a draft diverter if mechanical exhaust is used on the flue.

(d) Do not allow the temperature of the heating element to cause a solvent or mixture to decompose or to generate an excessive amount of vapor.

(15) Ensure that cyanide tanks have a dike or other safeguard to prevent cyanide from mixing with an acid if a dip tank fails.

(16) If a liquid is sprayed in the air over an open-surface cleaning or degreasing tank, control the spraying to the extent feasible by:

(a) Enclosing the spraying operation; and

(b) Using mechanical ventilation to provide enough inward air velocity to prevent the spray from leaving the vapor area.

(17) Electrostatic paint detearing:

(a) Use only approved electrostatic equipment in paint-detearing operations. Electrodes in such equipment must be substantial, rigidly supported, permanently located, and effectively insulated from ground by nonporous, noncombustible, clean, dry insulators.

(b) Use conveyors to support any goods being paint deteared.

(c) Do not manually handle goods being electrostatically deteared.

(d) Maintain a minimum distance of twice the sparking distance between goods being electrostatically deteared and the electrodes or conductors of the electrostatic equipment. This minimum distance must be displayed conspicuously on a sign located near the equipment.

(e) Ensure that the electrostatic equipment has automatic controls that immediately disconnect the power supply to the high-voltage transformer and signal the operator if:

(A) Ventilation or the conveyors fail to operate;

(B) A ground (or imminent ground) occurs anywhere in the high-voltage system; or

(C) Goods being electrostatically deteared come within twice the sparking distance of the electrodes or conductors of the equipment.

(f) Use fences, rails, or guards, made of conducting material and adequately grounded, to separate paint-detearing operations from storage areas and from personnel.

(g) To protect paint-detearing operations from fire, use automatic sprinklers or an automatic fire-extinguishing system conforming to the requirements of OAR 437, Division 2, Subdivision F.

(h) To collect paint deposits, provide drip plates and screens and clean these plates and screens in a safe location.

Stat. Authority: ORS 654.025(2), 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 9-2007, f. & cert. ef. 12-3-07

437-002-0123

Additional Oregon General Requirements for Protective Equipment

NOTE: Protective equipment includes shields, barriers, restraints, and equipment for protection of any part of the body.

(1) Appropriate high temperature protective clothing shall be worn by workers who are exposed to possible contact with molten metals.

(2) Where the need for their use is indicated, protective covering, ointments, gloves, or other effective protection shall be provided for and used by persons exposed to materials which are hazardous to the skin.

(3) Personal protective equipment shall be worn and used in a manner which will make full use of its protective properties.

(4) Each employer shall maintain a regular system of inspection and maintenance of personal protective equipment furnished to workers.

(5) Workers shall check their equipment at the beginning of each shift.

(6) Rings, wristwatches, earrings, bracelets, and other jewelry which might contact power driven machinery or electric circuitry, shall not be worn.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0125

Oregon Rules for Fall Protection

(1) All employees shall be protected from fall hazards when working on unguarded surfaces more than ten feet above a lower level or at any height above dangerous equipment.

NOTE: These provisions do not apply when the work is of limited duration and limited exposure, and the hazards involved in rigging and installing the safety devices equal or exceed the hazards involved in the actual activities, such as the activities of grain weight-samplers on railroad gondola-hopper cars, or railcar inspectors when testing or inspecting car tops.

(2) Lifelines, body belts/harnesses and lanyards shall be used only for employee safeguarding.

(3) Any lifeline, body belt-harness or lanyard actually subjected to in-service loading, as distinguished from static load testing, shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for employee safeguarding.

(4) The point of attachment for lifelines shall be capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,000 pounds.

(5) Personal fall arrest systems shall be rigged so that an employee can neither free fall more than six feet, nor contact any lower level.

(6) Personal fall restraint systems shall be rigged so that an employee cannot free fall more than two feet.

(7) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or in areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of 7/8-inch wire core manila rope. For all other lifeline applications, a minimum of 5/8-inch manila or equivalent with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds shall be used.

(8) All body belts/harnesses and lanyard hardware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1, Class B plating specified in Federal Specification QQ-P-416. Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges.

(9) All body belts/harnesses and lanyard hardware, except rivets, shall be capable of withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation.

(10) Body belts/harnesses and lanyards shall be a minimum of 1/2-inch nylon or equivalent, with a maximum length to provide for a fall of no greater than six feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5,000 pounds.

(11) All lifelines, lanyards, and body belts/harnesses shall be periodically inspected by the supervisor in charge. Employees shall inspect their body belts/harnesses and lifelines daily. Any defective body belts/harnesses or lifelines shall be discarded or repaired before use.

NOTE: Additional requirements for use of body belts/harness systems are contained in other divisions of the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Code and the American National Standard A10.14-1991, Requirements for Safety Belts, Harnesses, Lanyards and Lifelines for Construction and Demolition Use.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 9-1974, f. 3-19-74, ef. 4-15-74; WCB 12-1976, f. & ef. 5-20-76; WCB 20-1976, f. 7-6-76, ef. 9-15-76; APD 11-1988(Temp), f. & ef. 7-12-88; APD 1-1989, f. & ef. 1-3-89; OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

437-002-0127

Oregon Rules for Work Clothing

(1) Clothing shall be worn which is appropriate to the work performed and conditions encountered.

(2) Loose sleeves, ties, lapels, cuffs, or other loose clothing shall not be worn near moving machinery.

NOTE: Application of this rule is not intended to negate requirements for guarding power-driven machines.

(3) Clothing saturated or impregnated with flammable liquids, corrosive or toxic substances, irritants, or oxidizing agents shall be removed immediately and not worn again until properly cleaned.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

NOTE: In Oregon, the ANSI Standard may be viewed at the OR-OSHA Resource Center located at 350 Winter St NE, Salem OR 97310.

437-002-0128

High Visibility Garments.

Employees exposed to hazards caused by on-highway type moving vehicles in construction zones and street/highway traffic must wear highly visible upper body garments. The colors must contrast with other colors in the area sufficiently to make the worker stand out. Colors equivalent to strong red, strong orange, strong yellow, strong yellow-green or fluorescent versions of these colors are acceptable. During hours of darkness, the garments must also have reflective material visible from all sides for 1000 feet.

NOTE: High visibility garments for flaggers must meet the requirements in OAR 437-002-0223(23)(c).

Stat. Authority: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 10-2000, f. 11-7-00, cert. ef. 4-1-01

437-002-0130

Additional Oregon Rules for Eye and Face Protection

Lasers. Employees whose occupation or assignment requires exposure to laser beams shall be furnished laser safety goggles as required by Occupational Health Regulations which will protect for the specific wavelength of the laser and be of optical density adequate for the energy involved.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

NOTE: Federal rule 1910.134(d)(1) was NOT adopted by OR-OSHA. Instead, OAR 437-002-0133 applies:

437-002-0133

Oregon Rule for Air Quality in Respirators

Compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used for respiration shall be of high purity. Oxygen shall meet the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia for medical or breathing oxygen. Breaking air shall meet at least the requirements of the specification for Grade D breathing air as described in Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification G-7.1-1989. Compressed oxygen shall not be used in supplied-air respirators or in open circuit self-contained breathing apparatus that have previously used compressed air. Oxygen must never be used with air line respirators.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0135

Oregon Rules for Head Protection

Employees who are exposed to power-driven machinery or to sources of ignition shall wear caps or other head covering which completely covers the hair.

NOTE: Application of this rule is not intended to negate requirements for guarding power-driven machinery.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0136

Additional Oregon Rules for Hand Protection

Gloves shall not be worn by persons whose hands are exposed to moving parts in which they could be caught.

NOTE: Application of this rule is not intended to negate requirements for guarding power-driven machinery.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0137

Oregon Rules for Foot Protection

(1) Special types or designs of shoes or foot guards are required where conditions exist that make their use necessary for the safety of workers.

(2) Leggings or high boots of leather, rubber, or other suitable material shall be worn by persons exposed to hot substances or dangerous chemical spills.

(3) Employees using chain saws must wear chaps or leg protectors that cover the leg from the upper thigh to mid-calf. The protector must be material designed to resist cuts from the chain saw. Employers must provide this protection at no cost to the employee.

NOTE to 437-002-0137(3): Employees working in the tree and shrub services industry must follow rules on this subject in Subdivision 2/R instead of the above.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0138

Additional Oregon Rule for Electrical Protective Equipment

Tests of Rubber Gloves and Sleeves. Rubber gloves and sleeves shall be electrically tested at least once every 3 months after they are checked out for use, and complete records shall be kept of all such tests and date of issue. Rubber gloves and sleeves not checked out for use within 6 months shall be re-tested before being issued.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94

437-002-0139

Working Underway on Water.

(1) Scope and Application: This rule applies to all employees not covered by division 3, Construction; division 4, Agriculture or division 6, Forest Practices.

(2) Definitions:

(a) Boat -- means every description of water craft used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on the water, but does not include aircraft built to land on the water.

EXAMPLE: A partial list includes: boats, rafts, barges, pontoons, dredges and floating logs.

(b) Serviceable condition -- means the flotation device is able to perform the function that the manufacturer intended.

(c) Underway -- means when a boat is not at anchor, or moored, or made fast to the shore, or aground.

(3)(a) Workers in boats that are underway must wear a Coast Guard approved or equivalent, wearable personal flotation device (PFD).

Exception: Workers, below deck or in enclosed parts of boats, like cabins and pilot houses need not wear the PFD but must have it at hand.

(b) The PFD must be the right size for the wearer and must be in serviceable condition according to the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 1-2001, f. 1-18-01, cert. ef. 3-1-01

437-002-0140

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/98, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.141 Sanitation, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 4/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 18446; 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49748; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467.

(2) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.142 Temporary labor camps.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.143 Nonwater carriage disposal systems (Reserved).

(4) 29 CFR 1910.144 Safety color code for marking physical hazards, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49749; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.145 Specifications for accident prevention signs and tags, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78; FR vol. 43, p. 49749; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51759; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 9/19/86, FR vol. 51, p. 33260; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.146 Permit-required confined spaces, published 1/14/93, Federal Register, vol. 58, no. 9, pp 4549-4563; corrections published 6/29/93, FR vol. 58, no. 123, p. 34844; amended 5/19/94, FR vol. 59, no. 96, pp. 26411-26116; 12/1/98, FR vol. 63, no. 230, p. 66038; 1/4/99, FR vol. 64, no. 1, p.204.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.147 The control of hazardous energy, (lockout/tagout); published 9/1/89, Federal Register, vol. 54, no. 169. pp. 36687-36696; amended (extension of effective date) 11/6/89, FR vol. 54, no. 213, p. 46610; amended 9/20/90, FR vol. 55, no. 183, pp. 38685-38687; amended with AO 12-2001, add (f)(3), f. and ef. 10/26/01.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.148 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.149 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.150 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

NOTE: These federal standards are on file with the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1990, f. 1-19-90, cert. ef. 3-1-90; OSHA 4-1991, f. 2-25-91, cert. ef. 3-15-91; OSHA 13-1992, f. 12-7-92, cert. ef. 2-1-93; OSHA 8-1993, f. & cert. ef. 7-1-93; OSHA 5-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 5-1999, f. & cert. ef. 5-26-99; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08

437-002-0141

Additional Oregon Sanitation Requirements

(1) Definitions:

(a) "Potable Water" means water meeting the bacteriological and chemical quality requirements prescribed in OAR Chapter 333, Division 61, Public Water Systems, of the Oregon State Health Division;

(b) "Sanitary" means free from agents injurious to health.

(2) Expectoration. Expectorating upon the walls, floors, workplaces, or stairs of any establishment is prohibited.

(3) Disposal of Waste Materials.

(a) Scrap, waste material, or debris shall not be permitted to accumulate in work areas in a manner that will constitute a hazard or contribute to a hazardous condition in a place of employment. It shall be removed as required for the safety of workers.

(b) Flammable waste, such as oily rags, shall be removed to a safe place, or be placed in containers designed or suitable for such use.

(c) Where the operation of machines or equipment creates waste materials hazardous to workers, such machines or equipment shall be equipped with suitable collecting or removal systems, except that where the refuse is too heavy, bulky, or otherwise unsuitable to be handled by such means, provision for the temporary safe storage and regular removal of the refuse shall be made.

NOTE: Water supply systems design and construction standards are contained in the Oregon Health Division rules, OAR Chapter 333, Division 61, Public Water Systems.

(4) Toilet Facilities. Toilet facilities at permanent worksites must be reasonably accessible.

(5) Washing Facilities. Handwashing facilities shall be provided in work areas where the employees are exposed to hazardous materials which will have a deleterious effect on or be absorbed through the skin if the contamination is not removed.

NOTE: OR-OSHA did not adopt 1910.141(d)(3)(ii). In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0141(6) applies:

(6) Shower Facilities. One shower shall be provided for each five employees of each sex, or numerical fraction thereof, who are required to shower during the same shift.

(7) Ventilation/Smoking.

(a) Exhaust or natural ventilation in eating facilities shall be sufficient to prevent the excessive build-up of cigarette smoke, or other atmospheric contaminants.

(b) Where employees work in an enclosed space, exhaust or natural ventilation shall be sufficient to prevent the build-up of cigarette smoke or other atmospheric contaminants.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 13-1992, f. 12-7-92, cert. ef. 2-1-93; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

NOTE: In lieu of 1910.142, Temporary Labor Camps, the following Oregon-initiated rules have been adopted. OAR 437, Division 147, Labor Camps, was redesignated as part of Division 2/J, and renumbered as OAR 437-002-0142.

437-002-0142

Labor Camps

For temporary labor camps operated by employers covered under Divisions 2 (General Industry), 3 (Construction) and 7 (Forest Activities), the following rule applies: Division 4/J, 437-004-1120 (Agricultural Labor Housing and Related Facilities) except paragraphs (5), (6)(p) and (24).

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 315.164, 658.750, 658.755, 658.780, 658.785, 658.805, 658.810 & 658.825
Hist.: OSHA 13-1992, f. 12-7-92, cert. ef. 2-1-93; OSHA 9-1995, f. & cert. ef. 11-29-95; OSHA 5-2000, f. 5-18-00, cert. ef. 6-1-00; OSHA 4-2008, f. 3-24-08, cert. ef. 5-1-08

NOTE: The following Oregon-initiated rule relates to 29 CFR 1910.147(c)(5).

437-002-0144

Additional Oregon Rules for General Environmental Controls

(1) Illumination.

(a) Adequate general and local lighting shall be provided for rooms, building and work areas during the time of use.

(b) Factors upon which the adequacy and effectiveness of illumination shall be judged, include the following:

(A) The quantity of light as specified in American National Standard ANSI All.1-1965, "American Standard Practice for Industrial Lighting".

(B) The quality of light in terms of freedom from glare, and correct direction, diffusion and distribution.

(C) Freedom from shadows and extreme contrasts.

(c) All skylights, side windows, lamps and other accessories which are necessary for illumination shall be kept clean, and in working order.

(2) Temperature Provisions. Where processes create harmful or hazardous temperature and humidity conditions, measures shall be taken to control the conditions or to control the effect on the employee.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0145

Additional Oregon Rules for Accident Prevention and Tags

Warning Devices. Warning signs, danger signs, warning flags, warning lights, or similar devices shall be conspicuously posted at all locations where existing conditions not otherwise adequately guarded warrant their use.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

NOTE: This exemption of construction, agriculture and maritime employment was not adopted in Oregon. Lockout/ tagout rules continues to apply to all Oregon employers.)

NOTE: The following Oregon-initiated rule relates to 29 CFR 1910.147(c)(5):

437-002-0154

Individual Locks

In addition to and not instead of the definition of "lockout device" in this section, the user must have the only key to each lock(s) or only the user may have the combination to each lock.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1990, f. 1-19-90, cert. ef. 3-1-90; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0161

Medical Services and First Aid

(1) Definitions.

(a) "Emergency medical service" is the provision of care by a medically trained person, whether this service is provided by a hospital, clinic, ambulance, disaster car, or rescue vehicle.

(b) "In proximity" is defined as that which is available nearby to ensure prompt treatment in the event of need.

(c) "Qualified first aid person" means a person with evidence to show valid (current) first aid training by the American Red Cross or equivalent.

(2) First Aid Supplies.

(a) The employer shall provide first aid supplies based upon the intended use and types of injuries that could occur at the place of employment. The first aid supplies shall be available in close proximity to all employees. Either bulk pack or unit pack supplies are acceptable.

(b) First aid supplies must be stored in containers adequate to protect the contents from damage, deterioration, or contamination. The container shall be clearly marked, available when needed and must not be locked, but may be sealed.

(c) The employer shall ensure that the first aid supplies are available for each shift.

Note: Supplies such as gloves and a mouth barrier device are considered personal protective equipment, and are regulated by 1910.132 in Division 2/I, Personal Protective Equipment.

Note: The Safety Code for Motor Vehicle Transportation of Workers (Rule 735-120-000) adopted by the Motor Vehicles Division of the Department of Transportation contains requirements for the first aid kit which is required when school buses are used to transport workers. In addition, the Public Utilities Commission has adopted Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations which apply to for-hire buses.

(3) Personnel:

(a) The employer shall ensure the ready availability of emergency medical services for the treatment of all injured employees.

(b) Where emergency medical services are not in proximity to the place of employment, a qualified first aid person shall be available.

NOTE: More specific requirements for first aid training are found in: 1910.94, Ventilation, in Division 2/G; OAR 437-002-0118, Reinforced Plastics, in Division 2/H; 1910.120, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, in Division 2/H; 1910.252 in Division 2/Q, Welding, Cutting and Brazing; OAR 437-002-0304, Ornamental Tree & Shrub Services, in Division 2/R; 1910.268, Telecommunications, in Division 2/R; Division 2/T, Commercial Diving Operations.

(4) Emergency Medical Plan.

(a) An emergency medical plan to ensure the rapid provision of medical services to employees with major illnesses and injuries shall be developed. In such cases, the employer shall determine that the service will be available in an emergency.

(b) If a physician or an ambulance with Emergency Medical Technicians is readily accessible to the place of employment, then the minimum emergency medical plan must contain the emergency telephone number of the ambulance service. The emergency telephone number shall be posted conspicuously at the place of employment.

(c) Employers in areas with a designated 911 telephone number may utilize the 911 service in lieu of posting the specific ambulance telephone number.

(d) If the place of employment is not in proximity to emergency medical services, then the employer shall have, in addition to the information required in 437-002-0161(4)(a), a definite plan of action to be followed in the event of serious injury to an employee. The plan of action shall consist of the arrangements for:

(A) Communication. Two-way radio, telephone, or provision for emergency communication to contact the emergency medical services.

(B) Transportation. Availability of transportation to a point where an ambulance can be met or to the nearest suitable medical facility. Vehicles provided for this purpose shall be available at all times, shall have right-of-way over all vehicles or equipment under the control of the employer, and shall be equipped so that due consideration can be given to the proper care and comfort of the injured employee.

(C) Qualified medical personnel at destination.

(D) All employees shall be knowledgeable concerning the qualified first aid person(s), the first aid requirements, and emergency medical plan.

(5) Emergency Eyewash and Shower Facilities.

(a) Where employees handle substances that could injure them by getting into their eyes or onto their bodies, provide them with an eyewash, or shower, or both based on the hazard.

(A) Emergency eyewash and showers must meet the following:

(i) Locate it so that exposed employees can reach it and begin treatment in 10 seconds or less. The path must be unobstructed and cannot require the opening of doors or passage through obstacles unless other employees are always present to help the exposed employee.

(ii) Water must flow for at least 15 minutes.

(iii) Install the equipment according to the manufacturer's instructions.

(iv) The eyewash must have valves that stay open without the use of the hands. The shower must not be subject to unauthorized shut-off.

(v) Follow the system manufacturer's criteria for water pressure, flow rate and testing to assure proper operation of the system.

(vi) Emergency shower and eyewash facilities must be clean, sanitary and operating correctly.

(vii) In self-contained systems, do not use solutions or products past their expiration date.

NOTE: If the employer can demonstrate, with the support of a physician board certified in ophthalmology, toxicology or occupational medicine, that an alternative eyewash solution is adequate for their specific hazard, OR-OSHA will accept that solution. An example would be a buffered isotonic solution preserved with a suitable antibacterial agent, that may be less irritating when used in a 15-minute flush.

(b) If the product label, MSDS or other information about the expected contaminant gives treatment instructions different from those required in this section, follow the most protective of those instructions.

(c) If the contaminant manufacturer requires specific decontaminants or procedures, you must provide them in addition to the eyewash or shower. The employer must assure this treatment is available.

(d) If eyewash facilities or showers can freeze, take protective measures to prevent freezing.

[ED. NOTE: Appendices referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 757.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: WCB 13-1979, f. & ef. 7-7-75; WCB 4-1975, f. 10-6-75, ef. 11-1-75; WCB 4-1976, f. 4-5-76, ef. 4-15-76; OSHA 2-1993, f. & cert. ef. 2-3-93; OSHA 1-2000, f. & cert. ef. 1-28-00; OSHA 1-2005, f. & cert. ef. 4-12-05

437-002-0170

Worker Protection Standard

Oregon OSHA administers and enforces the pesticide Worker Protection Standard (WPS — 40 CFR 170) as adopted in OAR 437-004-6000. When a pesticide product with Worker Protection Standard language (“Agricultural Use Requirements”) on the product label is used on plants grown or maintained for sale or resale, such as those at retail nurseries or greenhouses, the WPS applies. Plants grown or maintained for sale or resale include but are not limited to food, feed and fiber plants; ornamental trees and shrubs; turfgrass sod; flowering plants and seedlings. This is consistent with the Environmental Protection Agency’s interpretation and application of the WPS. All parts of the WPS apply (without regard to the scope of Division 4) in addition to, and not instead of, any other part of Division 2, General Industry. Should any conflict exist between the WPS and other Division 2 rules, the employer must comply with the rule offering the most protection to workers. A full text of the Worker Protection Standard is found in Division 4, Agriculture, Subdivision W.

NOTE: 437-002-0170 Worker Protection Standard does not apply when any pesticide is applied in the following circumstances: (See 437-004-6000, 170.103 Exceptions)

For mosquito abatement, or similar wide-area public pest control programs sponsored by governmental entities;

To control pests on livestock or other animals, or in or about animal premises;

To control pests on plants not grown for sale or resale such as ornamental plants in or around habitations, home fruit and vegetable gardens, and home greenhouses;

To control pests on plants that are in ornamental gardens, parks, public or private lawns or grounds that are intended only for aesthetic purposes or climatic modification;

By direct injection into plants; (Direct injection does not include pesticides applied through irrigation water or soil-injection.)

For control of structural pests;

For control of vegetation in non-crop areas;

For control of vertebrate pests;

As attractants or repellents in traps.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001–654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-2009 f. & cert. ef. 9-21-09

437-002-0180

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other health and safety codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/98, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.155 Scope, application and definitions applicable to this subpart, published 9/12/80, Federal Register, vol. 45, p. 60704; amended 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.156 Fire brigades, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60706; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557; 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1284; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.157 Portable fire extinguishers, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60708; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34560; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01; REPEALED with OR-OSHA Admin. Order 7-2007, f. and ef. 11/8/07.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.158 Standpipe and hose systems, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60710; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.159 Automatic sprinkler systems, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60710; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.160 Fixed extinguishing systems, general, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60711; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.161 Fixed extinguishing systems, dry chemical, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60712.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.162 Fixed extinguishing systems, gaseous agent, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60712; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.163 Fixed extinguishing systems, water spray and foam, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60712.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.164 Fire detection systems, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60713; amended with AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.165 Employee alarm systems, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60713.

(12) Appendix A to Subpart L -- Fire protection, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60715; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557.

(13) Appendix B to Subpart L -- National consensus standards, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60715; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309.

(14) Appendix C to Subpart L -- Fire protection references for further information, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60715; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309.

(15) Appendix D to Subpart L -- Availability of publications incorporated by reference in Section 1910.156, Fire Brigades, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60715; amended 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(16) Appendix E to Subpart L -- Test methods for protective clothing, published 9/12/80, FR vol. 45, p. 60715; amended 5/1/81, FR vol. 46, p. 24557.

These standards are available from the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2), 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 14-1993, f. 8-37-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 7-2007, f. & cert. ef. 11-8-07; OSHA 5-2009, f. & cert. ef. 5-29-09

437-002-0182

Oregon Rules for Fire Fighters.

(1) Scope and Application.

(a) These rules apply to all activities, operations and equipment of employers and employees providing fire protection services, emergency first response, and related activities that are subject to the provisions of the Oregon Safe Employment Act. These rules do not apply to the following exempted fire fighting activities:

(A) Aircraft fire fighting and rescue;

(B) Forest and uncultivated, wildland fire fighting;

(C) Private industry fire brigades.

(D) Marine Fire Fighting and rescue.

EXCEPTION: When a public fire department elects to participate in one or more of the exempted fire fighting activities, that fire department must comply with all of the provisions of OAR 437-002-0182.

(b) The provisions of OAR 437-002-0182 must be supplemented by the provisions of other applicable safety and health rules of Oregon OSHA.

(2) Definitions.

Aerial device: An aerial ladder, elevating platform, aerial ladder platform, or water tower that is designed to position personnel, handle materials, provide egress and discharge water.

Afterflame: The time a test specimen continues to flame after the flame source has been removed.

ANSI: American National Standards Institute.

Apparatus: A mobile piece of fire fighting equipment such as pumper, water tender, etc.

Confined space means a space that:

Is large enough and so configured that a person can bodily enter and perform assigned work; and

Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, and pits are spaces that may have limited means of entry); and

Is not designed for continuous occupancy.

Drill tower: A structure, which may or may not be attached to the station that is over two stories high and primarily used for nonclassroom training of the fire fighters in fire service techniques.

Emergency incident: Any situation where the fire department delivers emergency services, rescue, fire suppression, medical treatment, and other forms of hazard control and mitigation.

Emergency scene: The site where the suppression of a fire or the emergency exists.

Fire chief: An employer representative responsible for managing the fire department’s operation.

Fire fighter:

A person involved in performing fire department duties and responsibilities, including fire suppression.

A fire fighter may be a career or volunteer member of a fire department and may occupy any position or rank within the fire department.

Fire retardant: A material to reduce, stop or prevent flame spread.

Fire training: Training received by fire fighters to maintain proficiency in performing their assigned duties.

Flame-resistance: The property of materials, or combinations of component materials, to retard ignition and restrict the spread of flame.

Hazardous material incident: The accidental release of hazardous materials from their containers.

Helmet: A head protective device consisting of a rigid shell, energy absorption system, and chin strap intended to protect the head against impact, flying or falling objects, electric shock, penetration, heat, and flame.

Hose tower: A vertical structure where a hose is hung to dry.

Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH): Any condition that poses a threat to life, could cause irreversible adverse health effects, or could interfere with an individual’s ability to escape unaided from a confined space.

IFSTA: International Fire Service Training Association.

Lifeline: The rope that secures employees when in extremely hazardous areas.

Live fire training: Any fire set within a structure, tank, pipe, pan, etc., under controlled conditions to facilitate the training of fire fighters under actual fire conditions.

MSHA: Mine Safety and Health Administration.

NFPA: National Fire Protection Association.

Nondestructive testing: A test to determine the characteristics or properties of a material or substance that does not involve its destruction or deterioration.

Private Industry Fire Brigades: A group of employees within an industry who are required to fight interior structural fires at their place of employment.

Protective clothing: The clothing or equipment worn to protect the head, body, and extremities from chemical, physical, and health hazards.

Rescue saw (Cutoff saw): A powered saw with a large circular cutting blade covered in part by a movable guard used to cut metal, wood, or concrete enclosures.

Respirators:

Atmosphere-supplying respirator is a respirator that supplies the respirator user with air from a source independent of the ambient atmosphere, and includes supplied-air respirators (SARs) and self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) units.

Air-purifying respirator is a respirator with an air-purifying filter, cartridge, or canister that removes specific air contaminants by passing ambient air through the air-purifying element.

Positive Pressure demand respirator is a respirator in which the pressure inside the respiratory inlet covering exceeds the ambient air pressure outside the respirator.

Pressure demand respirator is a positive pressure atmosphere-supplying respirator that admits air to the facepiece when the positive pressure is reduced inside the facepiece by inhalation.

SCBA is a self-contained breathing apparatus designed to provide the wearer with a supply of respirable air carried in and generated by the breathin apparatus. This apparatus requires no intake of oxygen from the outside atmosphere, and can be designed to be a demand or pressure demand type respirator.

Supplied-air respirator (SAR) or airline respirator is an atmosphere-supplying respirator for which the source of breathing air is not designed to be carried by the user.

Responding: Answering an emergency call or other alarm.

Scabbard: A guard that prevents injury and covers the blade and pick of an axe or other sharp instrument when worn by the fire fighter.

Station (Fire station): Structure to house the fire service apparatus and personnel.

Tailboard: Standing space at rear of an engine or pumper apparatus where fire fighters ride.

Training: Instruction with hands-on practice in the operation of equipment, including respiratory protection equipment, that is expected to be used and in the performance of assigned duties.

Warning light: A flashing or rotating light.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

(3) Organizational statement. The employer must prepare and maintain a statement or written policy that includes basic organizational structure and functions of the organization, in addition to the type, amount, and frequency of training to be provided to fire fighters. This statement must be made available for inspection by the administrator and by employees or their designated representatives.

(4) Personnel.

(a) The employer must review and evaluate the physical capability of each employee annually to determine their ability to perform duties that may be assigned. The review and evaluation will be accomplished through physical examination, stress testing, or satisfactory performance demonstrated during the performance of their assigned duties.

(b) The employer must not permit an employee with known medical condition that would significantly impair their ability to engage in fire suppression activities at the emergency scene unless a physician’s certificate of the employees’ fitness to participate in such activities is provided. This will not limit the employer’s ability to assign personnel to support activities (versus fire suppression activities).

(5) Employer’s Responsibility.

(a) Each employer must comply with the provisions of this division to protect the life, safety, and health of employees.

(b) It is the responsibility of the employer to establish and supervise:

(A) A safe and healthful working environment, as it applies to nonemergency conditions or to emergency conditions at the scene after the incident has been terminated, as determined by the officer in charge.

(B) Programs for training employees in the fundamentals of accident prevention.

(C) A safe and healthful working environment as it applies to live fire training exercises.

(c) The employer must maintain all equipment in a safe condition.

(d) The employer must see that employees who participate in exempted fire fighting activities listed in OAR 437-002-0182(1) are properly trained, protected, clothed, and equipped for the known hazards of that particular emergency operation. The following note refers to the Respiratory Protection Standard, 1910.134(g)(3) and (4), Procedures for Interior Structural Fire Fighting (“two-in/two-out rule”) adopted in Oregon on July 7, 1998.

NOTE: If, upon arriving at the scene, members find an imminent life threatening situation where immediate action may prevent the loss of life or serious injury, the requirements for personnel in the outside standby mode may be suspended, when notification is given by radio to incoming companies that they must provide necessary support and backup upon their arrival.

(6) Employee’s Responsibility.

(a) Each fire fighter must comply with the sections of OAR 437-002-0182 that are applicable to their own actions and conduct in the course of their employment.

(b) Fire fighters must notify the appropriate employer or safety committee representative of unsafe practices, equipment, or workplaces.

(c) All fire fighters, at regularly scheduled times, must attend required training and orientation programs designed to increase their competency in occupational safety and health.

(d) Fire fighters and other employees must apply the principles of accident prevention in their work. They must use all required safety devices and protective equipment.

(e) Each fire fighter must take proper care of their protective equipment.

(f) Fire fighters who are expected to perform fire fighting operations must notify their employer when health conditions arise that will limit their capability of performing those duties.

(7) Safety Committee.

(a) Fire departments must have a separate safety committee or hold safety meetings according to the requirements of OAR 437-001-0765 in division 1, General Administrative Rules.

(b) When applicable, the representation on the safety committee must include both career and volunteer fire fighters.

(8) Incident Management. An incident management system that meets the requirements of NFPA standard 1561, on Fire Department Incident Management, must be established with written standard operating procedures, applying to all members involved in emergency operations. All members involved in emergency operations must be familiar with the system.

(9) Accountability.

(a) The fire department must establish written standard operating procedures for a personnel accountability system according to Section 2-6, 1995 of NFPA 1561, standard on Fire Department Incident Management System, that provides for the tracking and inventory of all members operating at an emergency incident.

(b) It is the responsibility of all members operating at an emergency incident to actively participate in the personnel accountability system.

(10) Fire Fighting Training and Education.

(a) The employer or employer representative must establish and implement a policy for educating and training throughout the fire fighting classifications (ranks). Such education and training must be provided to fire fighters before they perform assigned duties on a continuing basis.

(b) Before fire fighters participate in structural fire fighting activities, or in live fire training in a structure, they must meet the training levels prescribed by the Department of Public Safety Standards and Training’s (DPSST) ‘Entry-level Firefighter’ or have equivalent training.

(c) When live fire training occurs, it must be conducted under the direction of the fire department training officer, or employer authorized representative. All live fire training must be conducted following the requirements of Appendix C of this standard.

(d) During live fire training, fire fighters must wear the protective equipment normally required for that type of fire fighting.

(e) When rope rescue training occurs, it must be conducted under the direction of the fire department training officer or department-designated authority according to the equipment manufacturers’ recommendations. The training officer must keep records of the manufacturers’ training requirements, and must comply with all such requirements.

(f) All fire hoses used by fire departments for training and fire combat must meet the service testing requirements noted in Chapter 5 of NFPA 1962, 1993 edition.

(g) The employer must provide training for the purpose, proper selection, fitting, and limitations of personal protective equipment.

(h) The employer must ensure that each employee is informed of the procedure of reporting unsafe work conditions or equipment.

(11) General Requirements for Protective Clothing.

(a) The employer must provide employees all required protective clothing, except that an employee may opt to supply protective clothing. The employer must provide the protective clothing at no cost to employees. The protective clothing must meet the requirements in OAR 437-002-0182(11) through (16), whether supplied by the employer or employee.

(b) The employer must ensure that new protective clothing intended for structural fire fighting that is ordered, used, or purchased after the effective date of this division, meets the requirements contained in OAR 437-002-0182(11) through (16). The employer must ensure that fire fighters wear this clothing when performing structural fire fighting.

(c) In situations other than structural fire fighting, the employer must ensure that protective clothing appropriate for the known hazards of that particular emergency operation is worn.

(d) The employer must ensure that appropriate protective clothing protects the head, body, and extremities. It must consist of at least the following components: foot and leg protection, hand protection, body protection, and eye, face, and head protection.

(12) Body Protection.To ensure full body protection for the wearer coats and trousers used by structural fire fighters shall be at least equivalent to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standard, No. 1971, 1991 edition, entitled “Protective Clothing for Structural Fire Fighting.” (See also Appendix A.)

(13) Head Protection.

(a) Head protection must consist of a protective head device, ear protection, flaps, and chin strap, which meet the requirements of NFPA Standard 1971-2000, Protective Ensemble for Structural Fire Fighting.

(b) Use, care, alterations, and maintenance instructions for protective headgear must be supplied for each helmet.

(c) Care, maintenance, and alteration of helmets must conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(d) During structural fire fighting helmet accessories designed to provide or maintain protection from health and safety hazards must be worn in the manufacturer’s recommended position. (See also Appendix A.)

(e) A flame-resistant protective hood that will not adversely affect the seal of a respirator facepiece and meeting the requirements of NFPA Standard 1971, 1996 edition, must be worn during interior structural fire fighting operations to protect the sides of the face and hair.

(14) Hand Protection. Hand protection for fire fighting activities must consist of protective gloves or glove system that will provide protection against cut, puncture, and heat penetration. Gloves or glove system must meet the requirements of NFPA Standard 1973, 1988 edition, titled “Gloves for Structural Fire Fighting.”

(15) Foot and Leg Protection.

(a) Foot and leg protection must meet the requirements of OAR 437-002-0182(15)(a)(A) and (B) and may be achieved by either of the following methods:

(A) Fully extended boots, which provide protection for the legs; or

(B) Protective shoes or boots worn in combination with protective trousers that meet the requirements of OAR 437-002-0182(12).

(b) Protective footwear must meet the requirements of NAPA Standard 1971, 1996 edition, titled “Protective Ensembles for Structural Fire Fighting and Proximity Fire Fighting.”

(c) Fire fighters’ boots may be resoled but must meet the requirements of this rule.

(16) Eye and Face Protection. Eye and face protection worn by fire fighters at the fire ground must comply with the following regulations:

(a) General requirements. Face protection must be required where there is a reasonable probability of injury that can be prevented by such protection. When such face protection does not protect the eyes from foreign objects, additional eye protection must be provided.

(b) When self-contained respiratory equipment is being used by fire fighters, additional eye and face protection will not be required. Employers must make conveniently available a type of protection suitable for the work performed, and employees must use such protectors. Protectors must meet the following minimum requirements.

(A) They must provide adequate protection against the particular hazards for which they are designed.

(B) They must be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated conditions.

(C) They must be durable.

(D) They must be capable of being disinfected.

(E) They must be easy to clean.

(F) Protectors that can be worn over corrective lenses must be available for those who need them, and should be kept clean and in good repair.

(c) Face shields.

(A) Face shields must be clear transparent or colored transparent.

(B) Disinfection. When a person is assigned protective equipment, this equipment must be cleaned and disinfected regularly.

(C) Face shields must be an integral part of the fire helmet and may be installed in a fixed position or hinged allowing adjustment of the shields.

(D) In the event a breathing apparatus within a face mask is being used, the face mask will be considered an acceptable face shield.

(d) Goggles, flexible, or cushioned fitting. Goggles must consist of a fully flexible frame, a lens holder or a rigid frame with integral lens or lenses, and a separate cushioned fitting surface on the full periphery of the facial contact area.

(A) Materials used must be chemical-resistant, nontoxic, nonirritating and slow-burning.

(B) There must be support on the face, such as an adjustable headband of suitable material or other appropriate support to hold the frame comfortably and snugly in front of the eyes.

(e) Design, construction, testing, and use of eye and face protection must be according to ANSI Z87.1, Occupational Eye and Face Protection (1979).

NOTE: Fire fighters must be protected from noise that exceeds the levels deemed safe in OAR 437, Division 2/G, 1910.95, Occupational Noise Exposure.

(17) Requirements for Respiratory Protection. See OAR 437, division 2/I, 1910.134, Respiratory Protection.

(18) Criteria for Approved Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus.

(a) All compressed air cylinders used with self-contained breathing apparatus must meet Department Of Transportation and NIOSH criteria. In emergency and lifesaving situations, approved self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus may be used with approved cylinders from other approved self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus provided that such cylinders are of the same capacity and pressure rating. Once the emergency is over, return SCBA’s to their original approved condition.

(b) Self-contained breathing apparatus must be provided with an indicator that automatically sounds an alarm when the remaining air supply of the apparatus is reduced to within a range of 20 to 25 percent of its rated service time.

(19) (Reserved)

(20) Personal Alert Safety System (PASS). Each member involved in rescue, fire suppression, or other hazardous duties, must be provided with and must use a PASS device in the hazardous area when self-contained breathing apparatus is in use. PASS devices must meet the requirements of NFPA 1982, Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems for Fire Fighters. Each PASS device must be tested at least monthly and must be maintained according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

(21) (Reserved)

(22) (Reserved)

(23) (Reserved)

(24) Breathing Air Compressors and Cylinders. In addition to the requirements contained in 1910.134(i), air samples must be taken every six months from the compressor and analyzed by the employer or an independent laboratory for Grade D breathing air. Air samples must also be tested when the system is installed or repaired. Analysis must be conducted according to ANSI/CGA Standard G7.1-1989 edition, Commodity Specification for Air.

(25) Identification of Hazardous Material Locations.

(a) A means must be provided for identifying nonresidential premises where hazardous materials are stored, as defined in the Uniform Fire Code, 1991 edition, Articles 4 and 80, and in quantities as set forth in the hazardous material permit required by Article 4 of the Uniform Fire Code.

(b) Hazardous chemicals required to be identified defined in Article 9, Section 9.110, and Article 80, Section 80.101 of the Uniform Fire Code.

(26) Hazardous Material Response Plan.

(a) Fire departments that expect or plan to respond to hazardous material incidents must develop a written response plan.

(b) The written response plan must contain the policies and procedures on:

(A) Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties,

(B) Personnel roles, lines of authority, training, and communication,

(C) Emergency recognition and prevention,

(D) Safe distances,

(E) Scene security and control,

(F) Evacuation procedures,

(G) Decontamination,

(H) Emergency medical treatment and first aid,

(I) Personnel withdrawal procedures,

(J) Critique of response and follow-up,

(K) Personal protective equipment and emergency equipment and response procedures.

(c) The incident commander must be responsible for:

(A) Identifying the hazardous substance and condition,

(B) Implementing emergency operations,

(C) Ensuring personal protective equipment is worn,

(D) Limiting access of hot zone to those with a specific mission assignment,

(E) Implementing decontamination procedures,

(F) Designating a safety officer,

(G) Using appropriately trained personnel,

(H) Providing on-scene medical surveillance for emergency responders.

FIRE FIGHTING APPARATUS

(27) Fire Apparatus Area.

(a) Walkways around apparatus must be kept free of obstructions.

(b) The station’s apparatus floors must be kept free of grease, oil, and tripping hazards.

(c) Class I or II flammable liquids must not be used to remove grease or dirt from apparatus.

(d) Exhaust gases from diesel or gasoline apparatus within buildings must be maintained within the limits of OAR 437, division 2/Z, OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Air Contaminant Rules.

(28) Design and Construction of Fire Apparatus.

(a) All fire apparatus with the exception of specialized apparatus must conform to OAR 437, division 2/N, Oregon Rules for Commercial and Industrial Vehicles.

(b) Employers who have purchased used fire apparatus or used military equipment prior to the effective date of this division are not required to bring them under a more stringent code than the one in force at the time the apparatus was manufactured. The exception to this rule is regarding seat belts and communication systems between the tailboard and driver compartment as required by OAR 437-002-0182(29) (Automotive Fire Apparatus Equipment) and roll bars on all open top off-road vehicles as required by OAR 437-002-0182(28)(f).

(c) Fire fighters’ vehicle tailboards must not project out of the vehicle sides or fenders and must be designed to provide safe footing.

(d) Exhaust systems must be installed and properly maintained and must be designed to minimize the exposure of exhaust gases by the fire fighter.

(e) The loaded gross weight and empty height of the vehicle must be posted in the vehicle such that it can be clearly read by the driver.

(f) Roll bars must be in place on all open top off-road vehicles for rollover protection.

(29) Automotive Fire Apparatus Equipment.

(a) All equipment on a vehicle must be adequately secured when the vehicle is in motion.

(b) Workers being transported by fire department vehicles must ride only in designated secure positions. Safety restraints must be provided for fire fighters riding the tailboard. (See also OAR 437, division 2/N, Oregon Rules for Commercial and Industrial Vehicles.)

(c) Vehicles with obstructed view to the rear of the vehicle when backing, must be equipped with:

(A) An automatic back-up alarm that must sound when backing; or

(B) A fire fighter, who is visible in the driver’s left-side mirror, must stand to the rear of the truck to guide the driver while backing.

(d) Fire fighting vehicles must come to a full stop before workers disembark.

(e) If workers are required to ride the tailboard, an electrical signal system or voice communication system must be installed between the tailboard and the driver’s compartment. A code of signals must be used for controlling the movement of the vehicle.

(f) When traffic flow is inhibited, vehicles equipped with emergency warning lights must be used to control traffic at emergency scenes. The use of traffic cones, fire department personnel, police, or other traffic control measures must be used as soon as practical.

(30) Automotive Apparatus Maintenance and Repair. Each employer must establish written records and procedures whereby apparatus has:

(a) A scheduled monthly maintenance check; or

(b) A maintenance check each time the apparatus is returned following an emergency response, drill, or test drive.

(31) Tires. Tires that are excessively worn, cracked, deteriorated or damaged in any way must not be used. All tires must have a minimum tread depth of 2/32-inch.

(32) Aerial Devices.

(a) Aerial devices used for fire fighting must be inspected and tested by a person competent in performing such tests and inspections according to the recommendations of NFPA Standard 1914, 1991 edition, at least annually.

(b) Where defects are found in critical components of an aerial device, the repairs must be tested and certified according to NFPA Standard 1914, 1991 edition, by a registered professional engineer or manufacturer of the apparatus or an American Welding Society (AWS) Certified Welding Inspector. A permanent record of such tests and repairs must be maintained for each unit.

HOSE DRYING AND DRILL TOWERS

(33) Hose Drying Towers.

(a) Floor openings on hose tower platforms must be equipped with a guardrail meeting the requirements of OAR 437, division 2/D, 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes.

(b) The toeboard requirements for elevated work platforms in hose drying towers must not apply unless hand tools or objects other than hoses are carried onto the platforms.

(c) The requirements for ladders must meet the requirements of OAR 437, division 2/D, 437-002-0027, Fixed Ladders.

(d) Ropes used to hoist hose in the hose towers must have a breaking strength to safe load strength (rated working load) ratio of 3 to 1.

(34) Drill Towers. Permanent fixed ladders on the outside of drill towers and drill buildings are exempt from the requirements of offset platform landings and ladder cage guards.

FIRE SERVICE EQUIPMENT

(35) Testing, Maintenance and Inspection of Fire Service Equipment. The employer must maintain and inspect fire service equipment at least annually and perform any tests recommended by the manufacturers at the date of manufacture, or the recommendations of NFPA or IFSTA.

(36) Confined Space Rescue

(a) Employers subject to this section must comply with 1910.146 for their own confined spaces.

(b) Employers subject to this section must comply with 1910.146(k)(2) when they agree to serve as a designated rescue service provider.

(c) Employers subject to this section that will respond to emergency calls for rescue from confined spaces must:

(A) Train responders to recognize inherent confined space hazards before assigning or attempting any related duties in confined space rescues.

(i) Provide responders with understanding, knowledge, and skills necessary for safe performance of confined space rescues.

(ii) Practice a confined space rescue operation at least once every year from a real or simulated confined space.

(B) Certify responders in writing to Department of Public Safety Standards and Training (DPSST) Fire Fighter 1 levels or equivalent.

(C) Use the Incident Management System during confined space rescue incidents that meet the requirements of the NFPA Standard 1561, Fire Department Incident Management.

(D) Assess the situation and determine if it qualifies as a confined space incident.

(i) Classify the operation as a rescue or body recovery.

(ii) Assess and secure physical hazards related to the incident or rescue.

(iii) Assess atmospheric hazards.

(I) Use calibrated direct-reading instruments to test the atmosphere in confined spaces for oxygen content, flammable gases and vapors, and toxic air contaminates.

(II) When calibrated direct-reading instruments are not available, the Incident Commander must assume the situation is immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) and assure that responders who enter are equipped with appropriate respiratory protective equipment.

(iv) Determine if the space should be ventilated.

(E) Provide the appropriate rescue, emergency, and personal protective equipment for safe entry into and rescue from confined spaces.

(F) Provide necessary equipment to facilitate non-entry retrieval for responders, unless the retrieval equipment would increase the overall risk or would not contribute to the rescue operations.

[ED. NOTE: Appendices referenced are not included in rule text. Click here for PDF copy of appendices.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 2-2000, f. & cert. ef. 1-28-00; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 3-2005, f. & cert. ef. 6-10-05; OSHA 9-2008, f. 9-19-08, cert. ef. 1-1-09; OSHA 8-2009, f. 7-9-09, cert. ef. 10-1-09

437-002-0187

Portable Fire Extinguishers

This rule applies to portable fire extinguishers not in vehicles or vessels.

(NOTE: The Oregon Office of State Fire Marshal and your local fire marshal also have rules that apply to portable fire extinguishers.)

YOUR RESPONSIBILITY:

To assure that you provide functional extinguishers and your employees know when and how to use them safely.

If another Oregon rule requires you to provide fire extinguishers, the following exemptions do not apply to you.

EXEMPTIONS:

You are exempt from these rules if:

Your portable fire extinguishers are not accessible to employees.

AND

You have a written fire safety policy that requires the immediate and total evacuation of employees in the event of fire.

(NOTE: This fire safety policy is not the same as your emergency action plan and fire prevention plan.)

AND

You have an emergency action plan and fire prevention plan that conform to OAR 437-002-0042 and 437-002-0043.

PARTIAL EXEMPTION:

If extinguishers are present and accessible, but you do not intend employees to use them, AND you have an emergency action plan and fire prevention plan that meet OAR 437-002-0042 and 437-002-0043, then only paragraphs 1, 2, and 3 apply.

See Non-mandatory Appendix A -- Summary of exemptions and rule requirements for 437-002-0187. [Appendix not included. See ED. NOTE.]

Definitions

Accessible -- capable of being reached without hindrance.

Inspection -- A quick check that the extinguisher has not been activated and has no damage or condition that would make it ineffective. This includes a check of the gauge or pressure indicator, if there is one.

Maintenance -- A thorough examination for damage or conditions that would make internal examination or hydrostatic testing necessary more frequently than in Table 2 or 3. [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(1) If you provide extinguishers

You must:

Never provide or allow the use of extinguishers with dangerous or banned agents like carbon tetrachloride or chlorobromomethane.

Never provide or allow the use of soda-acid foam, loaded stream, anti-freeze and water (inverting type) extinguishers. (See the latest NFPA 10 for a complete list of obsolete or banned extinguishers.)

EXEMPTION: You are exempt from the maximum travel distance requirements in Table 1 of this rule if you have an emergency action plan that complies with OAR 437-002-0042, designating which employees are authorized to use the available fire extinguishers and requiring all other employees to evacuate.

Provide and place the correct type and size fire extinguisher according to Table 1. This only applies to extinguishers for use inside buildings.

Table 1 [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

Mount extinguishers in a manner appropriate for their type and location.

Not allow extinguishers to sit on the floor, shelves or furniture.

Use appropriate signs or other unique markings to identify extinguisher locations.

Never block access to extinguishers.

(2) Inspection and maintenance

You must:

Visually inspect each extinguisher monthly.

Be sure the extinguishers have a full charge and no defects that prevent effective use.

Remove and replace any extinguisher that is not fully operable.

Complete annual maintenance on each extinguisher using only persons or companies acceptable to your local fire authorities.

Keep a record of the annual maintenance until replaced by a new record. The record must be available to OR-OSHA on request.

Provide replacement extinguishers or some method of coverage for the effected area while extinguishers are out of service for the maintenance check.

Do internal examinations at intervals not longer than the requirements set in Table 2, using only persons or companies acceptable to local fire authorities.

Nonrechargeable extinguishers are good for 12 years from the date of manufacture and then must be taken out of service.

Table 2 [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

NOTE: Nonrechargeable extinguishers do not require internal examinations or hydrostatic testing.

(3) Hydrostatic testing

You must:

Assure a hydrostatic test of each extinguisher at intervals in Table 3 or when the extinguisher shows corrosion or physical damage.

Use only persons or companies acceptable to local fire authorities to do hydrostatic testing.

Empty and do applicable maintenance every six years on stored pressure extinguishers that require a 12-year hydrostatic test. This six-year requirement begins again after recharging or hydrostatic testing.

Table 3 [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

Keep a record of the hydrostatic test until it is replaced by a new record or the extinguisher is no longer in use. The record must have at least the date of test, test pressure, serial number of the extinguisher (or other unique identifier), and the person or company doing the test.

(4) Employee training

You must:

Train employees in the safe use of extinguishers and standpipe hoses when you require or allow their use. Training must be at first hiring and then annually and must include:

The general methods and tactics of using an extinguisher.

The hazards of using an extinguisher on early stage fires.

Hazards associated with using standpipe hoses.

[ED. NOTE: Tables & Appendicies referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 7-2007, f. & cert. ef. 11-8-07; OSHA 10-2008, f. & cert. ef. 12-31-08

Subdivision M — Compressed Gas and Compressed Air Equipment

437-002-0200

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/96, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.166 (Reserved).

(2) 29 CFR 1910.167 (Reserved).

(3) 29 CFR 1910.168 (Reserved).

(4) 29 CFR 1910.169 Air receivers, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 3/7/96, FR vo. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.170 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.171 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

These rules are available at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3)
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97

437-002-0210

Additional Oregon Rules for Compressed Air and Compressed Gas Equipment

(1) Air and Gas Compressors -- General:

(a) Workers shall not use compressed gases to clean clothing which is being worn nor shall it be intentionally directed at any other person;

NOTE: Use of compressed air for cleaning work and work areas is also prohibited except under special conditions. See OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/P, Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment.

(b) Hose connections shall be securely made and maintained in safe working condition. Effective means shall be used to prevent hose from whipping.

(2) Piping Systems:

(a) All piping systems and their component parts which are installed to carry air, steam, or other material at more than atmospheric pressure shall be of adequate design and strength to safely withstand pressures to be placed upon them without the resulting stresses exceeding the allowable stress for the material used in their construction. The allowable stresses to be used shall be determined by referring to recognized standards for materials and design as developed by the American National Standards Institute;

(b) The only non-metallic pipe acceptable for pressure line service with gaseous substances is that which is recommended and listed by its manufacturer as designed for compressed air or gas service. PVC pipe can only be used for compressed air if it is buried or encased;

(c) All compressed air or gas piping systems which use plastic pipe must be "project specific"; that is, designed by a competent person to specifications suited for a particular application or project. Design and operational specifications and information must be kept with the system for as long as it is in use;

(d) Only a competent person(s) may install any compressed air or gas piping system described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section.

(3) High Temperature Piping:

(a) All steam and other high temperature pipe lines within seven feet of the floor or work platform or passageway shall be covered with non-combustible insulating material or otherwise protected against accidental contact with persons;

(b) Steam hose connections shall be securely made and maintained in safe working condition. Effective means shall be used to prevent hose from whipping.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

437-002-0220

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/03, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.176 Handling materials - general, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23052; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49749.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.177 Servicing of multi-piece and single piece rim wheels; published 1/29/80, Federal Register, vol. 45, no. 20, pp. 6713-6716; amended 2/3/84, FR vol. 49, no. 24, pp. 4350-5352; amended 9/8/88, FR vol. 53, no. 174, pg. 34737; amended 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239; amended by AO 12-2001, reference change in Appendix B, f. and ef. 10/26/01.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.178 Powered industrial trucks, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23052; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49749; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5322; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239; 12/1/98, FR vol. 63, no. 230, p. 66270; amended by AO 12-2001, Oregon note added, f. and ef. 10/26/01; 6/2/03. FR vol. 68, no. 105, pg. 32637; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.179 Overhead and gantry cranes, published 10/18/72, Federal Register, vol. 37, p. 22102; amended 6/1/73, FR vol. 38, p. 14373; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34561; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.180 Crawler, locomotive and truck cranes, published 4/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 35561; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9239.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.181 Derricks, published 10/18/72, Federal Register, vol. 37, p. 22120; amended 6/1/73, FR vol. 38, p. 14373; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34561; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.182 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.183 Helicopters, published 6/27/75, Federal Register, vol. 40, p. 27369; amended 7/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 31598; 3/30/76, FR vol. 41, p. 13353; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.184 Slings, published 6/27/75, Federal Register, vol. 40, p. 27369; amended 7/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 31598; 3/30/76, FR vol. 41, p. 13353; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.189 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.190 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

NOTE: These rules are on file at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 6-1999, f. & cert. ef. 5-26-99; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 7-2003, f. & cert. ef. 12-5-03; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06

437-002-0221

Additional Oregon Rules for Handling Materials

(1) Definitions:

(a) "Aerial Cableways" An aerial cableway is a cable-supported system in which the material-handling carrier is not detached from the operating span and the travel is wholly within the span. A cableway transports a load for short distances, in a single carrier traveling back and forth on a single cable, or on multiple parallel cables, a hoisting operation being combined with the transfer of the load; the operation is intermittent;

(b) Aerial Tramways" An aerial tramway is a cable-supported system in which the travel of the materials handling carriers is continuous or reversible over the supports of one or more spans. On continuous tramways, a series of loaded carriers travel in one direction. On reversible tramways, one carrier travels back and forth on a cable. Bi-cable tramways have a fixed track cable, along which the carriers are hauled by a traction rope. Twin-cable tramways are similar, except that carriers run on a pair of track cables. Mono-cable tramways have a single running rope to support and move the carriers.

(2) General:

(a) Permanent aisles and passageways shall be appropriately marked;

(b) Pile foundations shall be designed and arranged to support maximum loads without sinking, sagging, or permitting piles to tip;

(c) Containers of toxic, flammable, radioactive, or irritating substances shall be properly labeled and stored as specified in other sections of the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Code;

(d) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equipment and employees.

(3) Disposal of Material:

(a) Scrap, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed at reasonable intervals from the immediate work are as the work progresses. Materials shall not be permitted to accumulate in such volume as to impede safe access to the work area;

(b) All solvent waste, oily rags, and flammable liquids shall be kept in fire resistant covered containers.

(4) Storage -- Location:

(a) Stored material shall not obstruct lights, sprinklers, and other fire extinguishing equipment, aisles, exits, or electrical switch panels;

(b) Temporarily stored material that creates a hazard shall be marked by highly visible warning signs;

(c) In conditions of reduced visibility, reflectorized signs shall be used on temporarily stored material which creates a hazard. If conditions make reflectorized signs ineffective, the sign shall be lighted or other effective warning shall be used;

(d) Materials which could cause hazardous reactions shall be kept segregated in storage and marked with appropriate warning signs.

(5) Stacks and Piles. All material stacks and piles shall be placed on level and solid supports and shall be stable and self-supporting.

(6) Bricks and Blocks:

(a) Brick stacks shall not be more than seven feet in height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of four feet, it shall be cross-tied and tapered back two inches in every foot of height above the four-foot level;

(b) When masonry blocks are stacked higher than six feet, the stack shall be cross-tied and tapered back one-half block per tier above the six-foot level.

(7) Lumber:

NOTE: OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/R, Special Industries, 1910.265, Sawmills, contains requirements for unitizing, stacking, and transporting lumber and wood products at manufacturing facilities and mills.

(a) Used lumber shall have all nails removed before stacking;

(b) Lumber stacks shall be made of units whose height is no more than 1-1/2 feet higher than the base;

(c) Manual handling of lumber from stacks shall not be done from atop stacks more than one unit in height.

(8) Bagged Materials:

(a) Bagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and crosskeying the bags at least every ten bags high;

NOTE: This requirement does not apply where pallets effectively stabilize the stack of bagged materials.

(b) When bags are removed from a pile, the stability of the pile shall be maintained.

(9) Loose Material -- Sand, Gravel, Crushed Rock, Sawdust, Etc. Undercutting of stock piles is prohibited; materials in such piles shall be kept as near as is practical to the angle or repose and present no hazard to employees.

(10) Corrugated and Flat Iron -- Steel:

(a) Corrugated and flat iron shall be stacked in stable piles;

(b) Racks capable of supporting the imposed loads without deformation shall be used for storing steel plate on edge and shall provide positive protection against the danger to personnel from toppling or sliding plates.

(11) Pipe and Bar Stock:

(a) In removing pipe and bar stock from unsecured piles, workers shall not approach the side of the pile but shall remove it from the ends of the pile;

(b) Pipe or bar stock extending into passageways shall be clearly marked or padded.

(12) Drums, Rolls, Cylindrical Objects:

(a) Barrels, drums, large pipe, rolls of paper, and other cylindrical objects piled on their sides shall have the bottom row securely blocked. If separators are used between rows of the pile, blocks shall be secured at each end of the separators;

(b) Spacing strips shall be placed between bundles;

(c) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock and other cylindrical materials, unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked to prevent spreading, tilting, or rolling.

(13) Equipment Design and Construction:

(a) All equipment, structures, and appurtenances used for handling or storing materials shall be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with sound engineering practices and the specifications and recommendations of the manufacturer. They shall be of sufficient strength to support the loads acting on them in addition to their own dead loads. Allowances shall be made for wind, impact, erection and any special loadings that may occur. No combination of these loadings shall be permitted to cause a stress in any member that exceeds the allowable stress for the material of that member;

(b) Safe load capacities recommended by the manufacturers of equipment shall not be exceeded;

(c) Workers shall not remain or work under or near elevated loads and units of materials being moved unless they are provided with adequate protection;

(d) Loads suspended in slings or supported by hoists, jacks, or other devices, shall be blocked or cribbed before workers are permitted to work underneath;

(e) Materials shall not be dropped or thrown from an elevation where this procedure might endanger other workers;

NOTE: In such cases, materials should be lowered by means of proper riggings, slings, conveyors, chutes, or other safe means.

(f) Tag lines or guide ropes shall be provided and used whenever manual guidance is required to control swinging loads;

(g) Structures and devices used for loading and unloading performed units, loads, pallet boards, or trays shall be of construction and material to maintain safe support for the loads being handled on them;

(h) Pallet boards, and trays shall be loaded in a manner that will ensure stability of loads.

(14) Conveyors, General. Conveyors shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, inspection, testing, maintenance and operation as prescribed in ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment.

(15) Controls of Conveyors:

(a) Means for stopping the motor or engine shall be provided at the operator's station;

(b) If the operator's station is remote from the power source, provisions for stopping the motor or engine shall be provided at the motor or engine location and at the operator's station;

(c) Conveyor systems shall be equipped with an audible warning signal to be sounded immediately before starting up the conveyor;

NOTE: This requirement does not apply to portable single unit conveyors where other warning methods are effective.

(d) Emergency stop devices shall be arranged so that the conveyor cannot be started again until the actuator has been reset to running or "on" position;

NOTE: Automatic electrical or mechanical stopping devices should be provided on a conveyor where the equipment into which it feeds has been stopped or has been blocked so that it cannot receive additional materials.

(e) Where overload conditions would create a hazard to workers, overload protection shall be provided.

(16) Backstops, Brakes on Conveyors. Inclined conveyors, where reversing or running away presents a hazard to workers, shall be provided with anti-runaway, backstop devices, or suitable guards.

(17) Loading, Transfer and Discharge Points of Conveyors:

(a) Means to guard workers from injury by moving material shall be provided at a conveyor loading, transfer and discharge points;

(b) The area around all loading and unloading points shall be kept clear of obstructions.

(18) Conveyor Guards:

(a) Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turning flights;

(b) Where a conveyor passes over work area, aisles and thoroughfares, suitable guards shall be provided to prevent material from falling from the conveyor;

(c) Return sections of conveyors higher than seven feet and located over or near passageways and work areas, shall be supported by roller or guards;

(d) Conveyor troughs in which moving sections of a conveyor operate shall be of ample dimensions and strength to carry broken conveyor parts;

(e) Conveyor drive mechanisms and power driven parts shall be guarded in accordance with the requirements in OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/O, Machine Guarding;

(f) Input conveyors for chippers, burners, furnaces, or other dangerous machines shall be fully guarded to prevent workers from falling to the conveyor. Where a part of the guard must be omitted to permit a worker to feet the conveyor, he or she shall be provided with and shall wear a life belt tied off to an effective lifeline;

(g) Conveyor crossovers, aisles, and passageways shall be conspicuously marked by suitable signs;

(h) Workers shall not cross over conveyors except where suitable bridges or walkways are provided.

(19) Portable Conveyors:

(a) Portable conveyors shall be stable at all operating ranges and shall be provided with adequate devices to prevent unintended movement;

(b) Portable conveyors, when powered electrically, shall be grounded as required in OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/S, Electrical. Where exposed to outside weather conditions, wiring, switches, and electrical connections shall be moisture and dust proof.

(20) Riding Conveyors Prohibited. Workers shall not be permitted to ride on any conveyor not especially designed for this purpose.

(21) Ramps, Skids, Rollways:

(a) Adequate means for slowing material being put down chutes, slides, or inclines shall be provided whenever excessive speed might create a hazard to workers;

(b) Where the person putting material down a chute, ramp, skid, or rollway does not have a clear view of a lower landing on which workers are employed, an adequate horn, bell or other warning device which is automatic in operation shall be provided and maintained in good condition at all times;

(c) The underside of all chutes, ramps, skids, rollways or landings shall be fenced off and marked with appropriate warning signs unless provided with other adequate means of protecting workers from falling material.

NOTE: Definitions for Aerial Cableways and Tramways are contained in OAR 437-002-0221(1).

(22) Cableway Carriage and Fall Rope Carriers:

(a) Cableway carriage and fall rope carriers shall be so constructed that no adjustments are required while cableway is in operation and that adjustments, when made, may be locked. Fall rope carriers are used to prevent the weight of the hauling rope itself causing sufficient tension to overhaul the load carrier or fall block. On spans of 600 feet or more, where the carriage works to the center of the span or beyond, slack carriers shall be provided to support the operating ropes. A button line or equivalent device shall be provided to space the carriers at approximate intervals along the span;

(b) Carriages shall have approved mesh guards for the operating sheaves and hand grips throughout the full length of the carriage. Footwalk and toeboards, for ready access to maintenance riggers and for inspection of the operating ropes, sheaves, beckets, and structural parts of the carriage;

(c) Sheaves carrying operating ropes should be as recommended by the rope manufacturer. In no case shall the pitch diameter of sheaves be less than 42 times rope diameter for 6 x 7 rope, 30 times rope diameter for 6 x 19 rope, 18 times rope diameter for 6 x 37 rope, and 21 times rope diameter for 8 x 19 rope. The sheaves shall have "V" grooves and the radius of the groove shall be 55 percent of the rope diameter.

(23) Operating Ropes. Operating ropes shall be of wire rope construction suitable for the requirements of the cableway. End fastenings shall develop at least 89 percent of the ultimate strength of the rope. Rope ends shall be arranged for complete and easy inspection.

(24) Track Cable Systems. If the design requires that track cables be carried over saddles, care must be taken to see that the saddle radius, rope lubrication and inspection provisions conform to rope manufacturer's recommendations. Track cable connections shall be properly applied sockets using only pure zinc. Clamped ends develop only about 75 percent of the strength of the rope and therefore are not recommended. Supporting members carrying track cable tensions shall be forged steel or rolled steel carrying stress in the direction of rolling. These members shall be arranged so that loads are carried concentrically and so that no eccentric load can be applied to them or to the track cable connections by virtue of failure or non-operation of any joint baring in the track system.

(25) Backstay. Backstay carrying track cable tensions shall be designed to support the entire load disregarding any load carrying help from side guys.

(26) Side Guys. Side guys shall be so proportioned that no more than two are regarded as acting at the same time, unless equipped with an equalizing bar, sheave, or other approved device not subject to freezing temperatures. If a hydraulic or pneumatic equalizing device is used, provisions must be made to avoid or counteract the effect of loss of fluid in the system.

(27) Anchorages:

(a) Anchorages for track cable tensions shall be proportioned so that they are stable under the ultimate strength of the track cable or backstays. Steel rods, preferably embedded in concrete or block asphalt, should be used for the portion of the backstay where the anchorage tension is carried through earth. Wire rope guys shall never be used in contact with earth. Double the ultimate strength of the backstay shall be provided, together with anticorrosion protection in the form of grease, tar, etc.;

(b) Supporting structures, fixed towers, movable towers, etc., shall be designed to withstand full known loads plus allowance for impact with due regard for the nature of the structural elements, type of structure, and the manner of application and release of loads. Ladders, platforms and handholds shall be supplied to facilitate the inspection of towers, cableways parts attached to them, and the changing of lines and other maintenance work around them.

(28) Operation and Maintenance of Cableway:

(a) The cableway supervisor and operator shall be charged with the responsibility for allowing only authorized and properly qualified parties around the cableway rig;

(b) Inspection of the complete rig (track cables, carriage, operating ropes, structures, hoisting engine, electrical apparatus, and other operating parts) shall be made by the supervising safety engineer or other designated qualified person each day if the rig is operating 24 hour a day or at such other intervals as justified by lesser operating schedules for the rig.

NOTE: These inspections, at the discretion of the supervisor, may be made while the rig is in operation.

(c) During the required safety inspection, special attention shall be paid to:

(A) Operating ropes at the becket ends, overwraps on the drum or hoist and sheave points if pickups are made at the same point repeatedly;

(B) Track cable for broken wires near sockets and in the span under the pickup or unloading point and for broken wires and worn or faulty track cable socket bearings;

(C) Slack carriers for loose or broken parts, and to see that the carrier rollers turn freely and are well oiled;

(D) Electrical system, especially for faulty connection where the current might possibly go to ground through the earth rope, traveling towers, tracks, wheels, journals and tower moving apparatus.

(d) Operating ropes shall be re-becketed on a regular program. Re-becketing after 30 or more operating shifts is suggested. At least four rope lay lengths shall be cut off each time. Operating ropes shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the recommendations of the wire rope manufacturer;

(e) The recommendations of the wire rope manufacturer shall be followed in re-socketing track cables in replacing regular strand, locked coil or other armored construction track cable;

(f) Hoist brakes and frictions shall be maintained in good condition at all times. Hoisting engine shall be located so that the operating ropes have the proper fleet angle to the nearest sheave which shall be oriented to lead to the center of the drum in the hoist. The hoist operator should be located so that he or she can see the hoist and working area of the cableway;

(g) Hook tenders serving the cableway will be permitted to "ride the hook" if the ground does not permit other access. Proper foot stands and hand holds shall be provided for two persons on the hook, fall block, safety belts and lifelines used; otherwise a manskip must be used. Signals for the operation of the rig may be given to a signalperson or to the operator. Inexperienced hook tenders shall not ride the hook alone until they have had a period of 30 working shifts with an experienced cableway hook tender;

(h) Loads carried by cableways shall be secured by safety hooks, or shackles, in such a manner that they cannot shift or slip while suspended by the cableway. Load hooks shall be provided with safety shields to keep the load slings on the hook. Slings must be used in pairs so that the load will not untwist the lay of a single rope;

(i) If the cableway is not in use for a 24-hour period or more, an inspection of the hoist shall be made before the cableway is started;

(j) For use in controlling cableway operations, appropriate telephone or other signal system shall be provided;

(k) Suitable lighting shall be provided at critical points for night operation and repairs.

(29) Aerial Tramway Truck Cables and Hauling Ropes:

(a) Track cables and hauling ropes shall be of appropriate, construction and adequate capacity for the life, type and nature of the installation;

(b) Tail ropes shall be provided to avoid jerky operation and possible derailment;

(c) Suitable adjustment should be provided to maintain the original design relation of hauling rope and tail rope tensions. The vertical component of rope tensions should always be such that the rope never tends to lift out of the support sheaves;

(d) Carriage hauling rope grips shall be designed to supply the necessary pulling components without damage to the rope due to slippage or excessive grip pressures. Hauling rope down pull on carriers must be kept to a minimum to prevent damage to rope and to avoid damaging the bucket hangers.

(30) Aerial Tramway Drives:

(a) Tramway drives shall be equipped with a brake on the same shaft as the drive sheave. The brake system shall be adequate for stopping and holding the load at any point. The brake shall not be used for absorbing power developed by overhauling load during normal operation. Such developed power should be dissipated electrically, hydraulically or pneumatically. The main drive brake shall be applied automatically if electric power fails;

(b) The driving sheave control shall be such that reduction of velocity is automatic as the bucket(s) approaches the terminal station.

(31) Wire Rope Sockets on Aerial Tramways. Wire rope connections shall be properly applied sockets using only pure zinc or connections which provide 100 percent of the strength of the rope.

(32) Aerial Tramway Tower Saddles. Tower saddles for track cables shall have ample radii to minimize bending stress and thus prolong the life of the cables. Stationary curved saddles of long radius may be employed where the cable breakover angle exceeds that possible with a rocking saddle. The radius of the saddle shall be large enough to reduce the bearing pressure to a value which will permit the cable to slide in the saddle groove. All saddles must be lubricated at regular intervals.

(33) Aerial Tramway Supporting Structure. Supporting structures shall be designed to withstand the full known loads plus allowances for impact with due regard for the nature of the structural elements, the type of structure, and the manner of application and release of loads. Ladders, platforms and handholds shall be provided as necessary to facilitate the inspection of the structures and tramway parts.

(34) Aerial Tramway Crossing Guards. Crossing guards shall be provided where the tramways cross highway, railways, or other passageways. These guards shall be of adequate construction for the type of material being handled on the tramway.

(35) Aerial Tramway Operation and Maintenance:

(a) The tramway supervisor shall be charged with the responsibility for allowing only authorized and properly qualified parties around the tramway rig;

(b) Inspection of the complete rig, track cables, buckets, structures, drives, electrical apparatus, and other operating parts shall be made at regular intervals. Only the tramway supervisor and personnel designated by him or her shall be allowed to "ride" the buckets and then only in performance of a specific duty such as inspection of track cables;

(c) Grips on continuous tramways shall be inspected and adjusted at periodic intervals. Worn parts shall be replaced promptly;

(d) Lubrication of track cables, hauling rope bearings, rails and guides shall be performed at regular intervals.

NOTE: The lubrication of the hauling rope should preferably be continuous by means of a controlled drop feed from an oil reservoir at one or both ends of the line. This lubrication should not occur as the rope enters the driving sheave, but rather as the rope leaves the drive sheave and passes over a support sheave.

(e) Where counterweighted spans are used, the counterweight shall hang free when the cable is fully loaded. The deflection of anchored spans shall be adjusted by take-up means provided to keep the cable tension within the proper limits.

(36) Aerial Tramway Traffic Control System:

(a) There shall be at least three control systems, as the operation of an aerial tramway is dangerous without alternate communication systems.

NOTE: Recommended Communications Systems:

(1) A bell signal code and push button stations for warning of stop, start, slow speed, high speed, and reverse. Portable linesman sets should be provided for tapping along the line;

(2) An all metallic aerial wire circuit telephone with instruments at certain points along the line in addition to the terminal sets;

(3) A second telephone circuit which may be grounded if desired.

(b) Condensers for static elimination and lightning arrestors should be installed to protect instruments;

(c) Protection should be provided against short-circuiting of the telephone and bell circuits by water running down the line supports and diverting current to the towers and station steel;

(d) Suitable lighting shall be provided at critical points along the line for night operation and repairs;

(e) When vehicles are drawn up an incline by means of a cable, the cable shall be in alignment with the central line between the vehicle tread and the hoisting drum. A substantial bumper shall be installed at the foot of the incline, or if the vehicle travels beyond this point, at the end of its runway. Workers shall not ride on the vehicle nor remain in a position behind the vehicle when it is in motion.

(37) Material Hoists -- General Requirements:

(a) All material hoist towers shall be designed, built, and tested under the direction of a licensed professional engineer;

(b) The employer shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a professional engineer competent in the field;

(c) Platforms of ample size and strength with standard railings shall be built at each level where persons work. See requirement in OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/D, Walking-Working Surfaces;

(d) Standard railings shall be placed on the open sides of runways connecting the tower to the structure with a gate provided at all openings into the tower;

(e) Rated load capacities, recommended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions shall be posted on cars and platforms;

(f) Hoisting ropes shall be installed in accordance with the wire rope manufacturer's recommendations;

(g) Wire rope shall be removed from service when any of the following conditions exist:

(A) In hoisting ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay or three broken wires in one strand in one rope lay;

(B) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or peening, causing loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outside wires;

(C) Evidence of any heat damage or any damage caused by contact with electrical wires;

(D) Reduction from nominal diameter of more than 3/64 inch for diameters up to and including 3/4 inch; 1/16 inch for diameters 7/8 to 1-1/8 inch; and 3/32 inch for diameters 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches.

(h) All welding on critically stressed members of hoisting devices shall be performed within the current standards of the American Welding Society and the welding performed by welders qualified to perform high quality welding;

(i) The installation of live booms on hoists is prohibited;

(j) Operating rules shall be established and posted at the operator's station of the hoist. Such rules including signal system and allowable speed for various loads shall be enforced. Rules and notices shall be posted on the car frame or crossheads in a conspicuous location, including the statement "No Riders Allowed";

(k) Hoisting machines, except those equipped with automotive controls, shall be operated by regularly assigned, trained operators;

(l) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the purposes of inspection and maintenance. Such rides shall be made without material aboard except that necessary for the purpose of inspection and/or maintenance;

(m) All entrances of the hoistways shall be protected by substantial gates which shall guard the full width of the landing entrance. All hoistway entrance gates shall be painted with diagonal contrasting colors, such as black and yellow stripes;

(n) Gates shall be of not less than 2- by 4-inch wood or the equivalent, located no less than two feet from the hoistway line. Gates shall be no less than 42 inches high;

(o) Gates protecting the entrances to hoistways shall be equipped with a latching device;

(p) Overhead protective covering of 2-inch planking, 3/4-inch plywood, or other solid material of equivalent strength shall be provided on the top of every material hoist cage or platform;

(q) The operator's station of a hoisting machine shall be provided with overhead protection equivalent to tight planking not less than two inches thick. The support for the overhead protection shall be of equal or greater strength;

(r) When using a hoist for long material, the material shall be securely fastened to the hoist so that no part of the load can fall or project beyond the sides of the hoist;

(s) Blocking, tie-downs, or other effective means to secure loads or materials, when necessary, shall be provided at all hoist platforms;

(t) Hoist towers may be used with or without an enclosure on all sides. However, whichever alternative is chosen, the following applicable conditions shall be met:

(A) When a hoist tower is enclosed, it shall be enclosed on all sides for its entire height with a screen enclosure of 1/2-inch mesh, No. 18 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent, except for landing access;

(B) When a hoist tower is not enclosed, the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with 1/2-inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall include the required gates for loading and unloading. A six-foot high enclosure shall be provided on the unused sides of the hoist tower at ground level.

(u) Car arresting devices shall be installed to function in case of rope failure.

(38) Automotive Hoists:

(a) Whenever automotive hoists are elevated with a load to a position which presents a hazard to employees, the lift shall be supported by a safety device capable of preventing descent should the lift fail in any manner;

(b) Lifts will be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and those of ANSI B153.1-1990;

(c) Vehicles will be placed on lifts in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and in a manner to assure stability.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 7-1974, f. 3-19-74, ef. 4-15-74; WCB 30-1974, f. 7-5-74, ef. 9-1-74; WCB 23-1976, f. 9-8-76, ef. 11-15-76; WCB 3-1977, f. 3-18-77, ef. 6-1-77; WCD 4-1979, f. 5-21-79, ef. 7-15-79; APD 12-1988, f. & ef. 7-22-88; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0223

Oregon Rules for Commercial and Industrial Vehicles

(1) Application. Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) shall be provided, installed and maintained on industrial vehicles which were manufactured after July 1, 1969. ROPS requirements apply to the following types of industrial vehicles and equipment: Rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; front-end loaders and dozers; skid-steer equipment; wheel-type industrial tractors; crawler tractors; crawler-type loaders; and motor graders, with or without attachments, that are used in industrial work. This requirement does not apply to sideboom pipe laying tractors, or other vehicles whose structure prevents overturn, or to tractors used only in farming operations.

(2) ROPS -- General Requirements.

(a) Roll-over protective structures and their supporting attachments to industrial vehicles shall be capable of supporting twice the weight of the vehicle, applied at the point of impact.

(b) The design objective for roll-over protective structures on industrial vehicles shall be to minimize the likelihood of a complete vehicle overturn, and to minimize the possibility of the operator being crushed.

(c) A vertical clearance of at least 52 inches between the work deck and the ROPS canopy is required for ingress and egress.

(d) ROPS which have been removed for any reason, shall be remounted with equal quality, or better, bolts or welding as required for the original mounting.

(3) Defects.

(a) Defects in ROPS shall be repaired by equal quality or better materials and welding as required for the original structure.

(b) Minimum performance criteria for roll-over protective structures for designated vehicles are contained in the following Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) standards:

(A) Prime movers, for scrapers, water wagons, bottom dump wagons, side dump wagons, rear dump wagons, towed fifth wheel attachments. (SAE J320, September 1972)

(B) Wheeled front-end loaders and wheeled dozers. (SAE J394a, September 1972)

(C) Track-type tractors and front-end loaders. (SAE J395a, September 1972)

(D) Motor graders. (SAE J396a, September 1972)

(E) Wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors. (SAE J167, 1971)

(F) Falling object protective structures (FOPS). (SAE J231, May 1971)

(4) Identification of ROPS. Each ROPS shall have the following information permanently affixed to the structure:

(a) Manufacturer or fabricator's name and address;

(b) ROPS model number, if any; and

(c) Machine make, model, or series number that the structure is designed to fit.

(5) Approved Structures. Any machine in use, equipped with roll-over protective structures, shall be deemed in compliance with OAR 437-002-0223(37) through (41) if it meets the roll-over protective structure requirements of the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, or the Bureau of Reclamation of the U. S. Department of the Interior, in effect on April 5, 1972. The requirements in effect are:

(a) U. S. Army Corps of Engineers: General Safety Requirements, EM-385-1-1 (March 1967).

(b) Bureau of Reclamation, U. S. Department of the Interior: Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Part II (September 1971).

(6) Roadways.

(a) Roadways shall be of sufficient width and evenness to ensure the safe operation of equipment.

(b) Sufficient turnouts shall be provided and a safe side clearance shall be maintained along roads and runways.

(c) Low clearance areas under conveyors which could present a hazard to mobile equipment operations shall be identified by a suitable means, such as signs, contrasting colors, or flags.

(d) Broken planking, deep holes, large rocks, logs or other dangerous surface defects shall be corrected before any equipment is used thereon.

(e) Obstructions to clear view at intersections or on sharp curves shall be removed or all reasonable precautions taken to relieve the hazards of these conditions.

(f) An ample supply of nonskid materials, such as coarse sand or finely crushed rock, shall be available and used on slippery surfaces.

(g) Road grades shall not be too steep for safe operation of vehicles which operate over them and shall not exceed 20 percent in any case unless an auxiliary means of lowering vehicles is provided or unless vehicles are specifically designed and approved for operation on grades in excess of 20 percent.

(7) Access Roadways, Grades.

(a) No employer shall move, or cause to be moved, vehicles upon any access roadway or grade unless the access roadway or grade is constructed and maintained to accommodate safely the movement of the equipment and vehicles involved.

(b) Every emergency access ramp and berm used by an employer shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles.

(c) Elevated bridges, runways or ramps and loading docks shall be constructed to safely support at least four times the weight of any load to which it may be subjected. Ramps shall be covered with a material which will minimize the danger of skidding.

(d) The maximum inclination of a ramp used for wheeled equipment shall not exceed 20 percent from horizontal.

(e) Elevated bridges, ramps or runways used for the travel of wheeled equipment shall have exposed sides guarded with a substantial bull rail or sheer rail of sufficient height to prevent wheeled equipment from going over the rail.

[Publications: Publications referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: WCB 30-1974, f. 7-5-74, ef. 9-1-74; WCB 23-1976, f. 9-8-76, ef. 11-15-76; WCB 3-1977, f. 3-18-77, ef. 6-1-77; WCD 7-1980, f. 6-20-80, ef. 7-1-80; WCD 15-1984, f. 10-25-84, ef. 11-1-84; WCD 3-1985, f. 2-22-85, ef. 3-1-85; APD 4-1988, f. & ef. 3-14-88; APD 2-1989, f. 3-1-89, ef. 3-1-89; OSHA 4-1990, f. & cert. ef. 1-23-90; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-29-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96; OSHA 6-2000, f. & cert. ef. 6-26-00; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 2-2003, f. & cert. ef. 1-30-03; OSHA 6-2007, f. & cert. ef. 9-26-07

437-002-0227

Additional Oregon Rules for Powered Industrial Trucks

(1) Overhead Guards.

(a) Where a rider type lift truck operator is exposed to hoisted objects that might fall, or stacked objects that might be dislodged and fall, the truck shall be equipped with an overhead guard. The guard shall be of sufficient strength to support impact load tests as specified in Table OR-N-1: [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(b) Impact load tests shall be conducted with the guard in place on a vehicle for which it is designed or on a simulated mounting. Running gear need not be in place. The load shall be dropped in free fall from an appropriate height so that the impact is centered approximately above the driver's position. Test loads shall have a length equal to or greater than the width of the guard, and shall strike the canopy at right angles to the vehicle frame.

(c) Guards of a design which has been so tested shall be identified by a metal tag permanently attached to the canopy in a position where it may be easily read from the ground. This tag shall be permanently and clearly marked with the impact test load, expressed in foot-pounds to which guards of the same design have been tested.

Note: Guards required by OAR 437-002-0227(1)(a) through (c), or by the rules following, are not intended to withstand the impact of a capacity load falling from any height.

(d) Guards which are not of a design which has been tested in accordance with OAR 437-002-0227(1)(a) through (c) of this rule, may be constructed of material as specified in Table OR-N-2 or material of equivalent strength: [Table not included. See ED. NOTE.]

(e) The construction of canopy guards are built in compliance with OAR 437-002-0227(1)(d) shall be based on the strength of four upright members. Guards constructed with less than four upright members shall be of equivalent strength.

(A) Canopy type overhead guard frames shall be braced to overhead members on each side of the frame to provide structural rigidity both longitudinally and transversely.

(B) All guard mountings or attaching brackets shall be constructed and secured to the vehicle in a manner to provide adequate support to the upright members of the canopy type overhead guard.

(C) Cantilever overhead guards shall be of equivalent strength.

(f) Guards shall be constructed in a manner that does not interfere with good visibility, but openings in the top shall not exceed 6 inches in one of the two dimensions, width or length. Guards shall be large enough to extend over the operator under all normal circumstances of operation, including forward tilt.

(A) Provisions shall be made so that failure of the mast-tilting mechanism will not allow the overhead guard to cause injury to the operator.

(B) Lift trucks operated by seated operators shall have not less than 39 inches of clear vertical space between the operator's seat when depressed and the underside of the guard. Lift trucks operated by standing operators shall have not less than 74 inches of clear vertical space between the platform and the underside of the guard.

Note: Where overall height of truck with forks in lowered position is limited by head room conditions and there is insufficient space for vertical clearance or for the operator to assume a normal driving position, normal overhead guard heights may be reduced, or the overhead guard may be omitted. The height and stability of stacks of piled material, the weight of individual units handled, and the operating space available shall be such as will provide reasonable safety for the operator if it is necessary to remove the overhead guard.

(2) Load Back Rest. Lift trucks which handle small objects or unbanded units shall be equipped with a vertical load back rest.

(a) It shall have height, width, strength, sufficient to prevent the load or any part of it from falling toward the operator.

(b) It shall be constructed in a manner that does not interfere with good visibility.

(c) Size of openings shall not exceed 6 inches in one dimension.

(3) Shear Point Guards. Shear points on forklift loaders and similar type vehicles shall be guarded as necessary to protect operators from hazardous exposure.

(4) Personnel Platforms. Whenever a lift truck is used for lifting personnel without controls at the platform, the following precautions shall be taken for the protection of personnel being elevated:

(a) A work platform equipped with standard guardrails or equivalent means, and firmly secured to the lifting carriage or forks, shall be used.

(b) The hydraulic system shall be so designed that the lift mechanism will not drop faster than 135 feet per minute in the event of a failure in any part of the system.

(c) An operator shall attend the lift equipment while workers are on the platform.

(d) The operator shall be in the normal operating position while raising or lowering the platform.

(e) The vehicle shall not travel from point to point with the work platform elevated at a height greater than 4 feet while workers are on the platform. When necessary at heights greater than 4 feet, inching may be permitted provided it is done at a very slow speed.

(f) If workers on the platform can contact the lift chains or other dangerous pinch or shear points on the mast or carriage, the platform must have a screen or guard that prevents contact.

(5) Equipment and attachments.

(a) Do not allow spinner knobs on vehicles without power steering. Spinner knobs must be on the inside of the steering wheel.

(b) All vehicles must have a working horn that can be heard above surrounding area noise.

NOTE: Paragraph (c) does not apply when the vehicle backs up with an observer or when the operator verifies that there is nobody behind the vehicle or when nobody may enter the danger area without the operator's knowledge.

(c) Vehicles with an obstructed view to the rear must have a backup alarm that can be heard over the surrounding noise. If surrounding noise prevents this or if there are so many vehicles using backup alarms that they cannot be distinguished from each other, flashing or strobe lights are acceptable.

(d) Vehicle brakes must be effective when the vehicle is fully loaded.

[ED. NOTE: Tables referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 6-1999, f. & cert. ef. 5-26-99; OSHA 6-2007, f. & cert. ef. 9-26-07

437-002-0228

Oregon General Requirements for Cranes

(1) General Requirements:

(a) The user shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks;

(b) Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such determinations will be appropriately documented and recorded;

(c) Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the manufacturer;

(d) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer's written approval. Cranes may be modified and rerated provided such modifications and the supporting structure are checked thoroughly for the new rated load by a qualified engineer or the equipment manufacturer;

(e) If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accordingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. Only the manufacturer or other competent shop with suitable equipment and with personnel trained for the work shall be permitted to perform welding or other repair work on cranes or derricks;

(f) Rated load capacities, and recommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings, or instruction, shall be conspicuously posted on all equipment;

(g) Instructional or warning signs shall be visible to the operator while he or she is at his or her control station;

(h) The employer shall designate a competent person who shall inspect all machinery and equipment prior to each use, and during use, to make sure it is in safe operating condition;

(i) Any deficiencies shall be repaired, or defective parts replaced, before continued use;

(j) A thorough, annual inspection of all cranes shall be made by a competent person, or a government or private agency;

(k) The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and results of inspections for each hoisting machine and piece of equipment;

(l) An unimpaired horizontal clearance of not less than three feet shall be maintained between the rotating superstructure of any crane and any adjacent object or surface. If this clearance cannot be maintained, barricades shall be installed to isolate the hazardous area;

(m) All windows in cabs shall be of safety glass, or its equivalent, that introduces no visible distortion that will interfere with the safe operation of the machine;

(n) Cranes which operate at night shall have their load hooks and working areas adequately lighted;

(o) Sufficient light shall be provided in the operator's cage or cab to enable the operator to see clearly enough to perform his or her work;

(p) An accessible fire extinguisher of 10 BC rating, or higher, shall be available at all operator stations or cabs of equipment;

(q) Belts, gears, and other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts or equipment shall be guarded as required in OAR chapter 437, division 2/O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(2) Crane operator training requirements:

(a) The employer shall establish written procedures for the safe operation of all cranes and derricks;

(b) The employer shall see that employees who operate cranes or derricks are properly trained, have sufficient practical experience, and follow operating procedures for the safe operation of the crane or derrick;

(c) The level of training and experience received by the employee to meet OAR 437-002-0228(2)(b) above shall be recorded in writing;

(d) The employer shall maintain all written records of crane or derrick operators' training and experience, and shall make such records available for review by the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA) upon request.

(3) Overhead Wires -- Operating Near Electric Power Lines. A warning sign, legible at 12 feet, shall be posted and maintained in plain view of the operators of each crane, derrick, or power-shovel. The sign shall read, "UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN TEN FEET OF HIGH-VOLTAGE LINES."

NOTE: For operation near overhead electric lines see Division 2/S, Electrical, 1910.333(c)(3).

(4) Signals. Class "D" citizens band radio frequencies shall not be used for signalling crane operators.

(5) Hoisting Equipment and Tackle. Blocks, Sheaves, and Drums:

(a) Blocks, sheaves and drums and all parts thereof shall not be used for heavier strains or greater speeds than that for which they have been designed and constructed;

(b) Sheave and drum diameters shall be as recommended by the wire rope manufacturer for the size rope being used;

(c) All pins, including bearing and yoke pins, of all blocks shall be secured against accidental displacement;

(d) Shaves supporting boom lines shall not be carried on overhung sheave pins unless equipped with substantial guards passing around the sheave pin and securely held from dislodgment from the pin;

(e) All blocks shall be fitted with line guards or shall be designed and set in a manner that prevents fouling;

(f) Where the slacking of cable around sheaves and idlers would result in injury to workers, line guards shall be provided;

(g) Working line blocks shall be kept in proper alignment;

(h) Snatch (gate) blocks shall be closed and hooked before being used.

(6) Drums. Ends of lines attached to drums shall be securely fastened by means of clamps, socketing, or other means furnishing equivalent strength. Not less than two wraps of line shall be maintained on drums.

(7) Chains:

(a) End fastenings shall be capable of sustaining loads up to the breaking strength of the hoisting chain with which they are used;

(b) Hoisting chains shall be repaired or removed from such service when the increase in length (stretch) of the measured section exceeds five percent; or when a link is bent, twisted, or otherwise damaged, or when raised scarfs or defective welds appear;

(c) Knots shall not be tied in chain in order to shorten its length.

(8) Hooks. When necessary to prevent lifting attachments from inadvertently lifting out of the hook, a safety type hook or other device or means shall be used.

(9) Wire Rope:

(a) Wire rope and replacement wire rope shall be of the same size, same or better grade, and same construction as originally furnished by the equipment manufacturer or contemplated in the design, unless otherwise recommended by the equipment or the wire rope manufacturer;

(b) Wire rope with an independent wire-rope center or other heat-resisting center shall be used as hoisting rope whenever exposed to excessive temperatures such as ingot-pouring, ladle cranes, and similar operations;

(c) Running wire ropes shall be guarded if within seven feet of the floor or platform;

(d) Care shall be taken to prevent friction of ropes with other objects which will cause chafing or breaking of wires;

(e) Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following conditions exist:

(A) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wire in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay;

(B) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure;

(C) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause;

(D) Reductions from nominal diameter of more than 1/64-inch for diameters up to and including 5/16-inch, 1/32-inch for diameters 3/8-inch to and including 1/2-inch, 3/64-inch for diameters 9/16-inch to and including 3/4-inch, 1/16-inch for diameters 7/8 to 1-1/8 inches inclusive, 3/32-inch for diameters 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inches inclusive;

(E) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection;

(F) Corroded, damaged, or improperly applied end connections.

(f) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B30.5-1989 or SAE-J959-1966, Lifting Crane, Wire-Rope Strength Factors.

NOTE: The margin of line to be used in making a long splice shall be indicated in the following table. The full length of the splice will be twice the length "to be unraveled."

Rope Diameter -- To Be Unraveled 

1/4 inch -- 6 feet 

1/2 inch -- 8 feet 

3/4 inch --15 feet

1 inch -- 20 feet 

1-1/4 inches -- 25 feet

1-1/2 inches -- 30 feet

1-3/4 inches -- 35 feet

2 inches -- 40 feet

(g) All cable shall be kept lubricated as conditions of use require;

(h) When U-bolt wire rope clips are used for form eyes, the following table shall be used to determine the number and spacing of clips:

Improved
Plow Steel Rope Diameter Inches -- Drop Forged -- Other Material -- Minimum Spacing (Inches)

1/2 -- 3 -- 4 -- 3

5/8 -- 3 -- 4 -- 3-3/4

3/4 -- 4 -- 5 -- 4-1/2

7/8 -- 4 -- 5 -- 5-1/4

1 -- 5 -- 6 -- 6

1-1/8 -- 6 -- 6 -- 6-3/4

1-1/4 -- 6 -- 7 -- 7-1/2

1-3/8 -- 7 -- 7 -- 8-1/4

1-1/2 -- 7 -- 8 -- 9

(i) When used for eye splices, the U-bolt shall be applied so that the "U" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope;

(j) The use of cable clips or clamps may be accepted only when used in locations where they are readily accessible and subjected to frequent inspection. Clips and clamps when used shall be of the correct size and shall be properly applied. Allowance shall be made for the reduced strength of the line;

(k) The use of cable clips or clamps for joining lines is prohibited, except where used for transferring of slack lines from one place to another.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; WCB 1-1977, f. & ef. 1-4-77; WCB 7-1977, f. 5-20-77, ef. 6-15-77; OSHA 1-1989, f. 10-12-89, ef. 8-1-90; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0229

Additional Oregon Rules for Overhead and Gantry Cranes

(1) Definitions:

(a) "Authorized Person." An Authorized Person is one appointed or credentialled by a duly constituted administrative or regulatory authority;

(b) "Competent Person." A Competent Person is one who by knowledge, training and experience has demonstrated the ability to solve problems and perform functions relating to the subject matter and work;

(c) "Reach (of a cantilever gantry or bridge crane)." The maximum horizontal distance at which the hook may be operated outside the runway measured at right angles to the runway from the center of the hook or load to the center of the runway rail nearest the hook or load;

(d) "Reach (of a crane or derrick fitted with a boom)." The maximum horizontal distance the hook can be extended from the center of rotation (or if rotation is not possible) from the foot of the boom.

(2) Overhead and Gantry Cranes.

(a) Only competent personnel shall be permitted to operate a crane covered by OAR 437, Division 2/N, 1910.179.

(b) Cages of bridge cranes which are not provided with a walkway the full length of the craneway or other safe means of egress shall be provided with a knotted rope, rope ladder or equally effective means to enable the operator to reach the ground in an emergency.

(c) A fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of 10BC, or equivalent, shall be maintained in the cab.

(d) Rated Load Test. Prior to initial use all new, extensively repaired and altered cranes shall be tested by or under the direction of a competent person, confirming the load rating of the crane.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0230

Additional Oregon Rule for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes

(1) Definitions:

(a) An "Authorized Person" is one appointed or credentialed by a duly constituted administrative or regulatory authority;

(b) A "Competent Person" is one who by knowledge, training and experience has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve problems and perform functions relating to the subject matter and work.

(2) Load Ratings:

(a) A radius or boom angle indicator shall be provided where it is clearly visible to the operator in his or her normal operating position on cranes equipped with a movable working boom;

(b) A limiting device shall be installed and maintained to prevent the hook or other end fittings from contacting the upper sheaves.

(3) Booms. When sections of booms are added or removed, the full number of bolts or pins of the material and size recommended by the manufacturer, or bolts or pins furnishing equivalent strength, shall be used to secure the sections together.

(4) Hydraulic Cranes. Mobile hydraulic cranes shall be constructed, maintained, and used in accordance with the standard in PCSA Standard No. 2-1968, Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standards, published by the Power Crane and Shovel Association, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0232

Additional Oregon Rule for Derricks

Rated Load Marking. A radius indicator or boom angle indicator, compatible with the load rating chart, shall be provided where it is clearly visible to the operator in his or her normal operating position on all derricks equipped with a movable working boom.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0233

Oregon Rules for Hammerhead Cranes

(1) Definition. "Hammerhead Crane" -- Lifting machine consisting of a tower (mast) with an upperstructure that rotates and includes a load jib (boom) with trolley extending horizontally and a counterweight jib extending in the opposite direction, neither of which is arranged for luffing. The trolley on the load jib traverses the length of the jib and contains the sheaves and accessory parts that comprise the upper load block. The lower load block is suspended from the trolley.

(2) Hammerhead Cranes -- General:

(a) Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm;

(b) Employees required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of hammerhead tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to lifelines in conformance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/I, Personal Protective Equipment;

(c) Buffers shall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley;

(d) Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end of the tracks. Cranes with self-contained power plants shall be equipped with warning devices, and stops or buffers at each end of the track;

(e) All hammerhead cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, installation, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer and to ensure compliance with the rules in this division;

(f) The employer shall provide a wind velocity device which will give a visible or audible alarm to the crane operator at a predetermined wind velocity; and

(g) The employer shall ensure that:

(A) The wind velocity device is compatible with the manufacturer's crane specifications; and

(B) The crane operators are fully instructed regarding the maximum permissible wind speeds during operation; and

(C) The load chart contains the wind velocity operating limits.

(3) Mobile Cranes Mounted on Barges:

(a) When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer;

(b) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters and figures, shall be provided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the operator;

(c) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on it, a new load rating chart shall be provided;

(d) Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured.

(4) Permanently Mounted Floating Cranes and Derricks:

(a) When cranes and derricks are permanently installed on a barge, the capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria;

(b) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be provided and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the operator;

(c) Floating cranes and floating derricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, installation, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; WCD 3-1981, f. 4-20-81, ef. 6-1-81; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0235

Additional Oregon Rule for Slings

Chain Slings. When lifting with chain slings, use only alloy steel chain. Do not use proof coil or high test carbon steel. The only exception is for plating or dip work where the chemicals make alloy steel chain unsafe or otherwise unsuitable. In those cases, use chain appropriate for the work.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 11-1974, f. 3-20-74, ef. 4-15-74; WCB 16-1976, f. 7-6-76, ef. 8-1-76; WCB 1-1978, f. 2-16-78, ef. 3-15-78; WCD 8-1979, f. 10-19-79, ef. 2-1-80; OSHA 13-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0240

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other health and safety codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/03, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.211 Definitions; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23709 - 23712; amended 12/3/74, FR vol. 39, pp. 41846-41848; 3/14/88, FR vol. 53, p. 8353.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.212 General requirements for all machines; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23712; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.213 Woodworking machines; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23712 - 23716; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84., FR vol. 49, p. 5323.

(4) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.214 Cooperage machinery.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.215 Abrasive wheel machinery; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23717 - 23723; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 3/7/96, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.216 Mills and calendars in the rubber and plastics industries; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23723; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.217 Mechanical power presses; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23723 - 23727; amended 12/23/74, FR vol. 39, p. 41846; 1/27/75, FR vol. 40, p. 3982; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/8/80, FR vol. 45, p. 8594; 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34561; 3/14/88, FR vol. 53, pp. 8353-8365; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240; amended 6/8/04, FR vol. 69, p. 31880-31882.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.218 Forging machines; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23727- 23728; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34561; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no.46, p. 9240.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.219 Mechanical power-transmission apparatus; published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23728 - 23732; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51760; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 3/7/96, FR vol.61, no.46, p. 9240; amended 6/8/04, FR vol. 69, p. 31880 - 31882.

NOTE:These standards are available from the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services; and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001-654.295
Hist.: APD 22-1988, f. 12-30-88, ef. 1-1-89; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 4-2004, f. & cert. ef. 9-15-04

437-002-0242

Oregon Rules for Machinery and Machine Guarding

(1) Definition of Gate or Movable Barrier:

(a) Type A gate or movable barrier - Protects the operator by enclosing the point-of-operation before a press stroke can be initiated, and maintaining this closed condition until the motion of the slide has ceased;

(b) Type B gate or movable barrier -- Protects the operator by enclosing the point-of-operation before a press stroke can be initiated, so as to prevent an operation from reaching into the point-of-operation prior to die closure or prior to cessation of slide motion during the downward stroke.

(2) Reciprocating Shear Lines. Platform hoists, scissor lifts, and other reciprocating mechanisms shall be guarded or arranged so that there are no exposed shear lines.

(3) Saw Guard. Where it is possible to walk behind the saw, the saw shall be completely guarded when in its rest position.

(4) Radial Saws. Radial saws shall be equipped with upper and lower guards as follows:

(a) By device or devices, including jigs, work holders, guides, stops or other engineering controls which provide protection equal to that of the device described in 1910.213(h)(1);

(b) A stop shall be provided to prevent the leading edge of the saw from passing the front edge of the table or roll case, or the table widened to obtain equal results.

(5) Use of Gloves:

(a) If gloves are used in conjunction with a pull-out device, the gloves shall be worn outside the operator's hand attachments;

(b) If gloves are used in conjunction with a holdout or restraint device, the gloves shall be worn outside the operator's hand attachments.

(6) Effective Dates:

(a) Effective dates for amendments to 1910.211 and 1910.217 printed in the Federal Register, Vol. 53, No. 49, p. 8352 - 8365 on March 14, 1988, are 90 days after adoption of these rules; except Appendix C of 1910.217 becomes effective 30 days after the final adoption of these rules;

(b) All other rules are effective upon date of adoption.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 22-1988, f. 12-30-88, ef. 1-1-89; OSHA 2-1990, f. 1-19-90, cert. ef. 3-1-90; OSHA 5-1990, f. & cert. ef. 2-9-90; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; (1) Renumbered to 437-002-0256; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0256

Stationary Compactors, Self-Contained Compactors and Balers.

This applies to all stationary compactors, self-contained compactors, and balers.

You must comply with:

Subdivision 2/D Walking/Working Surfaces, for ladders, stairs and other walking/working surfaces.

Subdivision 2/J 1910.147, Control of Hazardous Energy, for maintenance, servicing, and repair activities.

Subdivision 2/J 1910.146, Permit Required Confined Space for confined space hazards.

Subdivision 2/O Machine Guarding for any guarding hazard not covered in these rules.

YOUR RESPONSIBILITY:

To protect employees from hazards associated with stationary compactors, self-contained compactors, and balers.

Operators and other employees.

(1) You must:

Train and supervise equipment operators. Training must include information from the operation manual, when available, and these rules.

Document the name(s) of the trainer and trainees along with the date of the training.

Provide supervision to ensure employees follow correct operating procedures.

Instruct all employees how to identify and report exposure to hazards.

Prohibit wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or long loose hair that can become entangled in the equipment.

Installation, inspection and maintenance.

(2) You must:

Install the equipment according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Keep the equipment in safe working order.

Maintain the equipment according to manufacturer’s recommendations when available.

Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for inspecting and testing. If there are no manufacturer’s recommendations available, inspect and test annually.

Keep a record of inspections for a minimum of two years.

Make sure that modifications do not diminish the original level of safety.

Add safety precautions, resulting from modifications, to the operation manual, when available, and to the training information.

Not allow the use of damaged, malfunctioning, or defective equipment.

Ensure only qualified employees, trained and authorized by your management, or authorized service technicians are allowed to maintain and repair the equipment. Qualified employees must demonstrate a proficiency in maintaining and repairing the equipment.

Guard moving parts.

(3) You must:

Have guards that prevent body parts from getting caught by moving parts during the equipment’s cycle.

Use sustained manual pressure controls when not using point of operation guarding

Make certain the point of operation is visible to the operator when using sustained manual pressure controls.

Make sure the equipment manufactured with interlocks will not function with the gate or door open.

Controls.

(4) You must:

Clearly label the function of each control.

Make sure controls are not subject to unintentional activation.

Have stop controls that are red, a different size than other controls, and not recessed.

Keep emergency stop controls readily accessible to the operator, or within 3 feet of the operating feed area or chute opening at equipment location.

Provide a way to stop the complete operation of the baler or compactor at any point in the cycle.

Require horizontal balers equipped with an automatic start, to have a minimum 5-second audible and visual warning when the startup control is activated. Before the main motor starts, there must be visual warning lasting for not less than 10 additional seconds.

No alarm or delay is required when the horizontal baler is restarting from sleep mode.

Access points for Maintenance or Repairs.

(5) You must:

Make sure access covers.

Have functional interlocks or locks that require hand tools for removal.

Have warning signs on compactors that read:

Restricted Area, Authorized Employees Only.

Warning -- Stand Clear When Tailgate or Container is in Motion and During Loading and Unloading.

Warning -- This Compactor Starts Automatically.

Warning -- Gate Must Be Closed Before Operating This Compactor.

Have warning signs on balers that read:

CAUTION -- Stand clear When Bale is Ejected.

WARNING -- This Baler Starts Automatically.

DANGER -- High Voltage.

DANGER -- Disconnect and Lock Out Power Before Opening This Panel

Replace missing or defaced signs.

NOTE: Additional sign requirements are in ANSI Z245-2-1997 7.10 compactors and ANSI Z245.5 —1997 5.1.6. balers.

Immediate work area.

(6) You must:

Not allow clutter or waste material that causes a safety hazard or obstructs safe operation to accumulate around the operator station.

Include warning signs at all loading points and the point of operation on automatic cycling equipment indicating that the baler or compactor starts automatically.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 22-1988, f. 12-30-88, cert. ef. 1-1-89; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94, Renumbered from 437-002-0242(1); OSHA 7-2009, f. 7-7-09, cert. ef. 7-21-09

437-002-0260

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/96, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.241 Definitions, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.242 Hand and portable powered tools and equipment, general, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.243 Guarding of portable powered tools, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 2/1/85, FR vol. 50, p. 4649; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240; 9/13/05, FR vol. 70, no. 176. p. 53925; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.244 Other portable tools and equipment, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323.

These rules are available at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 4-2005, f. & cert. ef 12-14-05; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08

437-002-0262

Additional Definitions in Oregon

(1) "Angle Control" A safety feature designed to prevent a tool from operating when tilted beyond a predetermined angle.

(2) "Cased Power Load" A power load with the propellant contained in a closed case.

(3) "Caseless Power Load" A power load with the propellant in solid form not requiring containment.

(4) "Direct-Acting Tool" A tool in which the expanding gas of the power load acts directly on the fastener to be driven.

(5) "Fixture" A special shield which provides equivalent protection where the standard shield cannot be used.

(6) "Head" That portion of a fastener which extends above work surface after being properly driven.

(7) "Indirect-Acting Tool" A tool in which the expanding gas of the power load acts directly on a captive piston which in turn drives the fastener.

(8) "Misfire" A condition in which the powder load fails to ignite after the tool has been operated.

(9) "Powder-Actuated Fastening System" A method comprising the use of a powder-actuated tool, a power load, and a fastener.

(10) "Powder-Actuated Tool", also known as "Tool" A tool that utilizes the expanding gases from a power load to drive a fastener.

(11) "Test Velocity" A series of deliberately free-flighted fasteners whose velocities are measured 6-1/2 feet from the muzzle end of the tool using accepted ballistic test methods.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 1-1974, f. 1-16-74, ef. 2-15-74; WCD 23-1984, f. 12-28-84, ef. 1-1-85; OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

437-002-0264

Additional General Requirements for Hand Tools

(1) Defective tools shall be removed from service.

(2) When not in use, tools shall be placed where they will not create a hazard.

(3) Flexible cords with damaged insulation or defective parts shall not be used.

(4) Handles of all tools shall be smooth, without sharp edges or splinters, and shall be firmly attached to the tool. Wooden handles of tools shall be of firm straight grained stock.

(5) Heads of shock tools (such as hammers, sledges, and cold chisels) shall be dressed or ground as they begin to mushroom or crack. When such tools show a tendency to chip, they shall be immediately removed from service.

(6) The cutting edges of tools shall be maintained in a uniformly sharp condition to eliminate the additional hazard resulting from the erratic resistance of the dulled edges.

(7) Heavy leather holsters, guards, or equivalent protection shall be used for sharp-edged or sharp-pointed tools carried on the worker's person.

(8) Workers who use sharp-edged cutting tools shall use appropriate protective equipment such as gloves, aprons, and leg guards to protect against accidental cuts.

(9) Hand tools provided for use in explosive or flammable atmospheres shall be of the spark-resisting type.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA WCB 12-1974, f. 4-1-74, ef. 4-30-74; 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0266

Additional Oregon Rules for Guarding Portable Powered Tools

(1) Lower Guard. In addition to the provisions in 1910. 243(a)(1)(i), the lower guard shall be equipped with a lug or lever, remote from the blade teeth, that will permit the operator to safely shift the guard for starting unusual cuts.

(2) Power Chain Saws:

(a) In addition to the provisions of 1910.243(a) (2)(i), all power chain saws shall meet all applicable requirements of the ANSI B175.1-1985, Safety Code for Power Chain Saws;

(b) Power saws shall be inspected daily when in use and kept in good repair at all times. Saws with cracked or loose handle bars or defective vital parts shall not be used;

(c) Power chain saw engines shall be stopped while being fueled;

(d) Power chain saws shall have an operable chain brake if originally designed and equipped with a chain brake;

(e) Chain brakes, and other manufacturer's safety features shall remain operational at all times.

(3) Pneumatic-Powered Tools:

(a) A shut-off valve shall be installed at the manifold or permanent pipe outlet of the compressed air supply;

(b) Workers shall not couple or uncouple hose without first shutting off the compressed air supply except when using couplers which are equipped with check valves which automatically shut off the compressed air supply;

(c) Workers shall remain in the clear when turning on air supply at a valve;

(d) Driving pistons in pneumatic tools shall be constructed so that they cannot fly out of the tool;

(e) Pneumatic fastener-driving tools and other power-driven fastener tools, except as allowed in subsection (f) of this section, shall be equipped with a safety device to prevent ejection of nails or staples when the tool is not in firm contact with the work;

(f) Power-driven fastener-driving tools may be used without the safety device only when using staples with a diameter of .0475 inch (18 gauge A.W.G.) or less and the tool operator and all workers within 15 feet are wearing suitable eye protection;

(g) The provisions of subsection (f) of this section do not apply to office stapling machines;

(h) Oxygen or combustible gases shall not be used to drive pneumatic tools;

(i) The exhaust from pneumatic power tools shall be deflected away from the operator.

(4) Internal Combustion Engine-Driven Tools:

(a) Internal combustion engine-driven tools shall be equipped with a positive on and off ignition switch that will remain in either position;

(b) Internal combustion engine-driven tools shall be equipped with effective means to control power except those which are designed to operate at constant speed. Throttle controls shall return the engine to idling speed when released;

(c) Internal combustion engine-driven tools shall be equipped with a self-rewinding starting device, or be designed to furnish equivalent safety;

(d) Exhaust ports on internal combustion engine-driven tools shall be equipped with mufflers and shall be constructed and maintained to deflect exhaust fumes away from the operator when the tool is being used in its normal starting position;

(e) Internal combustion engine-driven tools shall be stopped while being fueled;

(f) Sling-carried tools which are powered by attached portable internal combustion engines shall be capable of quick removal;

(g) The fuel system of sling-carried tools shall be inspected before each use, and any defect shall be repaired immediately.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 1-1974, f. 1-16-74, ef. 2-15-74; WCD 23-1984, f. 12-28-84, ef. 1-1-85; OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

437-002-0268

Oregon Rules for Hand-Powered Equipment

(1) Hand Powered Equipment:

(a) Each hand-powered hoist shall be equipped with an effective brake of equivalent and in addition shall be equipped with a ratchet and pawl of sufficient strength to hold the maximum load in any position;

(b) Means shall be provided to prevent hand crank handles from working loose from the drive shaft.

(2) Wheelbarrows, Hand Trucks, Dollies, Pallet Jacks:

(a) Wheelbarrows, hand trucks, floor trucks, dollies, and pallet jacks shall be selected for the specific work to be done and shall not be loaded beyond safe capacity. Bodies and frames shall be made of metal or strong wood and rigidly constructed and braced to withstand severe handling and the loads to be carried;

(b) Wheelbarrows, hand trucks, floor trucks, dollies, and pallet jacks shall be kept in good repair at all times;

(c) Wheelbarrows, hand trucks, floor trucks, dollies, and pallet jacks when not in use, must be properly stored and shall not be left in such a position that they can tip, fall or roll.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 1-1974, f. 1-16-74, ef, 2-15-74; WCB 7-1974, f. 3-19-74, ef. 4-15-74; OSHA 10-1993, f. 7-29-93, cert. ef. 9-15-93

437-002-0280

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following Federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/97, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.251 Definitions, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12122; amended 4/11/90, FR vol. 55, no. 70, p. 13696; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.252 General Requirements, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49750; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5323; 9/29/86, FR vol. 51, p. 34562; 4/11/90, FR vol. 55, no. 70, pp. 13696-13701; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9240; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1284.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.253 Oxygen-Fuel Gas Welding and Cutting, published 4/11/90, Federal Register, vol. 55, no. 70, pp. 13701–13709; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9241; 12/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 240, p. 71061.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.254 Arc Welding and Cutting, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 4/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 18426; 4/11/90, FR vol. 55, no. 70, pp. 13709-13710; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9241; 9/13/05, FR vol. 70, no. 176, p. 53925.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.255 Resistance Welding, published 4/11/90, Federal Register, vol. 55, no. 70, pp. 13710–13711.

These rules are on file with the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 4-2005, f. & cert. ef 12-14-05; OSHA 7-2008, f. & cert. ef. 5-30-08

437-002-0282

Job Planning and Layout

(1) Before operations are started, portable equipment shall be securely blocked to prevent accidental movement.

(2) Tanks, boilers, drums and similar containers shall be equipped with ladders for the welders and other workers whenever conditions require their use for safe access and egress.

(3) No welding equipment shall be allowed on elevated structures unless such structure is designed and built to support all loads imposed on the structure.

(4) Work areas shall be designed, laid-out and operated in a manner to prevent welding hose and cable from creating a tripping hazard.

(5) When welding or cutting is being performed in any confined space, the gas cylinders and/or welding machines shall be left on the outside.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0283

Eye Protection and Protective Clothing

(1) Easily ignited, highly flammable clothing, such as is made from synthetic materials, shall not be worn.

(2) Flash goggles with side shields (Shade No. 2, Style Nos. 2 or 3) shall be worn under the welding helmet or hand shield.

(3) The skin shall be covered completely, by a double layer of clothing or equivalent, to prevent burns or other damage by ultraviolet light.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0284

Specifications for Protectors

(1) Where the "lift front" welder's helmet is used, there shall be a stationary safety glass on the inside of the frame next to the eyes to protect welder against flying particles when the front is lifted. Where lens containers will not permit use of such safety glass, safety goggles shall be worn.

(2) Where the "lift front" helmet with three glasses is not used, or the flat type helmet is used, the welders shall wear other spectacle-type safety goggles in addition to the filter lens and cover glass.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0285

Special Precautions

Before welding or cutting on walls, floors or ceilings, an inspection shall be made to see that no combustible material is present on the hidden side.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0286

Preservative Coatings

(1) Before welding, cutting or heating is commenced on any surface covered by a preservative coating whose flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to determine its flammability.

(2) Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of highly flammable hardened preservative coatings. When coatings are determined to be highly flammable, they shall be stripped from the area to be heated to prevent ignition.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0287

Toxic Preservative Coatings

(1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservative shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of at least four inches from the area of heat application, or the employees shall be protected by a respirator against hazards from breathing toxic vapors in accordance with occupational health regulations.

(2) The preservative coatings shall be removed a sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial cooling of the metal surrounding the heated area may be used to limit the size of the area required to be cleaned.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0288

Health Protection and Ventilation -- General

(1) When welding or cutting operations are being performed on the following materials (Table 1), the protective measures indicated are required unless atmospheric samples taken in e welder's breathing zone indicate that the concentration does not exceed the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) specified in the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health rules.

(2) Nearby workers shall be afforded equivalent, effective, protection from these dangerous fumes.

[ED. NOTE: The Table(s) referenced in this rule is not printed in the OAR Compilation. Copies are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

437-002-0289

Precautionary Labels

Brazing (welding) filler metals containing zinc in significant amounts shall carry the following notice on tags, boxes or other containers:

Do not breathe fumes. Use only with adequate ventilation such as fume collectors, exhaust ventilators or air-supplied respirators. If chest pain, cough or fever develops after use, call physician immediately.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0290

Blowpipes/Torches

(1) Approved backflow or flashback preventers shall be installed between the blowpipe or torch and the hoses.

(2) Torches shall be ignited using only friction lighters, stationary pilot flames or other recognized sources of ignition. The use of matches and other hand held open flames is prohibited.

(3) When welding or cutting is stopped for an extended period of time, for example, during the lunch break, overnight or longer:

(a) The oxygen and fuel-gas cylinder or manifold valves shall be closed;

(b) Torch valves shall be opened momentarily to release all gas pressure from the hoses and then closed;

(c) The regulator pressure adjusting screws shall be released; and

(d) When the welding or cutting has stopped for a few minutes, the closure of torch valves only is allowed.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0291

Oxygen-Fuel Gas -- General

(1) Acetylene gas shall not be allowed to contact unalloyed copper except in a blowpipe or torch.

(2) Oxygen is prohibited for use in pneumatic tools, in oil preheating burners, to start internal-combustion engines, to blow out pipelines, to "dust" clothing or work, to create pressure, or for ventilation.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0292

Oxygen-Fuel Gas -- Operating Procedures

(1) After connecting welding or cutting apparatus to oxygen and fuel-gas cylinders, or when starting to reuse the apparatus after an interval of a half hour or more, each gas shall be allowed to flow through its respective hose separately for a few seconds to purge the hose of any mixture of gases.

(2) Operators shall follow the procedure outlined by the manufacturer of the apparatus as they deal with the sequence of operations in lighting, adjusting, and extinguishing blowpipe flames and connecting the apparatus to the sources of gas supply.

(3) Operators shall never put down a torch unless the oxygen and fuel-gas have been completely shut off at the torch.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0293

Cylinder Storage

(1) Unless connected to a manifold, oxygen from a cylinder shall not be used without first attaching an oxygen regulator to the cylinder valve.

(2) Before connecting the regulator to the cylinder valve, the valve shall be opened 1/4 of a turn and closed immediately.

(3) A suitable cylinder truck, chain or steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use.

(4) Cylinders shall be securely lashed in place when necessary to prevent them from falling.

(5) Signs shall be conspicuously posted in such fuel-gas storage areas reading, "DANGER -- No Smoking, Matches or Open Lights," or equivalent wording.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0294

Pressure-Reducing Regulators

(1) Pressure-adjusting screws on regulators shall always be fully released before the regulator is attached to a cylinder and the cylinder valve opened.

(2) Pressure-reducing regulators shall be kept in good repair. Cracked, broken or otherwise defective parts (including gauge glasses) shall be replaced.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0295

Hoses

Hoses shall be protected from damage by physical hazards, hot objects or kinking. Damaged hoses shall not be repaired with tape.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0296

Hose Connections

Connections for the oxygen hose shall be of sufficiently different dimension or pattern from that for fuel-gas to prevent intermixing in making connections, or hose connections shall be marked for identification to avoid interchange of fuel-gas and oxygen hoses.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

Note: §1910.252(a)(3)(i) was not adopted by the Department. In Oregon 437-002-0297 applies:

437-002-0297

Welding or Cutting Containers

(1) No welding, torch or abrasive cutting, or other hot work shall be performed on drums, barrels, tanks or other containers until they have been cleaned so thoroughly as to make absolutely certain that there are no flammable materials present or any substances such as greases, tars, acids, surface coatings or other materials which when subjected to heat, might produce flammable or toxic vapors. Any pipe lines or connections to the drum or vessel shall be disconnected or blanked.

(2) In order to meet the "absolutely certain" test required in section (1) of this rule, appropriate testing equipment shall be used prior to and frequently during the welding, torch or abrasive cutting or other hot work operation to insure that the container is free and remains free of flammable or toxic vapors.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

Note: §1910.252(c)(4)(iii) was not adopted by the Department. In Oregon OAR 437-002-0298 applies:

437-002-0298

Self-Contained Units

In areas immediately hazardous to life, self-contained breathing equipment shall be used. The breathing equipment shall be approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 232-1990, f. 9-28-90, cert. ef. 12-1-90

437-002-0300

Adoption by Reference

In addition to and not in lieu of any other health and safety codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/99, and any sub- sequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.261 Pulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills

(2) 29 CFR 1910.262 Textiles, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 2/10/84, FR vol. 49, p. 5324; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9241; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.263 Bakery Equipment, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49765; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51760; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9241.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.264 Laundry Machinery and Operations, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49765; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51760.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.265 Sawmills, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23073; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49751; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51760; 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12123; 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, p. 32015; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9241; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467; 9/13/05, FR vol. 70, no. 176, p. 53925.

(6) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.266 Pulpwood Logging.

NOTE: In Oregon, Pulpwood Logging rules are Oregon-initiated rules provided in Division 6, Forest Activities.

(7) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.267 Agricultural Operations

(8) 29 CFR 1910.268 Telecommunications, published 3/26/75, Federal Register, vol. 40, p. 13441; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49751; 4/6/82, FR vol. 47, p. 14706; 9/28/87, FR vol. 52, p. 36387; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242; 6/18/98, FR vol. 63, no. 117, p. 33467.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.269 Electric power generation, transmission and distribution, published 1/31/94, Federal Register, vol. 59, no. 20, pp. 4435-4476; amended 6/30/94, FR vol. 59, no. 125, pp. 33658-33664; amended 4/6/01, OR-OSHA Admin. Order 5-2001.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.272 Grain Handling Facilities, and Appendices A, B and C, published 12/31/87, Federal Register, vol. 52, no. 251, p. 49625; amended 5/18/88, FR vol. 53, no. 96, p. 17695; 6/7/84, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 6/20/90, FR vol. 55, no. 119, p. 25093; 3/8/96, FR vol. 61, p. 9577; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.274 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242.

(12) 29 CFR 1910.275 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242.

NOTE: These standards are available from the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services; and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 10-1988, f. & ef. 7-7-88; OSHA 23-1990, f. 9-28-90, ef. 12-1-90; OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 14-1991, f. 10-10-91, cert. ef. 11-1-91; OSHA 7-1993, f. 6-8-93, cert. ef. 8-1-93; OSHA 11-1993, f. 8-4-93, cert. ef. 10-1-93; OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94; OSHA 6-1995, f. 4-18-95, cert. ef. 6-1-95; OSHA 3-1996, f. & cert. ef. 7-22-96; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 3-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 5-2001, f. & cert. ef. 4-6-01; OSHA 4-2004, f. & cert. ef. 9-15-04; OSHA 4-2005, f. & cert. ef 12-14-05

437-002-0301

Scope and Application

(1) These rules set minimum safety requirements for tree and shrub trimming, pruning, bracing, removal, and surgery. These rules shall apply to all tree and shrub services.

(2) These rules do not apply to agricultural crops or crop services, or to tree trimming operations within 10 feet of any high voltage (600v) power lines or equipment. Tree trimming operations around power lines are covered under 1910.269 in Division 2/R.

(3) If a specific type of equipment, process or practice is not limited to the tree and shrub service industry, the provisions contained in other divisions of OAR 437, Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Code, shall apply.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0302

Definitions

"Qualified Tree Worker" -- A worker who through related training and on-the-job experience is familiar with the techniques and hazards of tree pruning, trimming, repairing, or removal, and the equipment used in such operations.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0303

Training and Work Planning

Employers shall instruct their employees in the proper use of all equipment provided for them and shall require that safe working practices be observed. A job safety briefing with all crew members shall be held and all work procedures and assignments shall be worked out carefully before any tree job is begun.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0304

First Aid Requirements

(1) First aid care and supplies shall be provided as required by OAR 437-002-0161, in Division 2/K, Medical Services and First Aid;

(2) Personnel shall be able to render cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR); and

(3) Be trained in tree top rescue.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91

437-002-0305

Traffic Control

Effective means for control of pedestrian and vehicular traffic shall be instituted on every jobsite on or adjacent to a highway, street or railway. Traffic controls shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) D6.1e-1989, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91

437-002-0306

Electrical Hazards

(1) General:

(a) The employer shall ensure that a close inspection is made by the employee and by the foreman or supervisor in charge before climbing, entering or working around any tree, to determine whether an electrical power conductor passes through the tree, or passes within reaching distance of an employee working in the tree. If any of these conditions exist either directly or indirectly, an electrical hazard shall be considered to exist unless the system operator/owner has caused the hazard to be removed by deenergizing the lines, or installing protective equipment;

(2) Unqualified persons. When an unqualified person is working near overhead lines, the location shall be such that the person and the longest conductive object he or she may contact cannot come closer to any unguarded, energized overhead line than the following distances:

(a) For voltages to ground 50kV or below -- 10 ft. (305 cm);

(b) For voltages to ground over 50kV -- 10 ft. (305 cm) plus 4 in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over 50kV.

(3) Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices. The employer shall assure that 29 CFR 1910.331 through 1910.335, Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices, in Division 2/S, are complied with for all electrical hazards, EXCEPT as provided for in 29 CFR 1910.331(c).

(4) Notification to Power Company. The power company shall be notified when working within ten (10) feet of a power line or when a tree may fall within ten (10) feet of a power line.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0307

Personal Protective Equipment

(1) Personal protective equipment shall be provided and used as required by OAR 437, division 2/I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(2) Safety belts or tree-trimming saddle belts shall conform to ANSI A10.14-1975, Requirements for Safety Belts, Harnesses, Lanyards, Lifelines, and Drop Lines for Construction and Industrial Use. Safety belts, tree trimming saddles, or a saddle formed by a double bowline shall be worn to protect workers when working aloft.

(3) Saddle belts or safety belts used for climbing operations shall have forged support rings. Snaps used in climbing ropes or in safety straps, for attachment to the forged support ring, shall be of a self-closing safety type. Forged support rings shall be designed so that the snaps will not become disengaged (roll off) accidentally.

(4) Saddle belts or safety belts shall not be spliced or weakened by punching extra holes in them.

(5) All employees using chain saws shall wear flexible ballistic nylon pads or other equivalent protection sewn or otherwise fastened to the trousers, which will protect the legs from the thigh to below the knee.

(6) Eye or face protection shall be provided and used where chips, sawdust or flying particles present a hazard.

(7) When operating chain saws or other noisy equipment, employees must wear hearing protection that complies with Subdivision 2/G, Occupational Noise Exposure.

(a) The employer must provide hearing protection at no cost to employees and must allow them to choose from a variety of suitable devices.

(b) The employer must train the employees in the proper use and care of the hearing protection.

(c) The employer must assure that the workers use the hearing protection properly and that it fits correctly.

[Publications referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01

437-002-0308

Portable Power Tools

(1) Electric tools. All portable electric hand tools shall:

(a) Be equipped with three-wire cord having the ground wire permanently connected to the tool frame and means for grounding the other end; or

(b) Be of the double insulated type and permanently labeled as "Double Insulated";

(c) Extension cords shall be maintained in safe condition. Exposed metal sockets shall not be used;

(d) Tool operators shall:

(A) Use electric hand tools in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions;

(B) Prevent cords from becoming entangled, damaged, or cut by blades and bits;

(C) Avoid laying extension cord in water;

(D) Support an electrical tool and its power supply cord by a line, independent of the worker when the tool is used aloft.

(2) Gasoline-Driven Power Saws:

(a) Power saws shall not be used when employees are supported by a single climbing belt or rope;

(b) When working aloft using power saws, employees shall be supported by their climbing belt or rope and by a safety line to a crotch in the tree higher than the climber's waistline. The safety line shall be secured to a separate point on the climber's body belt and kept snug at all times;

(c) The manufacturer's operating and safety instructions shall be followed unless modified by this rule;

(d) Power saws weighing more than 15 pounds (service weight) used in trees shall be supported by a separate line, except when used from an aerial-lift device;

(e) Where there are no lateral branches on which to crotch a separate line for power saws weighing over 15 pounds, a false crotch shall be used. A false crotch is one that can hold power-saw lines without slipping or coming untied;

(f) The operator shall have secure footing when starting the saw. Power saws weighing less than 15 pounds (service weight) may be drop started. Drop starting of saws over 15 pounds is permitted outside of the basket of an aerial lift only after ensuring that the area below the aerial lift is clear of personnel;

(g) The engine shall be started and operated only when all other workers are clear of the saw;

(h) The engine shall be stopped when power saws are being carried. The saw need not be stopped between cuts during consecutive felling, bucking, or limbing or cutting operations on reasonably level ground. The chain shall not be turning and the operator's hand shall be off the throttle lever while moving between work locations. Single person saws shall be carried by the worker on his/her side with the guide bar of the saw pointed to the rear;

(i) The engine shall be stopped for all cleaning, refueling, adjustments, and repairs to the motor;

(j) The saw muffler shall be maintained in good condition;

(k) The saw shall be clean of sawdust and flammable material;

(l) Power chain saws shall be equipped with an automatic throttle control which will return the engine to idling speed upon release of the throttle. "Idling" is when the chain is not moving while the engine is running;

(m) Power saws shall meet all applicable requirements of ANSI B175.1-1985, Safety Requirements for Gasoline-Powered Chain Saws.

(3) Backpack power units:

(a) The manufacturer's operating safety instructions shall be followed unless modified by these rules;

(b) No one except the operator shall be within ten feet of the cutting head of a brush saw;

(c) The power unit shall be equipped with a quick shutoff switch readily accessible to the operator;

(d) The operator shall observe the position of all personnel while the unit is running;

(e) The engine shall be stopped for all cleaning, refueling, adjustments, and repair to the saw or motor where practical, except where manufacturer's procedures require otherwise.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91

437-002-0309

Hand Tools

(1) General:

(a) The correct tool shall be selected for the job;

(b) Tools that have been made unsafe by damager or defect shall not be used;

(c) When climbing a tree, workers shall not carry tools in their hands other than tools that are used to assist them in climbing;

(d) Workers shall maintain a safe working distance from other workers when using hand tools;

(e) Tools shall be properly stored or placed in plain sight out of the immediate work area when not in use;

(f) Workers shall not throw or drop tools from trees unless warning has been given and the ground area is clear, and the act of dropping will not endanger personnel.

(2) Pruners and hand saws:

(a) Pole pruners, pole saws, and other similar tools shall be equipped with wood or nonmetallic poles. Actuating cord shall be of nonconducting material;

(b) When inserting a blade in a bow-saw frame, workers shall keep their hands and fingers in the clear when the tension lever snaps into or against the saw frame. When removing a bow-saw blade from the frame, the operator shall stay clear of the blade.

(3) Chopping tools -- Axes, brush hooks, machetes, and others:

(a) Chopping tools that have loose or cracked heads or splintered handles shall not be used;

(b) Chopping tools shall never be used while working aloft;

(c) Chopping tools shall be swung away from the feet, legs, and body, using the minimum power practical for control;

(d) Chopping tools shall not be driven as wedges or used to drive metal wedges.

(4) Injector tools for applying herbicides:

(a) The bit of injector tools shall be covered with a shield when not in use;

(b) Injectors shall be laid flat on the ground when not in use;

(c) The injector shall not be carried on the shoulders but shall be carried by the loop handle on the downhill side, with the bit properly shielded and facing to the rear.

(5) Grub hoes, mattocks and picks:

(a) The blade eye shall be tight-fitting and wedged so that it cannot slide down the handle;

(b) When swinging grub hoes, mattocks, and picks, the worker shall have a secure grip and firm footing.

(6) Cant hooks, cant dogs, longs, and carrying bars:

(a) Hooks shall be firmly set before applying pressure;

(b) Tools with cracked, splintered, or weakened handles shall not be used;

(c) Workers shall be warned and shall be in the clear before logs are moved;

(d) The points of hooks shall be at least two inches long and kept sharp;

(e) Workers shall stand to the rear and uphill when rolling logs.

(7) Wedges, chisels, and gouges:

(a) Wedges, chisels, and gouges shall be inspected for cracks and flaws before use;

(b) Wedges and chisels shall be properly pointed and tempered. Tools with mushroomed heads shall not be used;

(c) Only wood, plastic, or soft-metal wedges shall be used with power saws;

(d) Wood-handled chisels shall be protected with a ferrule on the striking end.

(8) Hammers, mauls, and sledges. Wood, rubber or high-impact plastic mauls, sledges, or hammers shall be used when striking wood-handled chisels or gouges.

(9) Ropes:

(a) Climbing ropes shall be used when working aloft in trees. Climbing ropes shall have a minimum diameter or 1/2-inch and be a three- or four-strand first-grade manila with a nominal breaking strength of 2,385 pounds or its equivalent in strength and durability. Synthetic rope shall have a maximum elasticity of not more than seven percent;

(b) Rope made unsafe by damage or defect, or for any other reason, shall not be used;

(c) Rope shall be stored away from all cutting edges and sharp tools. Corrosive chemicals, gas, and oil shall be kept away from rope;

(d) Climbing ropes and safety lines shall not be used to lower limbs or other parts of trees or to raise or lower equipment;

(e) When stored, rope shall be coiled and piled, or suspended, so that air can circulate through the coils;

(f) Rope ends shall be secured to prevent unraveling;

(g) Climbing and safety rope shall not be spliced to effect repair;

(h) Safety snaps shall be rotated from one end of the rope to the other, as needed, and the worn end cut off;

(i) A handline shall be used for raising or lowering tools and limbs.

(10) Tackle blocks and pulleys. Tackle blocks and pulleys shall be inspected immediately before use and shall be condemned if defective, in accordance with procedures given in ANSI/ASME B30.9-1984, B30.9a-1985, and B30.9b-1987, Safety Standard for Slings.

(11) Ladders:

(a) When using portable ladders to climb trees, the ladder shall be tied to the tree or supported by another worker. When working from a ladder during cutting operations, the ladder shall be securely tied or braced, and the worker tied in as required by OAR 437-002-0310(1)(a);

(b) Ladders, platforms, and aerial devices, including insulated aerial devices, shall not be placed in a position where they could contact an electrical conductor. Reliance shall not be placed on their dielectric capabilities;

(c) Ladders made of metal or other conductive material shall not be used where an electrical hazard exists. Only approved wood ladders (constructed in accordance with ANSI A14.1-1982, Safety Requirements for Portable Wood Ladders, or nonconductive ladders made of synthetic material equal to or exceeding the strength of approved wood ladders, shall be used;

(d) Metal ladders used where no electrical hazard exists shall conform to ANSI A14.2-1982, Safety Requirements for Portable Metal Ladders;

(e) All ladders shall be inspected daily before use. Unsafe ladders shall not be used;

(f) The attaching of cleats, metal points, and safety feet; lashing; or other effective means of securing the ladder shall be used if there is danger of its slipping;

(g) Ladders shall be supported while in storage so they will not sag. Except when on mobile equipment, ladders shall be stored under suitable cover, protected from the weather, and kept in a dry location away from excessive heat;

(h) Ladders shall not be used as bridges or inclined planes to load or handle logs or other material.

(12) Climbing spurs. Climbing spurs shall be of the tree-climbing type and have gaffs suitable for the tree being climbed.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96

437-002-0310

Work procedures

(1) Climbing.

(a) A tree worker shall be tied in with an approved type of climbing rope and safety saddle when working 10 feet above the ground. The climbing rope shall always be used even when working from a ladder or scaffold and the employee is 10 feet or more above the adjacent ground line. A safety strap or rope with snaps may be used for additional protection.

(b) Limbs shall be inspected, while climbing, before applying weight. The climber shall not trust the capability of a dead branch to support his/her weight. Dead branches shall be broken off on the way up, if possible. Hands and feet shall be placed on separate limbs, if possible.

(c) The climbing rope shall be passed around the trunk of the tree as high as possible using branches with a wide crotch to prevent any binding of the safety rope. The crotch selected for tying in shall be over the work area as much as possible, but located in such a way that a slip or fall would swing the worker away from any electrical conductor. The rope shall also be passed around the main leader or an upright branch, using the limb as a stop. Feet, hands, and ropes shall be kept out of tight V-shaped crotches.

(d) The location of all electrical conductors shall be noted in relation to work procedures. The worker shall climb on the side of the tree that is away from electrical conductors, if possible.

(e) A figure-eight knot shall be tied in the end of the rope, particularly in the case of high trees. This will prevent pulling the rope accidentally through the taut line-hitch and possible serious injury from a fall.

(f) The climbing line shall be crotched as soon as practical after the worker is aloft, and a taut line-hitch tied and checked.

(g) The worker shall be completely secured with the climbing line before starting operations.

(h) The worker shall remain tied in until the work is completed and the worker has returned to the ground. If it is necessary to recrotch the rope in the tree, the worker shall retie the rope or use the safety strap before releasing the previous tie.

(2) Pruning and Trimming.

(a) Pole pruners and pole saws shall be hung securely in a vertical position to prevent dislodging. Pole pruners or pole saws shall not be hung on utility wires or cables, or left in the tree overnight. Pole saws shall be hung so that the sharp edge is away from the worker.

(b) A scabbard or sheath shall be hooked to the belt or safety saddle to carry the handsaw when not in use.

(c) Warnings, when necessary, shall be given by the worker in the tree before a limb is dropped.

(d) A separate line shall be attached to limbs which cannot be dropped or are too heavy to be controlled by hand. The line shall be held by workers on the ground end of the rope. Use of the same crotch for both safety rope and work rope shall be avoided.

(e) Cut branches shall not be left in trees overnight.

(f) A climbing rope shall never be left in a tree overnight. A service line shall be put up for overnight or longer.

(g) The climber shall inspect the rope for cuts or abrasions before starting work. If any cuts or serious abrasions are found, the rope shall be discarded, used for some other purpose, or the defective section cut off.

(h) During all tree working operations aloft, there shall be a second worker in the vicinity. This shall not apply to utility workers engaged in tree trimming incidental to their normal occupation, or to one-man service crews.

(3) Cabling.

(a) In cabling operations, branches which are to be cabled shall be brought together to the proper distanced by means of a block and tackle, a hand winch, a rope, or a rope with a come-along.

(b) Not more than two persons shall be in the tree working at opposite ends during cabling installation.

(c) When releasing the block and tackle, workers in trees shall be off to one side in case the lag hooks pull out under strain.

(d) Ground workers shall not stand under the tree when cable is being installed.

(e) Tools used for cabling, bark tracing, cavity work, etc., shall be carried in a bag or belt designed to hold tools, not put in the pocket or stuck in the top of a boot.

(4) Topping.

(a) Workers doing topping shall make sure the trees are able to stand the strain of a topping procedure. If not, some other means of lowering the branches shall be provided, such as a tree crane.

(b) If large limbs are lowered in sections, the worker in the tree shall be above the limb being lowered.

(c) Guidelines, handlines, or tag lines shall be used when conditions warrant their use.

(5) Felling.

(a) Before beginning any felling operation, a safety plan shall be developed which shall consider:

(A) The tree and the surrounding area for anything that may create a hazard when the tree falls;

(B) The shape of the tree;

(C) The lean of the tree;

(D) Wind force and direction;

(E) Decayed or other weak spots; and

(F) The location of other persons or structures.

(b) The work area shall be cleared to permit safe working conditions, and an escape route shall be planned before any cutting is started.

(c) Each tree worker shall be instructed as to exactly what is to be done during the felling operation. All workers not directly involved shall be at least two tree lengths away from the tree being felled.

(d) A notch and backcut shall be used in felling trees over 5 inches diameter breast high. No tree shall be felled by "ripping" or "slicing" cuts.

(e) The depth or penetration of the notch shall be approximately one-third the diameter of the tree.

(f) The opening or height of the notch shall be approximately 2-1/2 inches for each foot in diameter of the tree.

(g) The backcut shall be made higher than the point or apex of the notch to prevent kickback.

(h) Just before the tree is ready to fall, an audible warning shall be given to those in the area.

(i) If there is danger that the tree being felled may fall the wrong way or damage property; wedges, block and tackle, rope, or wire cable (except where an electrical hazard exists) shall be used. All limbs shall be removed from trees to a height and width sufficient to allow the tree to fall clear of any wires and other objects in the vicinity.

(j) Special precautions in roping rotten or split trees shall be taken to prevent the tree from falling in an unexpected direction even though the cut is made on the proper side.

(k) The faller shall retreat to a safe location when a tree is committed to fall.

(6) Chipper equipment and operation.

(a) Enclose chipper rotating components in a housing capable of retaining broken chipper knives or foreign material.

(b) Chipper feed chutes and side members must be designed to prevent operator contact with rotating blades during normal operation.

(c) Chippers without a mechanical infeed system must have:

(A) An infeed hopper that measures at least 85 inches from the blades or knives to ground level at the centerline of the hopper.

(B) A flexible antikickback device in the feed hopper. This device must protect the operator and other persons in the area from flying chips and debris.

(C) A shut-off switch within convenient reach of the worker feeding the chipper.

(d) Chippers with a mechanical infeed system must have a quick stop reversing device on the infeed. The quick stop reversing device control lever must be across the top and along each side of the hopper, as close to the feed end of the hopper as practicable within easy reach of the operator.

(e) Employees in the immediate area of an operating chipper must wear personal protective equipment as required by Subdivision I of this Division.

(f) Workers feeding chippers must not wear loose clothing, gauntlet-type gloves, rings or watches.

(g) Prevent accidental restart of equipment shut down for adjustment or repair as required by Division 2/J, 1910.147, Lockout/Tagout.

(h) Guard exposed adjacent blades when replacing chipper blades.

(i) Close and secure all access panels before operating the chipper.

(j) The chipper operator must have a coworker in the immediate vicinity when feeding chipper.

(k) Do not feed foreign objects into chipper.

(l) Feed chippers from the side of the centerline. The operator must immediately turn away from the feed table as brush is drawn into the rotor. Feed chippers from curbside whenever practical.

(m) Feed and discharge chutes must be in place to prevent contact with rotating blades during chipper operation.

(n) Chipper operators must be familiar with the manufacturer's operating instructions, maintenance and safe work practices.

(o) When trailer chippers are detached from trucks they must be chocked or otherwise secured.

(p) Before towing chipper, cross safety chains under the tongue of the chipper and attach them to the towing vehicle.

(7) Limbing and bucking.

(a) The tree worker shall work on the side opposite the side on which the limb is being cut.

(b) The tree worker shall stand on the uphill side of the work.

(c) Branches bent under tension shall be considered hazardous.

(d) The tree worker shall block the log to prevent rolling, when necessary.

(e) When bucking up trunks of trees, wedges shall be used as necessary to prevent binding of the guide bar or chain.

(8) Storm work and emergency conditions.

(a) Since storm work and emergency conditions create special hazards, only authorized representatives of the electric utility system operator/owner may perform tree work in these situations where energized electrical power conductors are involved.

(b) When an emergency condition develops due to tree operations, work shall be suspended and the system operator/owner shall be notified immediately.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91; OSHA 5-2001, f. & cert. ef. 4-6-01

437-002-0311

Mobile Equipment

(1) All vehicles shall comply with OAR 437-002-0223 in Division 2/N, Material Handling and Storage.

(2) All aerial lifts shall comply with Division 2/F, 1910.67, Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms.

(3) When an aerial lift device contacts an electrical conductor, the truck supporting the aerial lift device shall be considered as energized.

(4) Sprayers and related equipment:

(a) Working and walking surfaces of all sprayers and related equipment shall be covered with slip-resistant material;

(b) Equipment on which workers stand and spray while the vehicle is in motion shall be equipped with guardrailing around the working area. The guardrailings shall be constructed in accordance with OAR 437-002-1910.23(e), Railing, Toeboards, and Cover Specifications in Division 2/D.

(5) Stump cutters:

(a) Stump cutters shall be equipped with enclosures or guards that effectively protect the operator;

(b) The operator and workers in the immediate area shall wear eye protection.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 27-1990, f. 12-12-90, cert. ef. 2-1-91

437-002-0312

Oregon Rules for Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills

(1) General Requirements.

(a) Application. This section applies to establishments where pulp, paper, and paperboard are manufactured or converted. This section does not apply to logging and the transportation of logs to pulp, paper, and paperboard mills.

(b) Standards incorporated by reference. Standards covering issues of occupational safety and health which have general application without regard to any specific industry are incorporated by reference in sections (2) through (14) of this rule and in subsections (c) and (d) of this rule and made applicable under this rule. Such standards shall be construed according to the rules set forth in §1910.5, Applicability of Standards, in Subdivision A.

(c) General incorporation of standards. Establishments subject to this section shall comply with the following standards of the American National Standards Institute:

(A) Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings, and Toeboards, A10.18-1983.

(B) Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems, A13.1-1981 (R1993).

(C) Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, A14.1-1990.

(D) Safety Code for Portable Metal Ladders, A14.2-1990.

(E) Safety Code for Fixed Ladders, A14.3-1990.

(F) Safety Code for Cranes, Derricks, and Hoists, B30.2-1990.

(G) Overhead and Gantry Cranes, B30.17-1992.

(H) Crawler, Locomotive, and Truck Cranes, B30.8-1993.

(I) Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery, ANSI O1.1-1992.

(J) Method of Measurement of Real-Ear Protection of Hearing Protectors -- Physical Attenuation of Ear Muffs, ANSI S3.19-1974 (R1990).

(K) Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, ANSI Z87.1-1989.

(L) Requirements for Sanitation in Places of Employment, ANSI Z4.1-1986.

(M) Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1979 (R 1991).

(N) Practices for Respiratory Protection, ANSI Z88.2-1992.

(O) Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection, ANSI Z89.1-1986.

(P) Safety Color Code, ANSI Z535.1-1991.

(Q) Practice for the Inspection of Elevators (Inspector's Manual), ANSI/ASME A17.2-1988.

(R) Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, and Moving Walks, ANSI/ASME A17.1-1990.

(S) Safety Code for Mechanical Power-Transmission Apparatus, ANSI/ASME B15.1-1992.

(T) Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment, ANSI/ASME B20.1-1993.

(U) Power Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.1-1992.

(V) Safety Code for Powered Industrial Trucks, ANSI/ASME B56.1.

(W) Practice for Industrial Lighting, ANSI/IES RP-990.

(X) Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying, ANSI/NFPA 91-1992.

(Y) Fire Department Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus Program, ANSI/NFPA 1404-1989.

(Z) Safety Code for Ventilation and Operation of Open-Surface Tanks, ANSI/UL 641-1985.

(d) Other standards. The following standards shall be considered standards under this section:

(A) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels 1992, including addenda.

(B) Building Exits Code for Life Safety from Fire, NFPA 101-1991.

(C) NFPA Code for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions, NFPA 655-1993.

(D) Safety in the Transportation, Storage, Handling and Use of Explosives, IME Pamphlet No. 17, March 1987, Institute of Makers of Explosives.

(2) Employee Training.

(a) Employees shall not be permitted to operate any machine or equipment until they have received proper training and are familiar with safe operating procedures.

(b) Employees shall be trained in proper lifting or moving techniques and methods. Mechanical devices should be used or employees should ask for assistance in lifting or moving heavy objects.

(c) In each area where hazardous substances may be encountered, personnel shall be trained to cope with emergencies arising from breaks, ruptures, or spills which would create a hazardous condition.

(d) Any faulty equipment or hazardous condition shall be promptly reported to the person in charge.

(e) When an employee is assigned to work alone in a remote or isolated area, a system shall be instituted whereby such employee reports to someone or a designated person shall check on his or her safety. The procedure shall designate the method of contact and the frequency. All persons will be trained on the procedures.

(3) Safe Practices.

(a) Guards. All driving mechanisms, power transmission apparatus, and prime movers shall be constructed, guarded, and used in conformity with Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(b) Inspection of controls and safety devices. Brakes, back stops, antirunaway devices, overload releases, and other safety devices shall be inspected and tested frequently to insure that all are operative and maintained in good repair.

(c) Personal protective clothing and equipment. Personal protective clothing and equipment shall be provided and worn in accordance with Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment. Respiratory protection must conform to the requirements of §1910.134 of Subdivision I.

(d) Floors and platforms. Floors, platforms, and work surfaces shall be guarded and maintained in accordance with §1910.23, in Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(e) Lockouts. Lockout/tagout shall be in accordance with the requirements of §1910.147, in Subdivision J, with the exception that:

(A) There will be no tagouts allowed in lieu of lockout for that which can be locked out. Tags are provided for identification and information purposes only.

(B) Persons engaged in repair, inspection, maintenance, or clean-up shall lockout the affected equipment, retain possession of the keys to the locks, and personally remove the lock and tag upon completion of the work.

(C) Group lockout. (See Appendices A and B.)

(i) When servicing and/or maintenance is performed by a crew, craft, department or other group, they shall utilize a procedure which affords the employees a level of protection equivalent to that provided by the implementation of a personal lockout device.

(ii) Group lockout devices shall be used in accordance with the procedures required by §1910.147(c)(4) including, but not necessarily limited to, the following specific requirements.

(I) Primary responsibility is vested in an authorized employee for a set number of employees working under the protection of a group lockout device (such as an operations lock);

(II) Provision for the authorized employee to ascertain the exposure status of individual group members with regard to the lockout of the machine or equipment; and

(III) When more than one crew, craft, department, etc. is involved, assignment or overall job-associated lockout control responsibility to an authorized employee designated to coordinate affected work forces and ensure continuity of protection; and

(IV) Each authorized employee shall affix a personal lockout device to the group lockout device, group lockbox, or comparable mechanism when he or she begins work, and shall remove those devices when he or she stops working on the machine or equipment being serviced or maintained; and

(V) Any person involved in the lockout process shall have the right to place their own lock at each lockout location where group lockout procedures have been allowed.

(f) Confined space entry. Confined space entry shall be in accordance with §1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces, in Subdivision J.

(g) Industrial power trucks.

(A) All industrial power trucks and operations shall conform to §1910.178, Powered Industrial Trucks, Subdivision N, Material Handling and Storage. All forklift trucks shall be provided with overhead guards. Design requirements shall provide protection for the liquid petroleum gas tank. All guards shall be designed in compliance with §1910.178, Powered Industrial Trucks, in Subdivision N.

(B) Mirrors or other methods to ensure visibility shall be installed at blind corners or intersections which will allow operators to observe oncoming traffic.

(C) Every power truck operated from an end platform or standing position shall be equipped with a platform extending beyond the operator's position, strong enough to withstand a compression load equal to the weight of the loaded vehicle applied along the longitudinal axis of the truck with the outermost projection of the platform against the flat vertical surface.

(D) Pushing of vehicles or rail cars with the forks or clamps of a lift truck is prohibited.

(h) Emergency lighting.

(A) Emergency lighting shall be provided wherever it is necessary for employees to remain at their machines or stations to shut down equipment in case of power failure. Emergency lighting shall be provided at stairways and passageways or aisleways used by employees for emergency exit in case of power failure. Emergency lighting shall be provided in all plant first aid and medical facilities.

(B) Emergency lighting shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer or engineering specifications, and shall be checked at least every 30 days for defects.

(i) Electrical equipment. All electrical installations and electrical utilization equipment shall comply with the National Electrical Code requirements and the provisions of Subdivision S, Electrical.

(4) Handling and Storage of Pulpwood and Pulp Chips.

(a) Handling pulpwood with forklift trucks. Where large forklift trucks, or lift trucks with clam-jaws, are used in the yard, the operator's enclosed cab shall be provided with an escape hatch, whenever the hydraulic arm blocks escape through the side doors.

(b) Handling pulpwood with cranes or stackers.

(A) Where locomotive cranes are used for loading or unloading pulpwood, the pulpwood shall be piled so as to allow a clearance of not less than 24 inches between the pile and the end of the cab of any locomotive crane in use, when the cab is turned in any working position.

(B) The minimum distance of the pulpwood pile from the centerline of a standard-gage track shall be maintained at not less than 8-1/2 feet.

(C) Logs shall be piled in an orderly and stable manner, with no projection into walkways or roadways.

(D) Rail cars shall not be spotted on tracks adjacent to the locomotive cranes unless a 24-inch clearance is maintained, as required in section (4)(b)(A) of this rule.

(E) The handling and storage of other materials shall conform to sections (4)(b)(A) and (B) of this rule with respect to clearance.

(F) Equipment and practices shall conform to American National Standards B30.2-1990 and B30.2.0-1967.

(G) Personal protective equipment for such uses as foot, head, and eye protection shall be required for workers on a job basis.

(H) No person shall be permitted to walk beneath a suspended load, bucket, or hook.

(c) Pulpwood storage and handling.

(A) Unauthorized vehicles and unauthorized foot traffic shall not be allowed in any active sorting, storing, loading, or unloading areas.

(B) Unloading lines shall be so arranged that it is not necessary for the workers to attach them on the pond or dump side of the load.

(C) Jackets or vests of fluorescent or other high visibility material shall be worn by persons working on dry land log storage.

(D) Wire rope doglines used for towing or rafting shall not be used when:

(i) They acquire jaggers to the extent that they present a hazard to the workers handling them; or

(ii) When they are weakened to the extent that they are hazardous.

(E) Boom sticks shall be capable of safely supporting the weight imposed upon them.

(F) Stiff booms shall be made by fastening not less than two boom sticks together. The width of the stiff boom shall be not less than 36 inches measured from outside to outside of the outer logs. The boom sticks shall be fastened together with not less than 4-inch by 6-inch cross ties or cable lashing properly recessed into notches in the boom sticks and secured.

(G) Pike poles shall be kept in good repair. Conductive pike poles shall not be used where it is possible that they may come in contact with electrical conductors.

(H) All log dumps shall be periodically cleared of bark and other debris.

(I) When cutting bands on bundled logs, workers shall position themselves in a safe location. Double-bitted axes shall not be used for cutting bands. Caution shall be used to prevent being struck by ends of bands being cut and, if needed, personal protective equipment shall be worn.

(J) Storing or sorting on water, or any boom work other than boom boat operations, shall require a minimum of two persons.

(d) Handling pulpwood from ships.

(A) Ladders and gangplanks with railings to boat docks shall meet the requirements of American National Standards A10.18-1983, A14.1-1990, A14.2-1990, and A14.3-1990, and shall be securely fastened in place.

(B) The hatch tender shall be required to signal the hoisting engineer to move the load only after the employees working in the hold are in the clear.

(C) The air in the ship's hold, tanks, or closed vessels shall be tested for oxygen deficiency and for toxic, explosive and combustible gases and vapors.

(e) Handling pulpwood from flatcars and all other rail cars.

(A) Railroad flatcars for the conveyance of pulpwood loaded parallel to the length of the car shall be equipped with safety-stake pockets.

(B) Where pulpwood is loaded crosswise on a flatcar sufficient stakes of sizes not smaller than 4 by 4 inches shall be used to prevent the load from shifting.

(C) When it is necessary to cut stakes, those on the unloading side should be partially cut through first, and then the binder wires cut on the opposite side. Wire cutters equipped with long extension handles shall be used. No person shall be permitted along the dumping side of the car after the stakes have been cut.

(D) When steel straps without stakes are used, the steel straps shall be cut from a safe area to prevent employees from being struck by the falling logs.

(E) Flatcars and all other cars shall be chocked during unloading. Where equipment is not provided with hand brakes, rail clamping chocks shall be used.

(F) A derail shall be used to prevent movement of other rail equipment into cars where persons are working.

(f) Handling pulpwood from trucks.

(A) Cutting of stakes and binder wires shall be done in accordance with section (4)(e)(C) of this rule.

(B) Where binder chain and steel stakes are used, the binder chains shall be released and the stakes tripped from the opposite side of the load spillage.

(C) Where binder chains and crane slings are used, the crane slings shall be attached and taut before the binder chains are released. The hooker shall see that the helper is clear before signaling for the movement of the load.

(D) The truck driver shall leave the truck cab and be in the clear, in a designated area, and shall be in clear view of the unloading equipment operator while the unloader is approaching the loaded truck.

(E) The truck driver shall remain outside the cab and clear of the load while logs are being unloaded except that, after a complete load is lifted as a unit and held stationary, the driver may enter the cab and drive forward from under the suspended load.

(F) Log unloaders shall not be moved about the premises with loads raised higher than absolutely necessary.

(g) Handling pulp chips from rail cars.

(A) All cars shall be securely fastened in place and all employees in the clear before dumping is started.

(B) Personal protective equipment for such uses as foot, head, and eye protection shall be provided, and employees shall wear the equipment when working in the woodyard. Ear protection shall be provided when the noise level may be harmful.

(C) When a rollover-type unloading device is used for removing chips from cars, the cars shall be properly secured in place, and all employees shall be in the clear before dumping operation is started.

(h) Handling pulp chips and hog fuel from trucks and trailers.

(A) All trucks and trailers shall be secure and all employees in the clear before dumping is started.

(B) Personal protective equipment necessary to protect workers from hazards shall be provided and worn.

(C) Elevating platform-type or cable-lift type unloading devices shall have adequate back bumper stops.

(D) Side rails or other positive means to prevent the truck and/or trailer from falling shall be used while unloading the single trailer units.

(E) All persons shall be clear of all hoisting or elevating mechanisms before dumping commences.

(F) No person shall remain in any truck while the truck is being elevated.

(G) A safe area and suitable device shall be provided for the chip tester to use while taking chip samples.

(H) Rolled chip nets shall not be positioned where they cover the ladders on rail cars or trucks.

(I) Chip and hog fuel storage.

(i) When mobile equipment is used on top of hog fuel or chip piles, a roll-over protection system shall be installed on the equipment. If the cab is of the enclosed type, windshield wipers shall be installed.

(ii) Hog fuel bins shall be provided with standard railed platform or walkways near the top or other equally effective means shall be provided for use by employees engaged in dislodging hog fuel.

(iii) Extreme care shall be taken to prevent chips or hog fuel from creating an overhang or bridging.

(iv) Employees shall be prohibited from working under overhangs or bridges.

(J) Chip and sawdust bins. Steam or compressed-air lances, or other facilities, shall be used for breaking down the arches caused by jamming in chip lofts. No worker shall be permitted to enter a bin unless done in accordance with §1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces, in Subdivision J.

(i) Crane operations.

(A) Crane boom and load capacities as specified by the manufacturer shall be posted in the cab of the crane in accordance with §1910.180, Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes, in Subdivision N, Material Handling and Storage.

(B) A safety device such as a heavy chain or cable at least equal in strength to the lifting cables shall be fastened to the boom and to the frame of the boom crane (if it is other than locomotive) at the base. Alternatively, a telescoping safety device shall be fastened to the boom and to the cab frame, so as to prevent the boom from snapping back over the cab in the event of lifting cable breakage.

(C) A crane shall not be operated where any part thereof may come within 10 feet of overhead powerlines (or other overhead obstructions) unless the powerlines have been de-energerized, or clearances are maintained as specified in §1910.303, General Requirements, in Subdivision S, Electrical.

(D) Standard signals for the operation of cranes shall be established for all movements of the crane, in accordance with American National Standards B30.2-1990 and B30.8-1988.

(E) Only one member of the crew shall be authorized to give signals to the crane operator.

(F) All cranes shall be equipped with a suitable warning device such as a horn or whistle.

(G) A sheave guard shall be provided beneath the head sheave of the boom.

(H) Grapples, tongs, and buckets shall not be left suspended when not in use.

(j) Traffic warning signs or signals.

(A) A flagger shall direct the movement of cranes or locomotives being moved across railroad tracks or roads, and at any points where the vision of the operator is restricted. The flagger must always remain in sight of the operator when the crane or locomotive is in motion. The blue flag policy shall be used to mark stationary cars day and night. This policy shall include marking the track in advance of the spotted cars (flag for daytime, light for darkness).

(B) After cars are spotted for loading or unloading, warning flags or signs shall be placed in the center of the track at least 50 feet away from the cars and a derail set to protect workers in or on the car.

(k) Rail car operations and railroad warning devices.

(A) On a dead end spur, a blue signal may be displayed adjacent to the switch opening while cars are being loaded or unloaded. When such warning devices are displayed, the equipment shall not be coupled to or moved.

(B) Equipment which would obscure the blue signal shall not be placed on the track.

(C) Each maintenance crew shall display and remove its own set of blue signals.

(D) A flashing warning light or other device shall be installed near any opening which leads to a passageway crossing railroad tracks adjacent to the building. Such light or device shall be activated prior to any switching or movement of railroad equipment to warn workers of the dangerous condition in the area.

(E) Workers shall not crawl under or pass between coupled rail cars to cross tracks.

(F) An audible whistle, horn, or bell shall be sounded by the locomotive engineer to give adequate warning prior to switching across any road crossing.

(G) When switching railroad equipment in congested areas or across roadways or walkways, "flying switches" shall be prohibited.

(H) All freight car doors shall be inspected before workers open or close them. A safe method shall be used to open or close the door.

(l) Illumination. Artificial illumination shall be provided when loading or unloading is performed after dark, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/IES-RP-1990, Practice for Industrial Lighting.

(m) Bridge or dock plates.

(A) The construction and use of bridge or dock plates shall conform to requirements of §1910.30(a), Walking-Working Surfaces, in Subdivision D.

(B) The sides of bridge or dock plates shall have an upturn or lip of at least 4 inches covering the area between the edge of the loading dock and edge of car or truck floor whenever the distance exceeds 18 inches to prevent wheeled equipment from running off the sides.

(C) Bridge or dock plates shall have at least 6 inches bearing surface on the loading dock.

(D) Bridge or dock plates intended to be moved by mechanized equipment shall be designed for this purpose or attachments for safe handling shall be used.

(n) Hand tools. Handles of wood hooks shall be locked to the shank to prevent them from rotating.

(o) Removal of pulpwood.

(A) The ends of a woodpile shall be properly sloped and cross-tiered into the pile. Upright poles shall not be used at the ends of woodpiles. To knock down wood from the woodpile, mechanical equipment shall be used to permit employees to keep in the clear of loosened wood.

(B) If dynamite is used to loosen the pile, only authorized personnel shall be permitted to handle and discharge the explosive. An electric detonator is preferable for firing; if a fuse is used, it shall be an approved safety fuse with a burning rate of not less than 120 seconds per yard and a minimum length of 3 feet, in accordance with "Safety in the Transportation, Storage, Handling and Use of Explosives", IME Pamphlet No. 17, March 1987.

(p) Log hauls, slips and carriages.

(A) Controls shall be arranged to operate from a position where the operator will at all times be in the clear of logs, machinery, lines, and rigging.

(B) Controls shall be marked to indicate their function.

(C) An effective method of disengaging the head rig saws from the power unit shall be installed on all head rigs where the power unit is not directly controlled by the sawyer. The saws shall be disengaged from the source of power which shall be locked out before repairs or changes are made.

(D) When needed for protection of personnel, an automatic stop or interlocking device shall be installed on log hauls or slips.

(E) A barricade or other positive stop of adequate strength shall be provided to protect the sawyer from rolling logs.

(F) A guard shall be provided to prevent logs from rolling off the log deck into the well.

(G) The sawyer shall be safeguarded either by his or her location or by use of substantial screens or approved safety glass.

(H) A substantial stop or bumper shall be installed at each end of the carriage run.

(I) Canting gear or other equipment shall not be allowed to hang over the log deck in such a manner as to endanger employees.

(J) Canting gear controls shall be marked to indicate their function.

(K) The sawyer shall be primarily responsible for the safety of the carriage crew and offbearers. He or she shall exercise due care in the operation of the carriage and log turning devices.

(L) A control device shall be provided so that the sawyer may stop the head rig section of the mill without leaving his or her stand.

(M) The feed control lever of friction or belt-driven carriage feed works shall be designed to operate away from the saws or carriage track.

(N) Feed works and log turning control levers shall be so arranged that they may be secured when not in use and shall be adequately guarded against accidental activation.

(O) Carriages upon which persons are required to work shall be solidly decked over and the employees properly protected.

(P) Substantial sweeps shall be installed in front of each carriage wheel. Such sweeps shall extend to within 1/4 inch of the rails.

(Q) Where power-operated log turners are used, carriage knees shall be provided with goosenecks or other substantial means of protecting the carriage crew.

(q) Belt conveyors.

(A) The sides of the conveyor shall be constructed so that the pulpwood will not fall off.

(B) Where conveyors cross passageways or roadways, a horizontal platform shall be provided under the conveyor extending out from the sides of the conveyor a distance equal to 1-1/2 times the length of the wood handled. The platform shall extend the width of the road plus 2 feet on each side and shall be kept free of wood and rubbish. The edges of the platform shall be provided with toeboards or other protection to prevent wood from falling, in accordance with American National Standard A10.18-1983.

(C) All conveyors for pulpwood shall have the in-running nips between chain and sprockets guarded; also, turning drums shall be guarded.

(D) Every belt conveyor shall have an emergency stop cable extending the length of the conveyor so that it may be stopped from any location along the line, or conveniently located stop buttons within 10 feet of each work station, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/ASME B20.1-1993.

(r) Signs. Where conveyors cross walkways or roadways in the yards, signs reading "Danger -- Overhead Conveyor" or an equivalent warning shall be erected, in accordance with American National Standard for Safety Color Code, ANSI Z535.1-1991.

(5) Handling and Storage of Raw Materials Other Than Pulpwood or Pulp Chips.

(a) Personal protective equipment.

(A) Whenever possible, all dust, fumes, and gases incident to handling materials shall be controlled at the source, in accordance with OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants, in Subdivision Z. Where control at the source is not possible, respirators with goggles or protective masks shall be provided, and employees shall wear them when handling alum, clay, soda ash, lime, bleach powder, sulfur, chlorine, and similar materials, and when opening rag bales.

(B) When handling liquid acid or alkali, workers shall be provided with approved eye and face protection and protective clothing, in accordance with Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(b) Clearance.

(A) When materials are being piled inside a building and upon platforms, an aisle clearance at least 3 feet greater than the widest truck in use shall be provided.

(B) Baled paper and rags stored inside a building shall not be piled closer than 18 inches to walls, partitions, or sprinkler heads.

(c) Piling and unpiling pulp.

(A) Piles of wet lap pulp (unless palletized) shall be stepped back one-half the width of the sheet for each 8 feet of pile height. Sheets of pulp shall be interlapped to make the pile secure. Pulp shall not be piled over pipelines to jeopardize pipes, or so as to cause overloading of floors, or to within 18 inches below sprinkler heads.

(B) Piles of pulp shall not be undermined when being unpiled.

(C) Floor capacities shall be clearly marked on all floors.

(d) Chocking rolls.

(A) Where rolls are pyramided two or more high, chocks shall be installed between each roll on the floor and at every row. Where pulp and paper rolls are stored on smooth floors in processing areas, rubber chocks with wooden core shall be used.

(B) When rolls are decked two or more high, the bottom rolls shall be chocked on each side to prevent shifting in either direction.

(6) Preparing Pulpwood.

(a) Gang and slasher saws. A guard shall be provided in front of all gang and slasher saws to protect workers from wood thrown by saws. A guard shall be placed over tail sprockets.

(b) Slasher tables. Saws shall be stopped and power switches shall be locked out and tagged whenever it is necessary for any person to be on the slasher table.

(c) Slasher drive belts, pulleys, and shafts. All belts, pulleys, and shafts shall be guarded in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/ASME B15.1-1992.

(d) Runway to the jack ladder. The runway from the pond or unloading dock to the table shall be protected with standard handrails and toeboards. Inclined portions shall have cleats or equivalent nonslip surfacing, in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces. Protective equipment shall be provided for persons working over water.

(e) Guards below table. Where not protected by the frame of the machine, the underside of the slasher saws shall be enclosed with guards.

(f) Conveyors. The requirements of section (4)(q) of this rule shall apply.

(g) Circular saws (not slasher saws). Saws shall be provided with standard guards, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI O1.1-1992.

(h) Fixed chain saws, circular cut-off saws, drag and swing saws.

(A) Saws shall be so arranged that they will not project into any passageway when in an idle or working position. When existing conditions do not leave clear passage the saws shall be fenced off in order to make it impossible for anyone to walk into them.

(B) Drag saws and fixed chain saws shall be equipped with a device that will safely lock them in an "UP" position.

(C) All persons shall be in the clear before starting operations of a drag, chain, or swing saw.

(D) Log decks shall be equipped with a device to hold the material stable while being cut.

(i) Barker feed. Each barker shall be equipped with a feed and turnover device which will make it unnecessary for the operator to hold a bolt or log by hand during the barking operation. Eye, ear, and head protection shall be provided for the operator, in accordance with section (3)(c) of this rule.

(j) Guards. A guard shall be installed around barkers to confine flying particles, in accordance with ANSI/ASME B15.1-1992.

(k) Stops. All control devices shall be locked out and tagged when knives are being changed.

(l) Speed governor. Water wheels, when directly connected to barker disks or grinders, shall be provided with speed governors, if operated with gate wide open.

(m) Continuous barking drums.

(A) When platforms or floors allow access to the sides of the drums, a standard railing shall be constructed around the drums. When two or more drums are arranged side by side, proper walkways with standard handrails shall be provided between each set, in accordance with section (3)(d) of this rule.

(B) Sprockets and chains, gears, and trunnions shall have standard guards, in accordance with section (3)(a) of this rule.

(C) Whenever it becomes necessary for a worker to go within a drum, the driving mechanism shall be locked and tagged, at the main disconnect switch, in accordance with section (3)(e) of this rule.

(D) This subsection (m) also applies to barking drums employed in the yard.

(n) Intermittent barking drums. In addition to motor switch, clutch, belt shifter, or other power disconnecting device, intermittent barking drums shall be equipped with a device which may be locked to prevent the drum from moving while it is being emptied or filled.

(o) Hydraulic barkers.

(A) Hydraulic barkers shall be enclosed with strong baffles at the inlet and the outlet. The operator shall be protected by at least five-ply laminated glass.

(B) The high pressure hoses of hydraulic barkers shall be secured in such a manner that the hose connection ends will be restrained if a hose connection fails.

(p) Splitter block. The block upon or against which the wood is rested shall have a corrugated surface or other means provided that the wood will not slip. Wood to be split, and also the splitting block, shall be free of ice, snow, or chips. The operator shall be provided with eye and foot protection. A clear and unobstructed view shall be maintained between equipment and workers around the block and the workers' help area.

(q) Power control. Power for the operation of the splitter shall be controlled by a clutch or equivalent device.

(r) Knot cleaners. The operators of knot cleaners of the woodpecker type shall wear eye protection equipment.

(s) Chipper spout. The feed system to the chipper spout shall be arranged in such a way that the operator does not stand in a direct line with the chipper spout. All chipper spouts shall be enclosed to a height of at least 42 inches from the floor or operator's platform. When other protection is not sufficient, the operator shall be protected from falling into the chipper by the use of a safety belt and lanyard. Ear protection equipment shall be worn by the operator and others in the immediate area if there is any possibility that the noise level may be harmful (see §1910.95, Occupational Noise Exposure, in Subdivision G).

(t) Feeding material/clearing jams in machines. Appropriate safety belts and lanyards and face protection shall be used by employees who manually feed material or clear jams in machines unless other provisions are made which will protect the employees.

(u) Carriers for knives. Carriers shall be provided and used for transportation of knives.

(7) Rag and Old Paper Preparation.

(a) Ripping and trimming tools.

(A) Hand knives and scissors shall have blunt points, shall be fastened to the table with chain or thong, and shall not be carried on the person but placed safely in racks or sheaths when not in use.

(B) Hand knives and sharpening steels shall be provided with guards at the junction of the handle and the blade. Utility knives with blade exposure of 2-1/2 inches or less are exempted from this requirement.

(b) Shredders, cutters, and dusters.

(A) Rotating heads or cylinders shall be completely enclosed except for an opening at the feed side sufficient to permit only the entry of stock. The enclosure shall extend over the top of the feed rolls. It shall be constructed either of solid material or with mesh or openings not exceeding 1/2-inch and substantial enough to contain flying particles and prevent accidental contact with moving parts. The enclosure shall be bolted or locked into place.

(B) A smooth-pivoted idler roll resting on the stock or feed table shall be provided in front of feed rolls except when arrangements prevent the operator from standing closer than 36 inches to any part of the feed rolls.

(C) Any manually fed cutter, shredder, or duster shall be provided with an idler roll as per section (7)(b)(B) of this rule or the operator shall use special hand-feeding tools.

(D) Hoods of cutters, shredders, and dusters shall have exhaust ventilation, in accordance with §1910.94, Ventilation, in Subdivision G.

(c) Blowers.

(A) Blowers used for transporting rags shall be provided with feed hoppers having outer edges located not less than 48 inches from the fan.

(B) The arrangement of the blower discharge outlets and work areas shall be such as to prevent material from falling on workers.

(d) Conveyors. Conveyors and conveyor drive belts and pulleys shall be fully enclosed or, if open and within 7 feet of the floor, shall be constructed and guarded in accordance with section (4)(q) of this rule, and Subdivision N, Material Handling and Storage.

(e) Guarding requirements.

(A) Traveling sections of conveyors and other equipment with wheels which run on rails or guides shall be guarded by sweep guards, installed in front of the traveling wheels in all areas where workers may be exposed to contact. Sweep guards shall have not greater than 1/4 inch clearance above the rail or guide.

(B) When using mechanical equipment to elevate the front end of the chip containers for dumping into a hopper, the shear area between the floor and the elevated section shall be safeguarded.

(f) Dust. Measures for the control of dust shall be provided, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/NFPA 91-1992 and Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(g) Rag cookers.

(A) When cleaning, inspection, or other work requires that persons enter rag cookers, all steam and water valves, or other control devices, shall be locked and tagged in the closed or "off" position. Blank flanging of pipelines is acceptable in place of closed and locked valves.

(B) When cleaning, inspection, or other work requires that persons must enter the cooker, one person shall be stationed outside in a position to observe and assist in case of emergency, in accordance with section (3)(f) of this rule.

(C) Rag cookers shall be provided with safety valves in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels -- 1992.

(8) Chemical Processes of Making Pulp.

(a) Industrial kiln guns and ammunition. Management shall develop written instructions, including safety procedures, for storing and operating industrial kiln guns and ammunition. All persons working with this equipment shall be instructed in these procedures and shall follow them.

(b) Sulfur burners.

(A) Sulfur-burner houses shall be safely and adequately ventilated, and every precaution shall be taken to guard against dust explosion hazards and fires, in accordance with American National Standard Z9.2-1979 (R1991), and NFPA 655-1993.

(B) Nonsparking tools and equipment shall be used in handling dry sulfur.

(C) Sulfur storage bins shall be kept free of sulfur dust accumulation, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI Z9.2-1979 (R1991).

(D) Electric equipment shall be of the explosion-proof type, in accordance with the requirements of Subdivision S, Electrical.

(E) Sulfur-melting equipment shall not be located in the burner room.

(c) Protection for employees (acid plants).

(A) Gas masks, fitted with canisters containing absorbents for the particular acids, gases, or mists involved, shall be provided for employees of the acid department.

(B) Supplied air respirators shall be strategically located for emergency and rescue use.

(C) During inspection, repairs, or maintenance of acid towers, the worker shall be provided with eye protection, a supplied air respirator, a safety belt, and an attached lifeline. The line shall be extended to an attendant stationed outside the tower opening.

(d) Acid tower structure. Outside elevators shall be inspected daily during winter months when ice materially affects safety. Elevators, runways, stairs, etc., for the acid tower shall be inspected monthly for defects that may occur because of exposure to acid or corrosive gases.

(e) Tanks (acid). Entering acid tanks shall be in accordance with §1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces, in Subdivision J.

(f) Clothing. Where lime slaking takes place, employees shall be provided with rubber boots, rubber gloves, protective aprons, and eye protection. A deluge shower and eye fountain shall be provided to flush the skin and eyes to counteract lime or acid burns.

(g) Lead burning. When lead burning is being done within tanks, fresh air shall be forced into the tanks so that fresh air will reach the face of the worker first and the direction of the current will never be from the source of the fumes toward the face of the workers. Supplied air respirators (constant-flow type) shall be provided.

NOTE: For specifics refer to Subdivision Q, Welding, Cutting and Brazing; and §1910.1025, Lead, in Subdivision Z.

(h) Hoops for acid storage tanks. Hoops of tanks shall be made of rods rather than flat strips and shall be safely maintained by scheduled inspections.

(i) Quicklime stoppages. Water shall not be used to unplug quicklime stops or plugs in pipes or confined spaces.

(j) Digester building exits. At least one unobstructed exit at each end of the room shall be provided on each floor of a digester building.

(k) Digester building escape respirators. Escape respirators shall be available for escape purposes only. These respirators shall meet the requirements of §1910.134 in Subdivision I, including the requirement to be inspected at frequent intervals, not to exceed one month.

(l) Elevators.

(A) Elevators shall be constructed in accordance with American National Standard A17.1-1990.

(B) Elevators shall be equipped with escape respirators for the maximum number of passengers.

(C) Elevators shall be equipped with an alarm system to advise of failure.

(m) Blowoff valves and piping.

(A) The blowoff valve of a digester shall be arranged so as to be operated from another room, remote from safety valves.

(B) All fasteners used to secure digester piping shall conform to ANSI/ASME B31.1-1992.

(C) Digester blow valves shall be pinned or locked in closed position throughout the entire cooking period. This rule applies only to manually operated valves in batch digestors.

(n) Blow lines.

(A) When blow lines from more than one digester lead into one pipe, the cock or valve of the blow line from the tank being inspected or repaired shall be locked and tagged out, or the line shall be disconnected and blocked off.

(B) Test holes in piping systems. Test holes in blow lines of piping systems shall not be covered with insulation or other materials.

(o) Inspection and repair of tanks. All piping leading to tanks shall be blanked off or valved and locked in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout/Tagout, in Subdivision J.

(p) Blow pits and blow tanks.

(A) Blow-pit openings shall be preferably on the side of the pit instead of on top. When located on top, openings shall be as small as possible and shall be provided with railings, in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(B) Entrance into blow pits must be done in accordance with §1910.146, Subdivision J.

(C) A signaling device shall be installed in the digester and blow-pit rooms and chip bins to be operated as a warning before and while digesters are being blown.

(D) Blow-pit hoops shall be maintained in a safe condition.

(q) Blowing batch digester.

(A) Blowoff valves shall be opened slowly.

(B) After the digester has started to be blown, the blowoff valve shall be left open, and the hand plate shall not be removed until the digester cook signals the blowpit person that the blow is completed. Whenever it becomes necessary to remove the hand plate to clear stock, operators shall wear eye protection equipment and protective clothing to guard against burns from hot stock.

(C) Means shall be provided whereby the digester cook shall signal the person in the chip bin before starting to load the digester.

(r) Inspecting and repairing digester.

(A) Valves controlling lines leading into a digester shall be locked out and tagged in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout/Tagout, in Subdivision J.

(B) Sources of energy associated with a digester shall be isolated in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout/Tagout, in Subdivision J.

(C) Entry into the digester shall be in accordance with §1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces, in Subdivision J.

(D) The concentration of lead in the air shall not exceed the limits specified in §1910.1025, Lead, Subdivision Z.

(E) All employees entering digesters for inspection or repair work shall be provided with protective headgear.

(F) Eye protection and dust respirators shall be provided to workers while the old brick lining is being removed, in accordance with Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(G) Sanitary facilities shall be provided as specified in §1910.141, Sanitation, in Subdivision J.

(s) Pressure tanks-accumulators (acid).

(A) Safety regulations governing inspection and repairing of pressure tanks-accumulators (acid) shall be the same as those specified in section (8)(t) of this rule.

(B) The pressure tanks-accumulators shall be inspected twice annually and more frequently if required by the manufacturer or engineer's recommendations. (Refer to Boiler and Pressure Vessel Safety Laws of the State Building Codes Division, Department of Consumer and Business Services.)

(t) Pressure vessels (safety devices).

(A) Each unfired pressure vessel shall have a pressure relieving device or devices installed and operated in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII (Unfired Pressure Vessels -- 1992). In the case of batch digesters with safety pressure relieving devices installed directly to the pressure vessel, means shall be devised to verify regularly that the safety devices have not become plugged or corroded to the point of being inoperative.

(B) All safety devices shall conform to Paragraph U-2 in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Unfired Pressure Vessels -- 1992.

(u) Miscellaneous. Insofar as the processes of the sulfate and soda operations are similar to those of the sulfite processes, sections (8)(a) through (t) of this rule shall apply.

(A) Quick operating showers, bubblers, etc., shall be available for emergency use in case of caustic soda burns.

(B) Rotary tenders, smelter operators, and those cleaning smelt spouts shall be provided with eye protection equipment (fitted with lenses that filter out the harmful rays emanating from the light source) when actively engaged in their duties, in accordance with §1910.132, in Subdivision I.

(C) Piping, valves and fittings between the digester, blowpit, and blow tanks shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.1-1992. These shall be inspected at least semi-annually to determine the degree of deterioration and repaired or replaced when necessary, in accordance with American National Standards ANSI/ASME B31.1-1992.

(v) Welding. Welding on blow tanks, accumulator tanks, or any other vessels where turpentine vapor or other combustible vapor could gather shall be done only after the vessel has been completely purged of fumes. Fresh air shall be supplied workers inside of vessels.

NOTE: See Subdivision Q, Welding, Cutting and Brazing, for additional welding requirements.

(w) Turpentine systems and storage tanks. Nonsparking tools and ground hose shall be used when pumping out the tank. The tank shall be surrounded by a berm or moat.

(x) Recovery furnace area.

(A) An audible warning system shall be installed in kraft and soda base sulfite recovery furnace areas and shall be activated whenever an emergency exists.

(B) All personnel working in recovery furnace areas shall be instructed on procedures to be followed when emergency warning systems are activated.

(C) Emergency warning systems in the recovery furnace areas shall be kept in proper working condition and shall be tested or checked weekly.

(D) Workers shall stand to the side while opening a furnace or boiler firebox door.

(E) Smelt-dissolving tanks shall be covered and the cover kept closed, except when samples are being taken.

(F) Smelt tanks shall be provided with vent stacks and explosion doors, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/UL 641-1985.

(G) An emergency shutdown procedure as currently recommended by the boiler manufacturer shall be implemented and used when an emergency shutdown is required. Both normal and emergency shutdown procedures shall be posted.

(H) Recovery furnaces and power boilers are to be constructed, maintained, and serviced as required by the State Building Codes Division of the Department of Consumer and Business Services.

(I) Open pipes shall not be used as punch bars if the use would create a hazard.

(J) Furnace room. Exhaust ventilation shall be provided where niter cake is fed into a rotary furnace and shall be so designed and maintained as to keep the concentration of hydrogen sulfide gas below the limits listed in OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants, in Subdivision Z.

(9) Bleaching.

(a) Bleaching containers. Bleaching containers, such as cells, towers (bleaching engines), etc., except the Bellmer type, shall be completely covered on the top, with the exception of one small opening large enough to allow filling but too small to admit a person. Platforms leading from one engine to another shall have standard guardrails, in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(b) Bleach plant alarm system. An audible alarm system shall be installed and it shall be activated whenever a serious leak or break develops in the bleach plant area which creates a health or fire hazard.

(c) Bleach mixing rooms.

(A) Areas where dry bleach powder is mixed shall be provided with adequate exhaust ventilation, located at the floor level, in accordance with ANSI/UL 641-1985.

(B) Respiratory protection shall be provided for emergency use, in accordance with American National Standards ANSI/NFPA 1404- 1989, and Z88.2-1980. Respiratory protection must conform to the requirements of §1910.134 of Subdivision I.

(C) For emergency and rescue work, self-contained air masks or supplied air equipment shall be provided in accordance with American National Standards Z88.2-1980. Respiratory protection must conform to the requirements of §1910.134 of Subdivision I.

(d) Liquid chlorine.

(A) Tanks of liquid chlorine shall be stored in an adequately ventilated unoccupied room, where their possible leakage cannot affect workers.

(B) Gas masks capable of absorbing chlorine shall be supplied, conveniently placed, and regularly inspected, and workers who may be exposed to chlorine gas shall be instructed in their use.

(C) For emergency and rescue work, independent self-contained breathing apparatus or supplied air equipment shall be provided.

(D) At least two exits, remote from each other, shall be provided for all rooms in which chlorine is stored.

(E) Spur tracks upon which tank cars containing chlorine and caustic are spotted and connected to pipelines shall be protected by means of a derail in front of the cars.

(F) All chlorine, caustic, and acid lines shall be marked for positive identification, in accordance with American National Standard A13.1-1981 (R 1985).

(e) Handling chlorine dioxide.

(A) Chlorine dioxide generating and storage facilities shall be placed in areas which are adequately ventilated and are easily kept clean of wood, paper, pulp, etc., to avoid contamination which might cause a reaction. This can be accomplished by placing these facilities in a separate room or in a designated outside space.

(B) Safety showers and/or jump tanks and eyewash fountains shall be provided for persons working around sodium chlorate and the other hazardous chemicals involved in this process.

(C) Water hoses for flushing spills shall be adequate in size and located where needed.

(D) The generating area shall have signs in accordance with Subdivision J, General Environmental Controls, warning of the hazard and restricting entrance to authorized personnel only.

(E) Facilities handling sodium chlorate and chlorine dioxide shall be declared "No Smoking" areas and shall have signs posted accordingly.

(F) All equipment involved in the chlorine dioxide process where pressure may be generated shall be provided with adequate pressure relief devices.

(G) Respiratory protective equipment approved for use in exposures to chlorine and chlorine dioxide gases shall be provided.

(H) Management shall be responsible for developing written instructions including safety procedures for operating and maintaining the generator and associated equipment. All personnel working on this equipment shall be thoroughly trained in these procedures and shall follow them.

(I) Only authorized personnel shall be allowed in close proximity to the chlorine dioxide generating equipment.

(J) When reasonably possible, the sample station should be located on the outside of the generating room. Goggles must be worn when taking samples.

(K) Welding or burning shall not be performed on the generator system while it is operating. Immediately before maintenance can be performed on the inside of any of this equipment, it shall be thoroughly flushed with water and purged of hazardous gases.

(L) Chlorine and chlorine dioxide gas shall be carried away from the work place and breathing area by an exhaust system. The gas shall be rendered neutral or harmless before being discharged into the atmosphere. The requirements of American National Standard Z9.2-1979 (R1991) shall apply to this subdivision.

(f) Handling sodium chlorate.

(A) Workers handling and working with sodium chlorate shall be thoroughly trained in precautions to be used in handling and special work habits.

(B) Workers exposed to direct contact with sodium chlorate shall wear appropriate personal protective equipment.

(C) Facilities for storage and handling of sodium chlorate shall be constructed so as to eliminate possible contact of dry or evaporated sodium chlorate with wood or other material which could cause a fire or explosion.

(D) Chlorine gas shall be carried away from the work place and breathing area by an exhaust system. The gas shall be rendered neutral or harmless before being discharged into the atmosphere. The requirements of American National Standard Z9.2-1979 (R1991) shall apply to this subdivision.

(E) Sodium chlorate facilities shall be constructed with a minimum of packing glands, stuffing boxes, etc.

(g) Bagged or drummed chemicals. Bagged or drummed chemicals require efficient handling to prevent damage and spillage. Certain oxidizing chemicals used in bleaching pulp and also in some sanitizing work require added precautions for safety in storage and handling. In storage, these chemicals shall be isolated from combustible materials and other chemicals with which they will react such as acids. They shall also be kept dry, clean and uncontaminated.

(10) Mechanical Pulp Process.

(a) Pulp grinders.

(A) Water wheels directly connected to pulp grinders shall be provided with speed governors limiting the peripheral speed of the grinder to that recommended by the manufacturer.

(B) Doors of pocket grinders shall be arranged so as to keep them from closing accidentally.

(b) Butting saws. Hood guards shall be provided on butting saws, in accordance with American National Standard ANSI O1.1-1992.

(c) Floors and platforms. The requirements of section (3)(d) of this rule shall apply.

(d) Personal protection. Persons exposed to falling material shall wear eye, head, foot, and shin protection equipment, in accordance with Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(11) Stock Preparation.

(a) Pulp shredders.

(A) Cutting heads shall be completely enclosed except for an opening at the feed side sufficient to permit only entry of stock. The enclosure shall be bolted or locked in place. The enclosure shall be of solid material or with mesh or other openings not exceeding 1/2-inch.

(B) Either a slanting feed table with its outer edge not less than 36 inches from the cutting head or an automatic feeding device shall be provided.

(C) Repairs for cleaning of blockage shall be done only when the shredder is shutdown and control devices locked.

(D) All power-driven mechanisms shall be guarded in accordance with section (3)(a) of this rule.

(b) Pulp conveyors. Pulp conveyors and conveyor drive belts and pulleys shall be fully enclosed, or if open and within 7 feet of the floor, shall be constructed and guarded in accordance with Subdivision N, Material Handling and Storage, and Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(c) Floors, steps, and platforms. The requirements of section (3)(d) of this rule shall apply.

(d) Beaters.

(A) Beater rolls shall be provided with covers.

(B) Guardrails 42 inches high shall be provided around beaters where tub tops are less than 42 inches from the floor, in accordance with section (3)(d) of this rule and Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(C) When cleaning, inspecting, or other work requires that persons enter the beaters, all control devices shall be locked and tagged out, in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout, in Subdivision J.

(D) When beaters are fed from the floor above, the chute opening, if less than 42 inches from the floor, shall be provided with a complete rail or other enclosure. Openings for manual feeding shall be sufficient only for entry of stock and shall be provided with at least two permanently secured crossrails, in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(E) Floors around beaters shall be provided with sufficient drainage to remove wastes.

(e) Pulpers.

(A) All pulpers having the top or any other opening of the vessel less than 42 inches from the floor or work platform shall have such openings guarded by railed or other enclosures. For manual charging, openings shall be sufficient only to permit the entry of stock and shall be provided with at least two permanently secured crossrails, in accordance with §1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes, in Subdivision D.

(B) When cleaning, inspecting or other work requires persons to enter the pulpers it shall be in accordance with §1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces, in Subdivision J. All power mechanisms shall be guarded as required in Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(C) Cleaning or inspecting pulpers or other work, including work above the pulper in a dangerous position, shall be in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout, in Subdivision J.

(D) All power mechanisms shall be guarded in accordance with Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(f) Pulping devices. Emergency stop controls shall be provided at the feed point when pulping devices are fed manually from the floor above.

(g) Guillotine-type roll splitters. Rolls shall be centered and in a horizontal position directly below the guillotine-type blade while being split. No part of the body shall be under the guillotine-type blade.

(h) Stock chests and tanks.

(A) All control devices shall be locked when persons enter stock chests, in accordance with §1910.147, Lockout/Tagout, in Subdivision J.

(B) All power mechanisms shall be guarded in accordance with Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(C) When cleaning, inspecting, or other work requires that persons enter stock chests, they shall be provided with a low-voltage extension light.

(12) Machine Room.

(a) Controls and safety devices.

(A) Electrically or manually operated power disconnecting devices for all power-operated equipment shall be provided within easy reach of the operator while in his or her normal operating position. If necessary for safety of the operation, the machine shall be so equipped that retarding or braking action can be applied at the time of or after the source of power is deactivated.

(B) Pulp and paper machines shall be equipped with stopping devices. The devices shall be located where they can be used readily to stop the machines or sections of the machine. Power disconnect devices and retarding or braking controls provided for in section (12)(a)(A) of this rule are required for the safe operation of a pulp and paper machine.

(C) Brakes, back stops, antirunaway devices, overload releases, and other safety devices shall be inspected and tested frequently to insure that all are operative and maintained in good repair.

(D) An audible alarm shall be sounded prior to starting up any section of a pulp or paper machine. Sufficient time shall be allowed between activation of the alarm system and start-up of the equipment to allow any persons to clear the hazardous area.

(E) In starting up a dryer section, dryers shall be preheated and steam for heating the drums shall be introduced slowly, while the drums are revolving.

(F) Employees shall not attempt to remove a broken carrier rope from a dryer while the section is running at operating speed.

(G) Employees shall not feed a stack with any hand-held device which is capable of going through the nip.

(H) Employees shall stop dryer to remove a wrap except in cases where it can be safely removed by using air or other safe means.

(I) Special protective gloves shall be provided and shall be worn by employees when filing or handling sharp-edged doctor blades.

(J) Employees shall not place their hands between the sharp edge of an unloaded doctor blade and the roll while cleaning the doctor blade.

(K) The crane operator shall ascertain that reels are properly seated at winder stand or at reel arms before he or she disengages the hooks.

(L) Shaftless winders shall be provided with a barrier guard of sufficient strength and size to confine the rolls in the event they become dislodged while running.

(M) Employees shall keep clear of hazardous areas around the lowerator, especially all lowerator openings in a floor and where roll is being discharged.

(N) If a powered roll ejector is used it should be interlocked to prevent accidental actuation until the receiving platform or roll lowering table is in position to receive the roll.

(O) Provision shall be made to hold the rider roll when in a raised position unless counterbalancing eliminates the hazard.

(b) Drives.

(A) All drives, pulleys, couplings, and shafts on equipment requiring service while operating shall have standard guards in accordance with section (3)(a) of this rule.

(B) All drives shall be provided with lockout devices at the power switch which interrupts the flow of current to the unit.

(C) All ends of rotating shafts including dryer drum shafts shall be completely guarded.

(D) All accessible disengaged doctor blades should be covered.

(E) All exposed shafts shall be guarded. Crossovers shall be provided.

(F) Oil cups and grease fittings shall be placed in a safe area remote from nip and heat hazards.

(c) Protective equipment. Face shields, aprons and rubber gloves shall be provided for workers handling acids in accordance with sections (3)(c) and (5)(a) of this rule.

(d) Walkways. Steps and footwalks along the fourdrinier and press section shall have nonslip surfacing and be complete with standard handrails, when practical, in accordance with §1910.23, in Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(e) Steps. Steps of uniform rise and tread with nonslip surfaces shall be provided at each press in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(f) Plank walkways. A removable plank shall be provided along each press, with standard guardrails installed. The planks shall have nonslip surfaces in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(g) Dryer lubrication. If a gear bearing must be oiled while the machine is in operation, an automatic oiling device to protect the oiler shall be provided, or oil cups and grease fittings shall be placed along the walkways out of reach of hot pipes and dryer gears.

(h) Levers. All levers carrying weights shall be constructed so that weights will not slip or fall off.

(i) First dryer. Either a permanent guardrail or apron guard or both shall be installed in front of the first dryer in each section in accordance with Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(j) Steam and hot-water pipes. All exposed steam and hot-water pipes within 7 feet of the floor or working platform or within 15 inches measured horizontally from stairways, ramps, or fixed ladders shall be covered with an insulating material, or guarded in such manner as to prevent contact.

(k) Dryer gears. Dryer gears shall be guarded except where the oilers' walkway is removed out of reach of the gears' nips and spokes and hot pipes in accordance with Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(l) Broke hole.

(A) A guardrail shall be provided at broke holes in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(B) Where pulpers are located directly below the broke hole on a paper machine and where the broke hole opening is large enough to permit a worker to fall through, any employee pushing broke down the hole shall wear a safety belt and lanyard. The lanyard shall be fastened in such a manner that it is impossible for the person to fall into the pulper.

(C) An alarm bell or a flashing light shall be actuated before dropping material through the broke hole.

(m) Feeder belt. A feeder belt or other effective device shall be provided for starting paper through the calender stack.

(n) Steps. Steps or ladders of uniform rise and tread with nonslip surfaces shall be provided at each calender stack. Handrails and hand grips shall be provided at each calender stack in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(o) Grounding. All calender stacks and spreader bars shall be grounded in accordance with Subdivision S, Electrical, as protection against shock induced by static electricity.

(p) Sole plates. All exposed sole plates between dryers, calenders, reels, and rewinders shall have a nonskid surface.

(q) Nip points. The hazard of the nip points on all calender rolls shall be eliminated or minimized by means of an effective barrier device, or by feeding the paper into the rolls by means of a rope carrier, air jets, or hand feeding devices.

(r) Scrapers. Alloy steel scrapers with pullthrough blades approximately 3 by 5 inches in size shall be used to remove "scabs" from calender rolls.

(s) Illumination. Permanent lighting shall be installed in all areas where employees are required to make machine adjustments and sheet transfers in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/IES RP-1990.

(t) Control panels. All control panel handles and buttons shall be protected from accidental contact.

(u) Lifting reels.

(A) The reels shall stop rotating before being lifted from bearings.

(B) All lifting equipment (clamps, cables, and slings) shall be maintained in a safe condition and inspected regularly.

(C) Reel shafts with square block ends shall be guarded.

(v) Feeder belts. Feeder belts, carrier ropes, air carriage, or other equally effective means shall be provided for starting paper into the nip or drum-type reels.

(w) In-running nip.

(A) Where the nipping points of all drum winders and rewinders is on the operator's side, it shall be guarded by barrier guards interlocked with the drive mechanism.

(B) A zero speed switch or locking device shall be installed to prevent the guard from being raised, lowered, or removed while the roll is turning.

(x) Core collars. Set screws for securing core collars to winding and unwinding shafts shall not protrude above the face of the collar. All edges of the collar with which an operator's hand comes in contact shall be beveled to remove all sharp corners.

(y) Slitter knives. Slitter knives shall be guarded so as to prevent accidental contact. Carriers shall be provided and used for transportation of slitter knives.

(z) Winder shaft. The winder shall have a guide rail to align the shaft for easy entrance into the opened rewind shaft bearing housings.

(aa) Handling rolls, winders and core shafts. Mechanical handling equipment shall be provided for handling rolls, winder shafts, and core shafts that are too heavy for safe manual handling based on the NIOSH Work Practice Guide for Manual Lifting -- 1981.

(bb) Winder area. A nonskid surface shall be provided in front of the winder to prevent accidental slipping.

(cc) Radiation. Special standards regarding the use of radiation equipment shall be posted and followed as required by §1910.1096, Ionizing Radiation, in Subdivision Z.

(13) Finishing Room.

(a) Cleaning rolls. Rolls shall be cleaned only on the outrunning side.

(b) Emergency stops. Electrically or manually operated quick power disconnecting devices, interlocked with braking action, shall be provided on all operating sides of the machine within easy reach of all employees. These devices shall be tested by making use of them when stopping the machine.

(c) Core collars. The requirements of section (12)(x) of this rule, and the requirements in Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding, shall apply.

(d) Elevators. These shall be in accordance with American National Standard ANSI/ASME A17.1-1990.

(e) Control panels. The requirements of section (12)(t) of this rule shall apply.

(f) Guillotine-type cutters.

(A) Each guillotine-type cutter shall be equipped with a control which requires the operator and helper, if any, to use both hands to engage the clutch when operated from within reach of blade.

(B) Each guillotine-type cutter shall be equipped with a nonrepeat device.

(C) Carriers shall be provided and used for transportation of guillotine-type cutter knives.

(g) Rotary cutter.

(A) On single-knife machines a guard shall be provided at a point of contact to the knife.

(B) On duplex cutters the protection required for single-knife machines shall be provided for the first knife, and a hood shall be provided for the second knife.

(C) Safe access shall be provided to the knives of a rotary cutter by means of catwalks with nonslip surfaces, railings, and toeboards in accordance with Subdivision D, Walking-Working Surfaces.

(D) A guard shall be provided for the spreader or squeeze roll at the nip side on sheet cutters.

(E) Electrically or manually operated quick power disconnecting devices with adequate braking action shall be provided on all operating sides of the machine within easy reach of all operators.

(F) The outside slitters shall be guarded.

(h) Platers.

(A) A guard shall be arranged across the face of the rolls to serve as a warning that the operator's hand is approaching the danger zone.

(B) A quick power disconnecting device shall be installed on each machine within easy reach of the operator.

(i) Finishing room rewinders.

(A) The nipping points of all drum winders and rewinders located on the operator's side shall be guarded by either automatic or manually operated barrier guards of sufficient height to protect fully anyone working around them. The barrier guard shall be interlocked with the drive mechanism to prevent operating above jog speed without the guard in place. A zero speed switch should be installed to prevent the guard from being raised while the roll is turning.

(B) A nonskid surface shall be provided in front of the rewinder to prevent an employee from slipping in accordance with section (3)(d) of this rule.

(C) Mechanical lifting devices shall be provided for placing and removing rolls from the machine.

(j) Control panels. The requirements of section (12)(t) of this rule shall apply.

(k) Roll-type embosser. The nipping point located on the operator's side shall be guarded by either automatic or manually operated barrier guards interlocked with the drive.

(l) Converting machines.

(A) When using a crane or hoist to place rolls into a backstand and the operator cannot see both ends of the backstand, appropriate means will be implemented to eliminate hazards involved. The operator shall ascertain that rolls are properly seated at winder stand or at roll arms before he or she disengages the hooks.

(B) All power closing sections shall be equipped with an audible warning system which will be activated when closing the sections.

(C) Slitters, slotters, and scorers not in use shall be properly stored so as not to create a hazard.

(D) Mechanical handling equipment shall be provided for handling rolls or devices that are too heavy for safe manual handling based on the NIOSH Work Practice Guide for Manual Lifting -- 1981.

(E) Sheer and pinch points. Sheer and pinch points at the feed mechanism shall be color-coded orange and/or identified by signs in accordance with Subdivision J, General Environmental Controls.

(m) Sorting and counting tables.

(A) Tables shall be smooth and free from splinters, with edges and corners rounded.

(B) Paddles shall be smooth and free from splinters.

(n) Roll splitters. The nip point and cutter knife shall be guarded by either automatic or manually operated barrier guards.

(o) Corrugators.

(A) Rails of rail-mounted devices such as roll stands shall be flush with the adjacent floor, and so installed to provide a minimum of 18 inches clearance between the equipment and walls or other fixed objects.

(B) All corrugating and pressure rolls shall be equipped with appropriately designed and installed threading guides so as to prevent contact with the infeed nip of the various rolls by the operator.

(C) Lower elevating conveyor belt rolls on the single facer bridge shall have a minimum nip clearance of 4 inches.

(D) Web shears at the discharge end of the double facer shall be equipped with barrier-type guards.

(E) Slitter stations not in use shall be disconnected from the power source by positive means.

(F) The adhesive system shall be so designed and installed as to keep fumes and airborne dust within limits in accordance with OAR 437-002-0382, Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants, in Subdivision Z.

(14) Materials Handling.

(a) Hand trucks. No person shall be permitted to ride on a powered hand truck unless it is so designed by the manufacturer. A limit switch shall be on operating handle -- 30° each way from a 45° angle up and down.

(b) Power trucks. Power trucks shall comply with Subdivision N, Material Handling and Storage. Adequate ventilation shall be provided and the trucks properly maintained, so that dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide cannot be generated, especially in warehouses or other isolated areas of a plant.

(c) Carton-stitching machine. The carton-stitching machine shall be guarded to prevent the operator from coming in contact with the stitching head.

(d) Banding of skids, cartons, cases, etc. Banders and helpers shall wear eye protection equipment in accordance with section (3)(c) of this rule.

(e) Unloading cars or trucks.

(A) Loading and unloading materials. Platforms with ladders or stairways shall be installed or alternative methods made available when needed so that workers may safely gain access to and perform work on the top of rail cars or trucks when ladders are not installed on such equipment.

(B) Where steel bands or wires are used in boxcars or trucks, all loaders and helpers shall wear eye protection in accordance with Subdivision I, Personal Protective Equipment.

(C) The construction and use of bridge or dock plates shall conform to the requirements of American National Standard B56.1-1988.

(D) Flag signals, derails, or other protective devices shall be used to protect workers during switching operations. The blue flag policy shall be invoked according to section (4)(j) of this rule.

[Publications: Publications referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 7-1994, f. & cert. ef. 11-4-94; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 2-2001, f. & cert. ef. 2-5-01

437-002-0313

Additional Oregon Rules for Sawmills

(1) Application. This section includes safety requirements for sawmill operations including, but not limited to, log and lumber handling, sawing, trimming, and planing; waste disposal; operation of dry kilns; finishing; shipping; storage; yard and yard equipment; and for power tools and affiliated equipment used in connection with such operations.

(2) Conveyors. Feed conveyors for chippers, hogs, burners, and other dangerous machines shall be fully guarded to prevent workers from falling into the conveyor. Where a part of the guard must be omitted to permit workers to feed the conveyor, they shall be provided with and shall wear a safety belt and lanyard tied off to a life line.

(3) Unloading Equipment:

(a) The tile and overarm grapple of all hydraulically operated log handling machines shall be equipped with a means for preventing the release of the tilt and/or grapple devices in case of a failure in the hydraulic system;

(b) A-frames and similar log unloading devices shall be guyed and braced to provide stability and prevent tipping.

NOTE: Pond Boats. Small pond boats which are not designed to transport more than one person are exempt from the life-ring requirement.

(4) Transfers and Tracks:

(a) Guardrails and handrails shall be installed on and about transfers and transfer tracks wherever necessary for the safety or workers;

(b) Cars shall not be moved while workers are in the bight of tow lines;

(c) Tracks shall be clear of obstructions before rail cars are moved.

(5) Green Chains and Sorting Tables:

(a) Green chains and similar equipment shall be provided with a stopping device which is readily accessible to one or more persons working on the chain;

(b) A toe board not less than six inches in height of nominal two by six inch material shall be installed on the vertical face of all green chain and sorting tables;

(c) The flow of lumber or other materials on sorting tables and green chain shall be regulated as evenly as possible.

(d) Rollers or other devices shall be provided for removing heavy material from the chain or table.

(e) Workers shall not cross over operating conveyors, rolls, or belts unless elevated cross-overs are provided for this purpose.

(6) Transfer Rolls:

(a) Power driven rolls shall be operated in a manner to prevent end collisions;

(b) The space between live rolls, for a distance of at least one roll on either side of cross-overs or walkways, shall be filled in with substantial material;

(c) Live roll sprockets, chains, gears and drive shafts shall be guarded wherever exposed to contact;

(d) Live rolls shall be replaced when a hole (sufficient to impair its strength, or catch clothing) has developed.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 7-1993, f. 6-8-93, cert. ef. 8-1-93; OSHA 3-1996, f. & cert. ef. 7-22-96

437-002-0314

Veneer and Plywood Machinery

NOTE: 1910.265(c) and (d) also apply to Veneer and Plywood Machinery. (See OAR 437-002-0313(1).

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this rule is to prescribe minimum requirements for veneer and plywood operations.

(2) Veneer Lathe:

(a) A mechanical lock shall be provided to prevent the back-up roll from closing until activated by the operator;

(b) A guard or positive interlock and necessary hydraulic or air controls shall be provided to prevent forward movement of the charger, if such movement may be hazardous;

(c) Positive means shall be provided to hold the head in the open position while servicing the knife;

(d) A protective device for the knife edge shall be provided for use when transporting the knife;

(e) Where there is a hazard from "exploding" logs, both lathe operator's and charger operator's stations shall be protected against flying slabs and chips;

(f) Means shall be provided in the knife grinding area to drain cleaning or cooling liquids from the work station;

(g) Knives and other cutting equipment shall be stored in planned storage areas;

(h) The area under the elevating ramp (tipple) from the lathe to the stock trays shall be guarded to prevent entrance while the lathe is in operation.

(3) Veneer Slicer. The veneer slicer knife shall be guarded at front and rear to prevent accidental contact with the knife edge.

(4) Veneer Clipper:

(a) Clippers shall be provided with a guard on both in-feed and out-feed sides to protect the employees;

(b) Each operating treadle for veneer clippers shall be covered by a device which is adequate to avoid accidental activation or tripping.

(5) Veneer Cutter:

(a) Power-driven guillotine veneer cutters (except continuous feed trimmers) shall be equipped with the following:

(A) A starting device which requires the simultaneous action of both hands to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the knife; or

(B) An automatic device which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of the blade used in conjunction with one-hand starting devices which require two distinct movements of the device to start the cutting motion.

(b) All power-driven veneer cutters shall be so designed that the knife positively returns to the starting position after each complete cycle of the knife;

(c) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on the same power-driven guillotine veneer cutter equipped with two-hand control, the device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both hands simultaneously on the controls to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control to complete the cut.

NOTE: The controls should be of a type that cannot be defeated by tying down one of them.

(d) In addition to the brake or other stopping mechanism, a nonrepeat device shall be provided which will prevent the machine from operating in the event of a mechanical failure;

(e) Where no other device serves as protection, a guard running the length of the knife shall be installed on the in-feed side;

(f) A protective device, such as side shields, shall be provided on the out-feed side;

(g) A protective device for the knife edge shall be provided for use when transporting the knife;

(h) Positive means of opening and locking the control circuit and supporting the mechanism in the "up" position shall be provided for use during knife changes;

(i) When the hold-down clamp and knife are in their uppermost positions, the knife edge shall not extend below the lower edge of the hold-down clamp.

(6) Tray System:

(a) The tray system shall be equipped with controls at each end so that the system cannot be operated unless both switches are in the "on" position;

(b) A walkway shall be constructed the entire length of the trays so that the top tray can be reached in the event of a "plug-up" without having to climb up the frames.

(7) Veneer Dryer:

(a) A standard stairway and catwalk across the tray lines shall be constructed to provide safe access in the event of a "plug-up" and dryer feed controls, including a positive lock out, shall be provided at the feeders' station;

(b) Steam lines outside the dryer which may be contacted by personnel shall be insulated or enclosed;

(c) Suitable gloves and aprons shall be worn by workers off-bearing veneer from chain or table;

(d) Where a band saw is used to trim panel core, it shall be guarded in accordance with 1910.265(e)(2)(ii)(c).

(8) Hot Press or Veneer Press:

(a) Steam lines which may be contacted by personnel shall be insulated or enclosed;

(b) Standard guard rails shall be provided on the ends of loading and unloading elevators or hoist platforms or both. (See OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/D, 1910.23(e)(1));

(c) Hot-press hoists shall be provided with a braking and holding mechanism which will operate automatically in case of failure of lifting chains or cables;

(d) On a hot-press equipped with an automatic charger, an electrically interlocked gate or chain shall be provided across the opening between the charger and the press which, when opened, will open the circuit to prevent the charger from moving;

(e) Where two workers are employed in loading the press, closing control devices shall be provided within reach of each work station, so interconnected as to require activation of both controls to operate the press, and a quick opening device shall be provided at each station on the press hoist platform;

(f) Floor openings on non-working sides of press and pit shall be protected with standard guard rails. (See OAR Chapter 437, Division 2/D 1910.23(a)(8));

(g) Means shall be provided for safe access into the press pit, the top of the press, and each side, and a positive means of blocking up the hoist platform.

(9) Stripsaw and Patch Machine:

(a) An anti-kickback device and hood guard shall be provided on the veneer stripsaw;

(b) The patch machine shall be guarded to prevent operator's hands from entering the punch area, and the foot treadle shall be guarded.

(10) Veneer Chipper and Hogs:

(a) The top feed roll shall be equipped with a guard and a shield or panel shall be provided on the operator's side to prevent operator from reaching the roll;

(b) Chippers and hogs shall be guarded in accordance with 1910.265(c)(20)(i) through (c)(21)(ii)(c). Feed conveyors to chippers and hogs shall be guarded in accordance with OAR 437-002-0313(1).

(11) Electronic Laminating Press and Edge Gluer:

(a) Interlocked gates shall be provided on in-feed and out-feed sides of batch-type presses which are interlocked to prevent power being activated until gates are completely lowered;

(b) Shielding shall be provided to protect against harmful exposure to radiation that may be emitted;

(c) All screens and filters shall be equipped with interlocks which will shut off all power in the event they are removed.

(12) Edge Gluer Jointer:

(a) A barrier shall be installed at the end of the travel of the head to prevent flying splinters from injuring personnel;

(b) A gate shall be installed to prevent access between the edge gluer jointer and the grasshopper, so arranged that when the gate is opened, all electricity, air, and hydraulic lines will be shut off and the cylinders bled;

(c) A device should be positioned across the front of the in-feed nip point, so arranged as to shut off the equipment if contact is made with it.

(13) Wide Belt Sanders. Wide-belt sanders shall be equipped with non-kickback fingers and a barrier at the in-feed side adjusted to prevent more than one panel entering the sander at a time.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 7-1993, f. 6-8-93, cert. ef. 8-1-93

437-002-0315

Shake and Shingle Machinery

NOTE: 1910.265(c) and (d) also apply to Shake and Shingle Machinery. (See OAR 437-002-0313(1).)

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this rule is to prescribe minimum requirements for shake and shingle manufacturing operations.

(2) Definitions applicable to shake and shingle machinery:

(a) "Blocks" shall mean those sections of a log cut in various lengths;

(b) "Blocks" and "Bolts" may be considered to be synonymous;

(c) "Clipper Saw" shall mean a circular saw used to trim manufactured shingles;

(d) "Groover" shall mean a cylinder-type knife (knives) similar to a planer knife (knives), used to cut grooves into the face surface on the side edge of shakes or shingles;

(f) "Johnson Bar" shall mean a shaft used to control the feed of the carriage;

(g) "Knee Bolter Circular Saw" shall mean a stationary circular saw used to trim and debark blocks (the blocks are manually maneuvered onto a carriage and fed into a saw);

(h) "Log Haul" shall mean a power conveyor used to move logs into position to cut into blocks;

(i) "Packers" shall mean employees who pack the manufactured shakes or shingles into bundles;

(j) "Pantograph Power Splitter" shall mean a hydraulically operated wedge, manually positioned into place, used to split blocks;

(k) "Power Saw Splitter" shall mean a stationary circular saw used to split (saw) blocks, (the blocks are manually maneuvered onto a carriage and fed into the saw);

(l) "Set Works" shall mean a component of the shingle machine, located on the machine frame, used to control the thickness of each shingle being manufactured;

(m) "Shake Machine" shall mean a band saw used to cut shake blanks into manufactured shakes;

(n) "Shake Splitter" shall mean a stationary hydraulically operated wedge, manually controlled, used to split shake blocks into shake blanks;

(o) "Shim Saw" shall mean a circular saw used to re-cut manufactured shingles into narrow widths;

(p) "Shingle Machine" shall mean a machine used to manufacture shingles; composed of a feed, set works, and carriage system, all functioning in relation to a circular saw;

(q) "Shingle Saw" shall mean a circular saw used to cut shingles from blocks;

(r) "Spault" shall mean the first and last section(s) of block as it is cut into shingles;

(s) "Spault Catcher" shall mean a device located on the shingle machine next to the solid feed rolls, used to hold the last section of each block being cut (called a spault), in place;

(t) "Track or Swing Cut Off Saw" shall mean a circular saw used to cut blocks from a log.

(3) Track or Swing Cut Off Circular Saw:

(a) A power operated track or swing cut off circular saw shall have controls so arranged that operators are not positioned directly in front of the saw while making a cut;

(b) All track or swing cut off circular saws shall be completely encased or guarded when the saw is in the retract position, except for that portion of the guard that must be left open for the operation of the saw;

(c) Track or swing cut off circular saw guards shall be constructed of sheet metal not less than 1/8-inch thick, or a wood guard of not less than nominal two-inch thick wood material, or equivalent;

NOTE: Hinged or removable doors or gates will be permitted where necessary to permit adjusting and oiling.

(d) The driving belts on the track or swing cut off circular saw shall be guarded;

(e) A safety catch shall be provided to prevent the track cut off saw from leaving the track.

(4) Overhead Deck Splitter -- Pantograph:

(a) Pantograph splitters shall have a shroud incorporated on the upper pressure plate to eliminate the possibility of the splitter moving from the operating are. This shroud shall be constructed of substantial design with a minimum width of three inches and a minimum thickness of 3/8-inch;

(b) Mechanically operated overhead splitters shall have handles moving opposite the stroke of the piston;

(c) When the leading edge of the pantograph splitter is completely extended, the minimum clearance from the deck to the splitting edge shall be two inches.

(5) Power Splitter Saw. Power splitters shall have spreaders behind the saw to prevent materials from squeezing the saw or being thrown back on the operator. The top of the saw shall be completely covered.

(6) Knee Bolter Circular Saw:

(a) A safety catch shall be provided to prevent the bolter carriage from leaving the track;

(b) Bolter saws shall be provided with a canopy guard of sheet metal not less than 1/8-inch thick, or cast iron guard not less than 3/16-inch thick or a wood guard of not less than nominal two-inch thick wood material or equivalent:

(A) Such guard shall completely enclose the rear portion of the saw;

(B) It shall be so arranged and adjusted as to cover the front of the saw; not to exceed 20 inches from the top of the carriage to the bottom of the guard on 16-inch and 18-inch blocks and 26 inches on 24-inch blocks, or the material being cut.

(c) Knee bolter saws shall be provided with wipers of belting or other suitable material. These wipers shall be installed on both sides of the saw in such a manner as to deflect knots, chips, slivers, etc., that are carried by the saw;

(d) A positive device shall be provided and used to manually lock and hold the feed table of knee bolter saws in the neutral position when not in use;

(e) That portion of all saws which is below and behind the saw table shall be effectively guarded by the exhaust hood of other device;

(f) Hinged or removable doors or gates will be permitted where necessary to permit adjusting and oiling.

(7) Shake Machinery:

(a) Shake Splitters:

(A) A positive de-energizing device shall be provided within ready reach of each shake splitter operator;

(B) Each shake splitter shall be provided with an adjustable stroke limiter to eliminate the splitting blade from striking the table;

(C) All splitters shall have a minimum clearance of four inches, from the splitting edge to the table surface, when the splitter is in the extended position;

(D) All splitter tables shall have a friction surface to reduce kick out of the material being split;

(E) Shake splitters shall not be operated at a speed that would cause chunks to be thrown in such a manner as to create a hazard to the operator;

(F) The use of foot pedal (treadle) mechanisms shall be provided with protection to prevent unintended operation from falling or moving objects or by accidental stepping onto the pedal:

(i) The pedal shall have a nonslip surface;

(ii) The pedal return spring shall be of the compression type, operating on a rod or guided within a hole or tube, or designed to prevent interleaving of spring coils in event of breakage;

(iii) If pedal counterweights are provided, the path of the travel of the weight shall be enclosed.

(b) Shake Saw Guards:

(A) Every shake band saw shall be equipped with a saw guard on both sides of the blade down to the top side of the guide;

(B) The outside saw guard shall extend a minimum of 3-1/2 inches below the bottom edge of the saw guide;

(C) The maximum opening between the saw guide and table rolls shall be 15 inches.

(c) Shake Saw Band Wheel Guards:

(A) The band wheels on all shake band saws shall be completely encased or guarded on both sides;

(B) The guards shall be constructed of not less than No. 14 U.S. gauge metal or material equal in strength;

(C) The metal doors, on such guards, shall have a wood liner of a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch.

(d) Shake Saw Band Wheels Speed and Maintenance:

(A) No band wheel shall be run at a peripheral speed in excess of that recommended by the manufacturer;

(B) Each band wheel shall be carefully inspected at least once a month by management;

(C) Any band wheel in which a crack is found in the rim or in a spoke shall be immediately discontinued from service until properly repaired;

(D) Each band saw frame shall be provided with a tension indicator.

(8) Upright Shingle Machine:

(a) Upright Shingle Saw Guards:

(A) Every shingle machine carriage shall be equipped with a hand guard which:

(i) Projects at least one inch beyond the cutting edge of the saw;

(ii) Shall be located not more than 1/2-inch from the side of the saw blade.

(B) Shingle saw guards shall have a rim guard so designed and installed as to prevent chips and knots from flying from the saws. Such guards shall cover the edge of the saw to at least the depth of the teeth, except such part of the cutting edge as is essential for sawing the material;

(C) Saws, arbors, and couplings shall be guarded;

(D) Every part of a clipper saw, except that part which is exposed to trim shingles, shall be enclosed by a guard, so designed and installed to prevent contact with the clipper saw. An additional guard shall be installed not more than four inches above the clipper board and not more than 1/2-inch from the vertical plane of the saw;

(E) The underside of clipper saw boards shall be equipped with a substantial finger guard to effectively protect the operator's fingers. The guard shall be a minimum of five inches long and 1-1/4 inches deep.

(b) Upright Carriage Guards:

(A) Automatic revolving cam set works and rocker arms, on machine frame, shall be guarded where exposed to contact;

(B) The spault catchers shall be not less than 3/16-inch thick and kept sharp at all times. Missing teeth shall be replaced.

(c) Carriage Feed Works:

(A) The pinion gear, bull wheel and Johnson bar operating the same carriage, shall be guarded where exposed to contact;

(B) Each shingle machine clutch treadle shall be arranged so that it is necessary to manually operate the treadle to start the machine:

(i) The use of devices to permit the automatic starting of the machine when the jaw treadle is released is prohibited;

(ii) The carriage shall have a brake to hold it in a neutral position.

(C) Carriage speed shall not exceed 34 strokes per minute.

(9) Related Shake and Shingle Sawing Machinery:

(a) Flat or Taper Saw. A wood or metal guard or its equivalent shall be secured to the sliding table at the side nearest the sawyer to protect him/her from contact with the cutting edge of the saw when a block is not in the cut;

(b) Hip and Ridge Saws:

(A) The hip and ridge saws shall be guarded with a hood-like device;

(B) This guard shall cover that portion of the saw not needed to cut the material, located above the cutting table;

(C) The remaining portion of the saw, located below the table, shall be effectively guarded.

NOTE: The above subsection is applicable to both shake and shingle hip and ridge saws.

(c) Shim Stock Saws. The top ends and sides of the shim stock saws shall be guarded;

(d) Shake or Shingle Groover. The top ends and sides of the groover, to include the press rolls, shall be guarded;

(e) Mechanical Power Transmission Machinery. All mechanical power transmission equipment shall be guarded in accordance with the requirements of Division 2, Subdivision O, Machinery and Machine Guarding.

(10) Circular Saws, Speeds, and Repairs:

(a) Maximum Allowable Speeds:

(A) No circular saw shall be run at a speed in excess of that recommended by the manufacturer;

(B) The manufacturer's recommended speed shall be etched or otherwise permanently marked on the blade, and that speed shall not be exceeded.

(b) Repairs and Reconditioning:

(A) Shingle saws when reduced in size to less than 40 inches in diameter shall be discontinued from service as shingle saws on upright or vertical machines;

(B) Shingle saws may be reconditioned for use as clipper saws, provided the surfaces are reground and the proper balance attained;

(C) Shingle saws may be used to no less than 36 inches on flat or taper saw machines.

(c) Operations:

(A) Workers shall not leave shingle machines unattended while the carriage is in motion:

(i) Chunks may be placed horizontally one tier high on top of shingle blocks;

(ii) Shingle blocks shall be piled in a stable manner, not more than 72 inches high, within the immediate working area of the shingle sawyer or the area shall be barricaded.

(B) Provisions shall be made to prevent blocks from falling into the packing area;

(C) On each machine operated by electric motors, positive means shall be provided for rendering such controls or devices inoperative while repairs or adjustments are being made to the machines they control;

(D) Workers shall not stand on top of blocks while in the process of splitting such blocks into bolts.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 7-1993, f. 6-8-93, cert. ef. 8-1-93

NOTE: Federal rule 1910.268(a)(1), was NOT adopted by OR-OSHA. Instead, OAR 437-002-0316(1) applies:

437-002-0316

Oregon Rules for Telecommunications

(1) Application. This division sets forth safety and health standards that apply to the work conditions, practices, means, methods, operations, installations, and processes performed at telephone, TV cable, and other signaling equipment centers and installations, and at field installations used to transmit or control communication or other signals of the service supplier and may be located outdoors or in building spaces used for such field installations. "Center" work includes the installation, operation, maintenance, rearrangement, and removal of communications equipment and other associated equipment in telecommunications switching centers. "Field" work includes the installation, operation, maintenance, rearrangement, and removal of conductors and other equipment used for signal or communication service, and of their supporting or containing structures, overhead or underground on public or private rights of way, including buildings or other structures.

(2) Employee protection in public work areas.

(a) Before work is begun in the vicinity of vehicular or pedestrian traffic which may endanger employees, pedestrian and traffic control devices shall be provided for all operations on or adjacent to streets, alleys and walkways. The traffic control shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) D6.1e-1989 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways and the Oregon Department of Transportation's Short Term Work Zones Manual. Where further protection is needed, barriers shall be utilized. At night, warning lights shall be prominently displayed, and excavated areas shall be enclosed with protective barricades.

(b) Once a work area has been established, it shall be the employer's responsibility to provide adequate supervision and periodic surveillance to assure that the above requirements are met.

(3) Before work is performed on overhead lines, underground (such as in manholes), or in buried plants, the employer or designated representative shall make a complete evaluation of the work location to determine if a hazard exists or could be created in the performance of the work. The employer or designated representative shall determine from this evaluation, a safe procedure for performing the work and those means or methods shall be implemented before the work proceeds. Examples of possible worksite conditions that may be hazardous include, but are not limited to:

(a) Manhole, pit, and pole locations, street intersections, alleys and isolated areas;

(b) Weather and road conditions (such as ice, snow, and rain);

(c) Visibility;

(d) Time of day;

(e) Manhole atmosphere conditions (such as explosive gases, exhaust fumes, and oxygen deficiency);

(f) Jointly occupied manholes with foreign utilities; and

(g) Power hazards.

(4) All equipment, tools, and safety devices shall be installed, used and operated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and operating instructions and its listing or labeling.

(5) Rubber insulating equipment.

(a) Rubber insulating equipment designed for the voltage levels to be encountered shall be provided and the employer shall ensure that they are used by employees as required by OAR 437, Division 2/R, 1910.268, Telecommunications.

(b) Rubber insulating equipment shall meet the electrical and physical requirements contained in ASTM Standard D-120-87, "Standard Specifications for Rubber Insulating Gloves," and ASTM Standard D 1048-88(a), "Standard Specifications for Rubber Insulating Blankets," with the exception that:

(A) The maximum proof test current for a 14-inch Class I glove shall be no more than 14 mA; and with the further exception that:

(B) Existing 14-inch Class I rubber gloves that meet a maximum proof test current of 16 mA and a minimum breakdown voltage of 17,000 volts (RMS) acquired prior to July 1, 1975 may be used as long as these gloves comply with the retest requirements of paragraph (f)(5) of 1910.268.

(c) Patching rubber goods is prohibited; rubber protective equipment shall not be vulcanized or patched.

(d) Rubber gloves for workers. A pair of approved rubber gloves and bag shall be assigned to each worker when workers are required to work on or be exposed to energized parts.

(6) Equipment.

(a) Ladder hooks. When ladder hooks are engaged the safety straps shall be lashed around the top rung and strand or otherwise secured to the strand.

(b) Chain saw usage.

(A) Chain saws shall be inspected prior to use and kept in good repair at all times. Saws with defective parts shall not be used.

(B) Chain saw engines shall be shut off while being fueled.

(C) Chain saws shall be equipped with an automatic throttle control which will return the engine to idling speed upon release of the throttle.

(D) All employees using chain saws shall wear flexible ballistic nylon pads or other equivalent protection sewn or otherwise fastened to the trousers, which will protect the legs from the thigh to below the knee, except when working from an aerial lift device.

(E) Chain saws shall not be brought into a bucket or work platform of an aerial lift device. Saws shall be carried on the outside of the aerial lift device. Chain saws shall be started and used only outside of the aerial lift device.

(7) Training. The employer shall see that employees who operate derricks and cranes are properly trained as required in OAR 437, Division 2/N, OAR 437-002-0229(2), Crane Operator Training Requirements.

(8) Handling poles near energized power conductors.

(a) Insulating gloves shall be worn when handling the pole with either hands or tools, when there exists a possibility that the pole may contact a power conductor. Where the voltage to the ground of the power conductor exceeds 15kV to ground, Class II gloves (as defined in ASTM D1048-88a shall be used. For voltages not exceeding 15kV to ground, insulating gloves shall have a breakdown voltage of at least 17kV.

(b) The guard or insulating material used to protect the pole shall meet the appropriate 3 minute proof test voltage requirements contained in ASTM D 1048-88a.

(9) Fiber optic/lightwave transmission.

(a) Only qualified employees shall install, service, maintain or use lightwave test equipment.

(b) Employees shall avoid eye exposure to emissions from unterminated energized optical connectors.

(c) Employees shall not look into vacant regenerator slots with an optical instrument.

(d) Employees should not examine or look into broken, severed, or disconnected fiber optic cables.

(e) Lightwave emissions may only be viewed with an indirect image converting device.

(f) Microscopes, magnifying glasses and eye loupes shall not be used to examine energized fiber optic cables.

(g) Lightguide terminals must be tagged "Do Not Energize" when splicing technicians are restoring a damaged system.

(10) Reserved.

(11) Additional definitions in Oregon.

(a) "Clearance:"

(A) For working on, means the certification by the property authority that a specified line or piece of equipment is deenergized; that the proper precautionary measures have been taken and that the line or equipment is being turned over to the workers.

(B) From hazard, means adequate separation or protection by the use of protective devices to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects on approach to a point of danger.

(b) "Climbing space" -- The vertical space reserved along the side of poles or structures to permit ready access for linemen to equipment and conductors located on poles or structures.

(c) "Communication plant" -- The conductors and their associated equipment required to provide public or private signals or communicative service.

(d) "Competent or qualified person" -- A person who is familiar with the construction of, or operation of, such lines and/or equipment that concerns his or her position and who is fully aware of the hazards connected therewith or one who has passed a journeyman's examination for the particular branch of the trades with which he or she may be connected.

(e) "Emergency" -- When an unusual condition exists that endangers life and/or property.

(f) "Foreman or Person-in-charge" -- That person directly in charge of workers doing the work regardless of title.

(g) "Grounding" -- The act of placing shorts and grounds on conductors and equipment for the purpose of protecting workers from dangerous voltages while working on such lines or equipment.

(h) "Guard or guarded" -- Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats, platforms, or warning signs or devices which are suitable to remove the possibility of dangerous contact on approach by other persons or objects to a point of danger.

(i) "Manlift equipment" -- Such types of portable truck-mounted equipment as mechanical, electric or hydraulic ladders and boom-mounted buckets or cages.

(j) "Protection from hazardous voltage" -- The isolation from or deenergizing of equipment to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects on approach to point of danger.

(k) "Protective devices" -- Those devices such as rubber gloves, rubber blankets, line hose, rubber hoods or other insulating devices, which are specially designed for the protection of workers.

(l) "Public highway" -- Land, road, street, boulevard, and every way or place in the state open as matter of right to public vehicular travel, both inside and outside the limit of cities and towns.

(m) "Sheath" -- As applied to sharp tools, a case that effectively covers the tool.

(n) "Voltage communications" -- Voltage used for electronic communications equipment to which workers or protective equipment may be subjected.

(A) "High" -- Over 600 volts to ground -- RMS AC or DC or over 1,000 volts RMS across bare parts.

(B) "Medium high" -- 151 to 600 volts to ground -- RMS AC or DC or 301 to 1,000 volts RMS AC across any bare parts.

(o) "Voltage electric supply" -- The maximum effective line voltage to which the workers or protective equipment may be subjected.

(A) "Low" -- Includes voltages from 100 to 600 volts.

(B) "High" -- Those voltages in excess of 600 volts.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 11-1993, f. 8-4-93, cert. ef. 10-1-93; OSHA 1-1996, f. & cert. ef. 2-16-96; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 3-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99

NOTE: In Oregon, live-line work is prohibited by OAR 437-002-0317(2) below. Other Oregon rules are contained in 437-002-0317(1):

437-002-0317

Additional Oregon Rules for Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution

(1) Two-worker rule.

(a) Not less than two journeymen, or workers with equivalent training and experience, shall be required for work on energized high voltage equipment. A qualified apprentice may work in place of one of the journeymen for the purpose of training.

(b) Exceptions: The following exceptions to the two-worker rule apply:

(A) When refusing circuits with a hot stick.

(B) When operating switches by means of operating handles or switch sticks.

(C) When a qualified apprentice is assigned to work with a journeyman for the purpose of training.

(D) Where life or the public safety are in immediate danger, one worker may remove only the immediate hazard if no other workers are immediately available.

(E) When installing or removing a hot line clamp connection with an approved hot stick on single phase line or apparatus, providing that the connection or disconnection does not interrupt or pick up a load.

(c) Rubber Gloves. Rubber gloves shall not be used for working on circuits in excess of 5,000 volts between phases.

(2) Bare-Hand Work. Live-line bare-hand work is prohibited.

NOTE: 1910.269(q)(3) was NOT adopted by OR-OSHA. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0317(2) prohibits live-line bare-hand work:

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94

NOTE: The following rule adopts by reference the federal Electrical Standard.

437-002-0320

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other health and safety codes contained in OAR chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/93:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.301 Introduction; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185.

Design Safety Standards for Electrical Systems

(2) 29 CFR 1910.302 Electrical utilization systems; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.303 General requirements; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136; amended 10/29/08, FR vol. 73, no. 210, p. 64202. OAR 437-002-0321 through 0325, Additional Oregon General Requirements.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.304 Wiring design and protection; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; amended 8/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136; amended 10/29/08, FR vol. 73, no. 210, p. 64202.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.305 Wiring methods, components and equipment for general use; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.306 Specific purpose equipment and installations; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.307 Hazardous (classified) locations; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.308 Special systems; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81 FR vol. 46, p. 40185; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(9) (Reserved for 1910.309-1910.330)

Safety-Related Work Practices

(10) 29 CFR 1910.331 Scope; published 8/6/90, Federal Register vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; amended 1/31/94, FR vol. 59, no. 20, pp. 4475-6.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.332 Training; published 8/6/90, Federal Register vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020.

(12) 29 CFR 1910.333 Selection and use of work practices; published 8/6/90, Federal Register vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; amended 11/1/90, FR vol. 55, no. 212, pp. 46052-46054; amended 1/31/94, FR vol. 59, no. 20, pp. 4475-6; amended with OR-OSHA AO 4-2007, filed and effective 8/15/07.

(13) 29 CFR 1910.334 Use of equipment; published 8/6/90, Federal Register vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; amended 11/1/90, FR vol. 55, no. 212, pp. 46052-46054.

(14) 29 CFR 1910.335 Safeguards for personnel protection; published 8/6/90, Federal Register vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020.

(15) (Reserved for 1910.336-1910.360)

Safety-Related Maintenance Requirements

(16) (Reserved for 1910.361–1910.380)

Safety Requirements for Special Equipment

(17) (Reserved for 1910.381–1910.398)

Definitions

(18) 29 CFR 1910.399 Definitions Applicable to this Subdivision; published 1/16/81, Federal Register vol. 46, p. 4056; amended 8/7/81, FR vol. 46, p. 40185, amended 4/12/88, FR vol. 53, p. 12123; amended 8/6/90 FR vol. 55, no. 151, pp. 32016-32020; 2/14/07, FR vol. 72, no. 30, p. 7136.

(19) Appendices: Appendix A -- Reference Documents. These standards are available at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division (OR-OSHA), Department of Consumer and Business Services; and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 2-1991, f. 2-4-91, cert. ef. 4-1-91; OSHA 3-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-1-94; OSHA 4-2007, f. & cert. ef. 8-15-07; OSHA 3-2009, f. 4-6-09, cert. ef. 4-17-09

437-002-0340

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/03, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) 29 CFR 1910.401 Scope and application, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; amended 11/26/82, FR vol. 47, p. 53365; amended 2/17/04, FR vol. 69, p. 7351.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.402 Definitions, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; amended 11/26/82, FR vol. 47, p. 53365; amended 2/17/04, FR vol. 69, p. 7351.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.410 Qualification of dive team, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.420 Safe practices manual, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; amended 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.421 Pre-dive procedures, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; amended 4/6/82, FR vol. 47, p. 14706; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334.

(6) 29 CFR 1910.422 Procedures during dive, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.423 Post-dive procedures, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; amended 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.424 SCUBA diving, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.425 Surface-supplied air diving, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.426 Mixed-gas diving, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.427 Liveboating, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(12) 29 CFR 1910.430 Equipment, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 9/18/88, FR, vol. 51, p. 33033.

(13) 29 CFR 1910.440 Recordkeeping requirements, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37688; amended 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35281; 4/6/82, FR, vol. 47, p. 14706; 9/29/86, FR, vol. 51, p. 34562; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

(14) 29 CFR 1910.441 Effective date, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

(15) 29 CFR 1910, Appendix A to Subdivision T, Examples of conditions which may restrict or limit exposures to hyperbaric conditions, published 7/22/77, Federal Register, vol. 42, p. 37668.

(16) 29 CFR 1910, Appendix B to Subdivision T, Guidelines for scientific diving, published 1/9/85, Federal Register, vol. 50, p. 1050.

(17) 29 CFR 1910, Appendix C to Subdivision T, Alternative Conditions under sec.1910.401(a)(3) for Recreational Diving Instructors and Diving Guides (Mandatory), published 2/17/04, Federal Register, vol. 69, p. 7351.

NOTE: These standards are on file at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 5-1993, f. 5-3-93, cert. ef. 6-1-93; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 2-2004, f. & cert. ef. 5-20-04; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06

437-002-0342

Additional Oregon Definition

"Depth" The actual depth of the dive measured in feet below the water's surface. For purposes of determining pressure equivalents, these measurements are assumed to be salt water at 0.445 pounds per square inch per foot of depth (0.445 psi/ft depth). Fresh water equals 0.432 psi/ft depth.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 5-1993, f. 5-3-93, cert. ef. 6-1-93

437-002-0345

Inland Emergency Aid

If conducting inland dive operation, the telephone or call numbers of the nearest local sheriff's office shall be included on the "Emergency Aid" list.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 5-1993, f. 5-3-93, cert. ef. 6-1-93

437-002-0355

Air Supply Systems (Compressed Gases and Air)

(1) For purposes of this standard, air supply systems shall include:

(a) Air supplied directly to a diver;

(b) Compressed systems used to fill air cylinders (tanks);

(c) Compressed air cylinders (tanks); and

(d) Compressed oxygen cylinder;

(e) For additional requirements for compressed gas cylinders, see OAR Division 2/I, 1910.134(d), Respiratory Protection; Division 2/H, 1910.101, Compressed Gases; and 30 CFR 11, Respiratory Protective Devices.

(2) Tests for carbon monoxide shall be conducted on the air in air supply systems as follows:

(a) At least daily for air supplied directly to the diver; and

(b) At least once for each group or batch of cylinders filled or purchased.

(3) The employer shall insure that the requirements of 1910. 430(d) through (i) are met, regardless of where compressed gas cylinder (tanks) are purchased or filled.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 5-1993, f. 5-3-93, cert. ef. 6-1-93

437-002-0360

Adoption by Reference

In addition to, and not in lieu of, any other safety and health codes contained in OAR Chapter 437, the Department adopts by reference the following federal rules as printed in the Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910, revised as of 7/1/99, and any subsequent amendments published in the Federal Register as listed below:

(1) (Reserved) 29 CFR 1910.1000 Air contaminants, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, pp. 23540 23543; amended in the following FR publications: 5/28/75, vol. 40, pp. 23072 23073; 5/3/77, vol. 42, p. 22525; 1/17/78, vol. 43, p. 2600; 2/10/78, vol. 43, p. 5963; 3/29/78, vol. 43. p. 13563; 5/4/78, vol. 43, p. 19624; 6/23/78, vol. 43, p. 27394; 6/30/78, vol. 43, p. 28473; 10/3/78, vol. 43, p. 45809; 11/14/78, vol. 43, p. 53007; 12/8/78, vol. 43, pp. 57602 57603; 2/5/79, vol. 44, p. 7141; 6/18/80, vol. 45, pp. 12416 12417; 7/28/80, vol. 45, pp. 50328 50329; 6/19/81, vol. 46, p. 32022; 6/22/84, vol. 49, p. 25796; 1/02/85, vol. 50, p. 64; 12/13/85, vol. 50, p. 51173; 11/17/86, vol. 51, p. 41477; 9/11/87, vol. 52, p. 34562; 12/4/87, vol. 52, p. 46291; 1/19/89, vol. 54, pp. 2920 2983; 7/5/89, vol. 54, no. 127, pp. 28054 28061; 9/5/89, vol. 54, no. 170, pp. 36767-36768; 11/15/89, vol. 54, no. 219, p. 47513; 2/5/90, vol. 55, no. 24, pp. 3724; 5/9/90, vol. 55, no. 90, pp. 19258-19259; 11/8/90, vol. 55, no. 217, pp. 46948 46950; 7/1/92, vol. 57, no. 127, pp. 29204 29206. NOTE: 29 CFR 1910.1000 was repealed on 11/15/93 by OR OSHA. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0382 applies.

(2) 29 CFR 1910.1001 Asbestos, published 6/20/86, Federal Register, vol. 51, no. 119, pp. 22612 22790; amended 10/17/86, FR vol. 51, pp. 37002 37007; amended 5/12/87, FR vol. 52, pp. 17754 17755; amended 9/14/88, FR vol. 53, no. 178, pp. 35610-35627; amended 9/23/88, FR vol. 53, no. 185, p. 37080; amended 7/21/89, FR vol. 54, no. 139, p. 30704 30705; amended 12/20/89, FR vol. 54, no. 243, p. 52028; amended 2/5/90, FR vol. 55, no. 24, pp. 3731 3732; amended 12/10/90, FR vol. 55, no. 237, pp. 50685 50687; amended 9/4/91, FR vol. 56, no. 171, pp. 43699 43700; 3/5/92, FR vol. 57, no. 44, p. 7878; 6/8/92, FR vol. 57, no. 110, p. 24330; 8/10/94, FR vol. 59, no. 153, p. 41065; 6/29/95, FR vol. 60, no. 125, pp. 33983 34002; 8/23/96, FR vol. 61, no. 165, pp. 43434-43459; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1285; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(3) 29 CFR 1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles, interpretation of term, published 1/21/83, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 2768.

(4) 29 CFR 1910.1003 13 Carcinogens, published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9242; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1286; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(5) 29 CFR 1910.1004 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(6) Reserved for 29 CFR 1910.1005.

(7) 29 CFR 1910.1006 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(8) 29 CFR 1910.1007 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(9) 29 CFR 1910.1008 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(10) 29 CFR 1910.1009 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(11) 29 CFR 1910.1010 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(12) 29 CFR 1910.1011 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(13) 29 CFR 1910.1012 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(14) 29 CFR 1910.1013 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(15) 29 CFR 1910.1014 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(16) 29 CFR 1910.1015 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(17) 29 CFR 1910.1016 See §1910.1003, 13 Carcinogens.

(18) 29 CFR 1910.1017 Vinyl chloride, published 10/4/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 35896; amended by the following FR publications: 12/3/74, FR vol. 39, p. 41848; 3/25/75, FR vol. 40, p. 13211; 5/28/75, FR vol. 40, p. 23072; 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49751; 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35282; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35310; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1286; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(19) 29 CFR 1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic, published 5/25/78, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 19624; amended by the following FR publications: 6/30/78, FR vol. 43, p. 28472; 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35282; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35310; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9245; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1286; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(20) 29 CFR 1910.1020 Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records, published May 23, 1980, Federal Register, vol. 45, no. 102, pp. 35277 35281; amended September 29, 1988, Federal Register, vol. 53, no. 189, pp. 38163 38168; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9235; 6/20/96, FR vol. 61, p. 31427; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

Appendix A Sample Authorization Letter.

Appendix B Availability of NIOSH RTECS.

(21) 29 CFR 1910.1025 Lead, published 11/14/78, Federal Register, vol. 44, p. 53007; amended by the following FR publications: 1/26/79, vol. 44, p. 5447; 3/13/79, vol. 44, p. 14554; 8/28/79, vol. 44 p. 50338; 10/23/79, vol. 44, p. 60981; 11/30/79, vol. 44, 68828; 5/23/80, vol. 45, p. 35283; 12/11/81, vol. 46, p. 60775; 11/12/82, vol. 47, p. 51117; 3/6/83, vol. 48, p. 9641; 4/30/84, vol. 49, p. 18295; 6/5/84, vol. 49, p. 23175; 6/5/84, vol. 49, p. 23175; and modified by OSHA Instruction CPL 2 2.47 published by the U. S. Department of Labor on 1/5/89. Amended 7/11/89, vol. 54, p. 29142; 1/30/90, vol. 55, no. 20, pp. 3166 3167; 2/13/90, vol. 55, no. 30, pp. 4998 4999; modification of OSHA Instruction CPL 2 2.47, published by Office of Health Compliance Assistance, OSHA, on 7/10/90. Amended 5/31/91, FR vol. 56, no. 105, p. 24686; amended 10/11/95, FR vol. 60, p. 52856; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1287; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(22) 29 CFR 1910.1026 Chromium (VI), published 2/28/06, Federal Register, vol. 71, no. 39, p. 10100; 6/23/06, FR vol. 71, no. 121, p. 36008; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(23) 29 CFR 1910.1027 Cadmium, published 9/14/92, Federal Register, vol. 57, no. 178, pp. 42388 42453; corrections published 4/23/93, FR vol. 58, no. 77, pp. 21778 21787; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1288; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(24) 29 CFR 1910.1028 Benzene, and Appendices A, B, C, D, and E, published 9/11/87, Federal Register, vol. 52, no. 176, pp. 34562 34578; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1289; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(25) 29 CFR 1910.1029 Coke oven emissions, published 10/22/76, Federal Register, vol. 41, p. 46784; amended by the following FR publications: 1/18/77, FR vol. 42, p. 3304; 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35283; 9/13/85, FR vol. 50, p. 37353; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1290; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(26) 29 CFR 1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens, published 12/6/91, Federal Register, vol. 56, no. 235, pp. 64175 64182; amended 7/1/92, vol. 57, no. 127, p. 29206; 1/18/01, FR vol. 66, no. 12, p. 5318; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(27) 29 CFR 1910.1043 Cotton dust, published 6/23/78, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 27394; amended by the following FR publications: 8/8/78, FR vol. 43, p. 35035; 10/10/80, FR vol. 45, p. 67340; 12/13/85, FR vol. 50, p. 51173; 7/3/86, FR vol. 51, p. 24325; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1290; 12/7/00, FR vol. 65, no. 236, p. 76563; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(28) 29 CFR 1910.1044 1,2 dibromo-3 chloropropane, published 3/17/78, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 11527; amended by the following FR publications: 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35283; 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35310; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1291; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(29) 29 CFR 1910.1045 Acrylonitrile, published 10/3/78, Federal Register, vol. 43, p. 45809; amended by the following FR publications: 5/23/80, FR vol. 45, p. 35283; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35310; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1291; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(30) 29 CFR 1910.1047 Ethylene oxide, published 6/22/84, Federal Register, vol. 49, p. 25796; amended 3/12/85, FR vol. 50, p. 9801; amended 10/11/85, FR vol. 50, p. 41494; amended 7/10/86, FR vol. 51, p. 25053; amended 4/6/88, FR vol. 53, p. 11437; amended 7/26/88, FR vol. 53, p. 27960; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1292; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(31) 29 CFR 1910.1048 Formaldehyde, and Appendices A, B, C, D and E, published 12/4/87, Federal Register, vol. 52, no. 233, pp. 46291 46312; and amendments to 1910.1048 published 3/2/88, FR vol. 53, no. 41, pp. 6628 6629; 11/8/88, FR vol. 53, pp. 45080 45088; 11/22/88, FR vol. 53, p. 47188; 7/13/89, FR vol. 54, no. 133, pp. 29545 29546; 8/1/89, FR vol. 54, No. 146, p. 31765; 8/29/89, FR vol. 54, p. 35639; 9/11/89, FR vol. 54, p. 37531; 10/24/89, vol. 54, pp. 43344 43346; 6/13/90, FR vol. 55, no. 114, p. 24070; 8/10/90, FR vol. 55, no. 155, p. 32616; 12/17/90, FR vol. 55, no. 242, p. 51698; 3/12/91, FR vol. 56, no. 48, pp. 10377 8; 6/12/91, FR vol. 56, no. 113, p. 26909; 8/8/91, FR vol. 56, no. 153, p. 37650 1, 11/13/91, FR vol. 56, no. 219, p. 57593; 1/23/92, FR vol. 57, no. 15, p. 2681 2; 5/5/92, FR vol. 57, no. 87, p. 19262; 5/27/92, FR vol. 57, no. 102, pp. 22307 9; 6/10/92, FR vol. 57, no. 112, p. 24701; 6/18/92, FR vol. 57, no. 118, pp. 27160 1; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1293; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(32) 29 CFR 1910.1050 Methylenedianiline (MDA), published 8/10/92, Federal Register, vol. 57, no. 154, pp. 35666 35681; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1293; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(33) 29 CFR 1910.1051 1,3-Butadiene, published 11/4/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 214, p. 56831; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1294; 1/5/05, FR vol. 69, p. 1111; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(34) 29 CFR 1910.1052 Methylene Chloride, published 1/10/97, Federal Register, vol. 62, no. 7, p. 1601; 10/20/97, FR vol. 62, p. 54382; 12/18/97, FR vol. 62, no. 243, p. 66275; 1/8/98, FR vol. 63, no. 5, p. 1295; 4/23/98, FR vol. 63, no. 78, p. 20099; 9/22/98, FR vol. 63, no. 183, p. 50729; amended by AO 12-2001, reference typo corrected, f. and ef. 10/26/01; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669; 8/24/06, FR vol. 71, no. 164, p. 50122; 12/12/08, FR vol. 73, no. 240, pp. 75568-75589.

(NOTE: 29 CFR 1910.1101 Asbestos, was repealed by Federal Register, vol. 57, no. 110, issued 6/8/92, p. 24330.)

(35) 29 CFR 1910.1096 Ionizing radiation, published 6/27/74, Federal Register, vol. 39, p. 23502; amended 10/24/78, FR vol. 43, p. 49746; 11/7/78, FR vol. 43, p. 51759; 4/30/84, FR vol. 49, p. 18295; 6/30/93, FR vol. 58, no. 124, p. 35309; 6/20/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 31427.

(36) 29 CFR 1910.1200 Hazard communication, published 8/24/87, Federal Register, vol. 52, p. 31877; amended by the following FR publications: 12/4/87, FR vol. 52, p. 46080; 4/27/88, FR vol. 53, p. 15035; 2/15/89, FR vol. 54, p. 6888; 6/7/89, FR vol. 54, p. 24334; 2/9/94, FR vol. 59, no. 27, pp. 6126-6184; 4/13/94, FR vol. 59, no. 71, pp. 17478; 12/22/94, FR vol. 59, no. 245, p. 65947; 3/7/96, FR vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9245.

(37) 29 CFR 1910.1201 Retention of DOT Markings, Placards and Labels, published 7/19/94, Federal Register, vol. 59, p. 36700.

(38) 29 CFR 1910.1450 Occupational Exposure to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories, published 1/31/90, Federal Register, vol. 55 no. 21, pp. 3300 3335; corrected 3/6/90, FR vol. 55, no. 44, p. 7967; 7/1/92, vol. 57, no. 127, p. 29204; 4/3/06, FR vol. 71, no. 63, p. 16669.

(39) 29 CFR 1910.1499 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9245.

(40) 29 CFR 1910.1500 Removed. Published 3/7/96, Federal Register, vol. 61, no. 46, p. 9245.

These standards are available at the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, Oregon Department of Consumer and Business Services, and the United States Government Printing Office.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 13-1988, f. 8-2-88 & ef. 8-2-88; APD 14-1988, f. & ef. 9-12-88; APD 18-1988, f. & ef. 11-17-88; APD 4-1989(Temp), f. 3-31-89, ef. 5-1-89; APD 6-1989(Temp), f. 4-20-89, ef. 5-1-89; APD 9-1989, f. & ef. 7-7-89; APD 11-1989, f. 7-14-89, ef. 8-14-89; APD 13-1989, f. & ef. 7-17-89; OSHA 1-1990(Temp), f. & ef. 1-11-90; OSHA 3-1990(Temp), f. & ef. 1-19-90; OSHA 6-1990, f. & ef. 3-2-90; OSHA 7-1990, f. & ef. 3-2-90; OSHA 9-1990, f. 5-8-90, ef. 8-8-90; OSHA 11-1990, f. 6-7-90, ef. 7-1-90; OSHA 13-1990(Temp), f. 6-28-90, ef. 8-1-90; OSHA 14-1990, f. 6-28-90, ef. 8-1-90; OSHA 19-1990, f. & ef. 8-31-90; OSHA 20-1990, f. & ef. 9-18-90; OSHA 21-1990, f. & ef. 9-18-90; OSHA 7-1991, f. & cert. ef. 4-25-91; OSHA 13-1991, f. & cert. ef. 10-10-91; OSHA 15-1991, f. & cert. ef. 12-13-91; OSHA 1-1992, f. & cert. ef. 1-22-92; OSHA 4-1992, f. & cert. ef. 4-16-92; OSHA 5-1992, f. 4-24-92, cert. ef. 7-1-92; OSHA 6-1992, f. & cert. ef. 5-18-92; OSHA 9-1992(Temp), f. & cert. ef. 9-24-92; OSHA 11-1992, f. & cert. ef. 10-9-92; OSHA 12-1992, f. & cert. ef. 10-13-92; OSHA 14-1992, f. & cert. ef. 12-7-92; OSHA 15-1992, f. & cert. ef. 12-30-92; OSHA 1-1993, f. & cert. ef. 1-22-93; OSHA 6-1993(Temp), f. & cert. ef. 5-17-93; OSHA 12-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 17-1993, f. & cert. ef. 11-15-93; OSHA 4-1994, f. & cert. ef. 8-4-94; OSHA 1-1995, f. & cert. ef. 1-19-95; OSHA 4-1995, f. & cert. ef. 3-29-95; OSHA 5-1995, f. & cert. ef. 4-6-95; OSHA 8-1995, f. & cert. ef. 8-25-95; OSHA 4-1996, f. & cert. ef. 9-13-96; OSHA 6-1996, f. & cert. ef. 11-29-96; OSHA 4-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-2-97; OSHA 6-1997, f. & cert. ef. 5-2-97; OSHA 8-1997, f. & cert. ef. 11-14-97; OSHA 1-1998, f. & cert. ef. 2-13-98; OSHA 3-1998, f. & cert. ef. 7-7-98; OSHA 1-1999, f. & cert. ef. 3-22-99; OSHA 2-1999, f. & cert. ef. 4-30-99; OSHA 6-2001, f. & cert. ef. 5-15-01; OSHA 10-2001, f. 9-14-01, cert. ef. 10-18-01; OSHA 12-2001, f. & cert. ef. 10-26-01; OSHA 1-2005, f. & cert. ef. 4-12-05; OSHA 4-2006, f. & cert. ef. 7-24-06; OSHA 6-2006, f. & cert. ef. 8-30-06; OSHA 10-2006, f. & cert. ef. 11-30-06; OSHA 5-2009, f. & cert. ef. 5-29-09

437-002-0363

Oregon Amendment

1910.1028(j)(1)(ii) is amended to read (wording in brackets is deleted):

1910.1028(j)(1)(ii) The employer shall ensure that labels or other appropriate forms of warning are provided for containers of benzene within the workplace. [There is no requirement to label pipes.] The labels shall comply with the requirements of CFR 1910.1200(f) and in addition shall include the following legend:

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: APD 13-1988, f. & ef. 8-2-88

437-002-0364

Oregon Rules for MOCA (4,4'-Methylene Bis (2-chloroaniline))

NOTE: The following Oregon-initiated rule, OAR 437-002-0364, contains wording formerly contained in Division 116, Carcinogens, but the wording is now applicable only to MOCA, which is not covered by federal standards for carcinogens.

(1) Application. This rule applies to any areas in which MOCA (4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline)) (CAS# 101-14-4) is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to transhipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under OAR 437-002-0364(5)(b), (c), and (d).

(2) Definitions:

(a) "Absolute Filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a monodisperse aerosol of 0.3 µm particles;

(b) "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division, or any person directed to act for the Administrator;

(c) "Authorized Employee" means an employee whose duties require them to be in the regulate area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer;

(d) "Clean Change Room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and-or protective equipment in an environment free of MOCA. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this rule;

(e) "Closed System" means an operation involving MOCA where containment prevents the release of MOCA into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment;

(f) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of MOCA or its safe disposal;

(g) "Disposal" means the safe removal of MOCA from the work environment;

(h) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of MOCA which may result in exposure to or contact with MOCA;

(i) "External Environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas;

(j) "Isolated System" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of MOCA which is impervious to the passage of MOCA and which would prevent the entry of MOCA into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur;

(k) "Laboratory Type Hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving MOCA within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than their hands and arms;

(l) "Nonregulated Area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled;

(m) "Open-Vessel System" means an operation involving MOCA in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of MOCA into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment;

(n) "Protective Clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to MOCA;

(o) "Regulated Area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled.

(3) Requirements for areas containing MOCA:

(a) A regulated area shall be established by an employer where MOCA is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved;

(A) Isolated systems. Employees working with MOCA within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system.

(B) Closed system operation. Within regulated areas where MOCA is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while MOCA is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; and

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities.

(C) Open vessel system operations. Open vessel system operations as defined in section (2) of this rule are prohibited;

(D) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system. In operations involving "laboratory type hoods", or in locations where MOCA is contained in an otherwise "closed system." but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this rule shall apply:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean make-up air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system;

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area;

(iv) Employees engaged in MOCA handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-I, Personal Protective Equipment, 1910.134, Respiratory Protection. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted;

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under subsections (5)(b), (c) and (d) of this rule;

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities;

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day;

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(E) Maintenance and decontamination activities. In cleanup or leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with MOCA could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-I, Personal Protective Equipment;

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; and

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(F) Premixed solutions. Where MOCA is present only in a single solution at a temperature not exceeding 220°F, the establishment of a regulated area is not required; however:

(i) Only authorized employees shall be permitted to handle such materials;

(ii) Each day employees shall be provided with and required to wear a clean change of protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirts and pants), gloves, and other protective garments and equipment necessary to prevent contact with the solution in the process used;

(iii) Employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment when leaving the work area at the end of the work day, or at any time solution is spilled on such clothing or equipment. Used clothing and equipment shall be placed in impervious containers for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under subsections (5)(b), (c) and (d) of this rule;

(iv) Employees shall be required to wash hands and face after removing such clothing and equipment and before engaging in other activities;

(v) Employees assigned to work covered by paragraph (3)(a)(F) of this rule shall be deemed to be working in regulated areas for the purposes of subsection (4)(a); paragraphs (b)(A) and (B); (c)(C) and (D), and sections (5) through (7) of this rule;

(vi) Work areas where solution may be spilled shall be:

(I) Covered daily or after any spill with a clean covering; or

(II) Cleaned thoroughly daily and after any spill.

(4) General Regulated Area Requirements:

(a) Emergencies. In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) of this subsection shall be implemented:

(A) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined;

(B) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations;

(C) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours, for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with subsection (6)(b) of this rule;

(D) Where an employee has a known contact with MOCA, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries;

(E) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in subsection (6)(b) of this rule;

(F) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with running potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level with locations where a direct exposure to MOCA would be most likely as a result of equipment failure, or improper work practice.

(b) Hygiene Facilities and Practices:

(A) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas;

(B) Where employees are required by this rule to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, 1910.141, Sanitation;

(C) Where employees are required by this rule to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, 1910.141, Sanitation;

(D) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, 1910.141, Sanitation, for the number of such employees required to change clothes;

(E) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.

(c) Contamination Control:

(A) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean make-up air in equal volume shall replace air removed;

(B) Any equipment, materials, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment;

(C) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove MOCA from the surfaces of materials, equipment, and the decontamination facility;

(D) Dry, sweeping and dry mopping is prohibited.

(5) Signs, Information and Training:

(a) Signs:

(A) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

(B) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (3)(a)(E) of this rule, shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

(C) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(b) Container Contents Identification:

(A) Containers of a carcinogen and containers required under subparagraph (3)(a)(D)(v) of this rule and OAR 437-002-0391(5)(b), (c) and (d), which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with subsection (5)(e) of this rule may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of MOCA and percent;

(B) Containers of MOCA and containers required under subparagraph (3)(a)(D)(v), and OAR 437-002-0391(5)(b), (c) and (d), which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with subsection (5)(e) of this rule shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number as listed in OAR 437-002-0364(1);

(C) Containers shall have the warning words "Cancer-Suspect Agent" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification;

(D) Containers which have MOCA contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body.

(c) Lettering. Lettering on signs and instructions required by subsections (5)(a) and (b) of this rule shall be a minimum letter height of two inches. Labels on containers required under this division shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than eight-point type in any instance; provided that no such required lettering need be more than one inch in height;

(d) Prohibited Statements. No statement shall appear on or near nay required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction;

(e) Training and Indoctrination:

(A) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(i) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of MOCA including local and systemic toxicity;

(ii) The specific nature of the operation involving MOCA which could result in exposure;

(iii) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(iv) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes;

(v) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(vi) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(vii) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of MOCA;

(viii) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; and

(ix) A review of OAR 437-002-0364 at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(B) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application;

(C) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Administrator.

(6) Reports:

(a) Operations. Not later than December 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this subsection shall be reported in writing to the Administrator. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change:

(A) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area;

(B) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of a carcinogen in each regulated area;

(C) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and

(D) The manner in which a carcinogen is present in each regulated area: e.g., whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled.

(b) Incidents. Incidents which result in the release of MOCA into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this rule:

(A) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time, including a report of any medical treatment of affected employees, shall be made within 24 hours to the Administrator;

(B) A written report shall be filed with the Administrator within 15 calendar days thereafter, and shall include:

(i) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and

(ii) A report of any medical treatment of affected, employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and

(iii) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases.

(7) Medical Surveillance. At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees:

(a) Examinations:

(A) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors;

(B) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examination, not less often than annually, following the preassignemnt examination;

(C) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(b) Records:

(A) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this rule shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Administrator. A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure;

(B) Records required by this rule shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Administrator, in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-3, Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records;

(C) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this rule shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 3-1975, f. 10-6-75, ef. 11-1-75; WCB 4-1979, f. 5-21-79, ef. 7-15-79; WCB 8-1980, f. 11-5-80, ef. 12-1-80; OSHA 12-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0368

Deterioration

(1) Periodic examination, at least annually, of all asbestos containing material should be performed to detect deterioration.

(2) Asbestos which has become damaged or deteriorated shall be repaired, enclosed, encapsulated, or removed in accordance with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.1101 in OAR 437, Division 3, Construction.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: APD 9-1989, f. & ef. 7-7-89; OSHA 12-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; OSHA 4-1995, f. & cert. ef. 3-29-95; OSHA 1-2005, f. & cert. ef. 4-12-05

NOTE: §1910.1025(a)(1) and (2) were not adopted. In Oregon, OAR 437-002-0371 applies:

437-002-0371

Scope and Application

29 CFR 1910.1025 applies to all occupational exposures to lead, except Construction (see 1926.62 in Division 3, Construction).

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 26-1990, f. & cert. ef. 11-16-90; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94

NOTE: Former Division 130, Thiram, has been redesignated, renumbered, and slightly amended as Oregon-initiated Rule 437-002-0373 to continue coverage not provided in federal standards.

437-002-0373

Oregon Rules for Thiram

(1) Scope and Application:

(a) This rule includes requirements for the control of worker exposure to thiram (tertramethyl thiuram disulfide);

(b) This rule applies where worker exposure to thiram may occur during manufacture, storage, packaging, tree application, treated seedling handling, or use of thiram or thiram treated seedling;

(c) This rule applies to the transportation of thiram or thiram treated trees except to the extent that the U.S. Department of Transportation may regulate the hazards covered by these rules.

(2) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply in the application of thiram rules:

(a) "Clean" -- The absence of dirt or materials which may be harmful to a worker's health;

(b) "Large Seedlings" -- Those seedlings of such size, either by length or breadth, that during normal planting operations it is difficult to avoid contact of the thiram treated plant with the mouth or face.

(3) General Requirements. The following subsections shall be applicable to thiram:

(a) Permissible Exposure Limits:

(A) No employee may be exposed to thiram at atmospheric concentrations greater than 0.15 mg-m3 over any eight-hour period; and

(B) No employee may be exposed to thiram at atmospheric concentrations greater than 0.30 mg-m3 averaged over any period not exceeding 15 minutes;

(C) Workers shall not be allowed to work more than five days in any seven day period with or around thiram or thiram treated seedlings;

(D) Paragraph (C) of this subsection is not applicable if a specific thiram control program in addition to these rules and approved by the Administrator has been implemented.

(b) Washing and Worker Hygiene:

(A) Workers shall wash their hands prior to eating or smoking and at the close of work;

(B) Warm (at least 85°F, 29.4°C) wash water and single use hand wiping materials shall be provided for washing;

(C) The warm water and hand wiping materials shall be at fixed work locations or at the planting unit;

(D) Where warm water is not available within 15 minutes travel time, non-alcoholic based waterless hand cleaner shall also be provided;

(E) Every planter or nursery worker shall be advised to bathe or shower daily;

(F) The inside of crummies or other worker carrying vehicles shall be washed or vacuumed and wiped down at least weekly during the period of thiram use.

(c) Personal Protective Measures:

(A) Clothing shall be worn by workers to reduce skin contact with thiram to the legs, arms, and torso;

(B) For those workers who have thiram skin irritations, exposed areas of the body shall be protected by a suitable barrier cream;

(C) Only impervious gloves may be worn by workers;

(D) Workers' hands should be clean of thiram before placing them into gloves;

(E) Nursery applicators shall be provided with and use NIOSH approved respirators according to OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-I, 1910.134, Respiratory Protection, disposable coveralls or rubber slickers or other impervious clothing, rubberized boots, head covers and rubberized gloves;

(F) Nursery workers other than applicators who may be exposed to thiram shall be provided with and use disposable coveralls or rubber slickers or other impervious clothing, impervious footwear and gloves, and head covers unless showers in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, 1910.141, Sanitation, have been provided and are used;

(G) Eye protection according to OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, 1910.133, shall be provided and worn by workers who may be exposed to splashes of thiram such as during spraying, plug bundling, belt line grading and plugging or other operations.

(d) Respiratory Protection:

(A) Only certified respiratory protection which is applicable and approved by NIOSH shall be provided to workers;

(B) All respirators shall be used and maintained in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-I, 1010.134, Respiratory Protection;

(C) Respirators shall be worn when planting large seedlings to avoid mouth and face contact with the thiram treated plant unless equally effective measures or planting practices have been taken.

(e) Food Handling:

(A) Food, snacks, beverages, smoking materials, or any other item which is consumed shall not be stored or consumed in the packing area of the nursery;

(B) Crummies or other worker carrying vehicles shall have a clean area for carrying lunches;

(C) The clean area of the vehicle shall be elevated from the floor and not used to carry other than food or other consumable items;

(D) The carrying of lunches, food or other consumable items in tree plating bags is prohibited;

(E) Care shall be taken to ensure that worker exposure to thiram spray, including downwind driftings, is minimized or eliminated;

(F) Workers shall stand upwind when bags that contained thiram or thiram treated seedlings are burned.

(f) Thiram Use and Handling:

(A) Nurseries shall develop a quality control program approved by the Administrator to ensure that only the minimum amount of thiram necessary to achieve the desired anti-browsing results is applied to the tree seedlings;

(B) Thiram treated seedlings shall be allowed to set between the time of spraying and packing;

(C) Seedlings shall be kept moist during packing and whenever possible during planting operations;

(D) Floors where thiram is used shall not be dry swept but instead vacuumed, washed or otherwise cleaned at least daily;

(E) Silica chips used to cover seedling plugs shall be removed at the nursery.

(g) Labeling:

(A) In the event the Oregon Department of Agriculture, or the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), has promulgated and maintained administrative rules relative to the labeling of thiram treated seedlings, such rules shall apply;

(B) In the event the Oregon State Department of Agriculture, or EPA, has not promulgated or maintained thiram labeling rules, there shall be attached to each container, bundle, or wrapping or thiram treated seedlings, a clearly legible and visible tag or label, of waterproof material and printing, on which there is stated in English and Spanish the following:

These seedlings have been treated with an animal repellent containing Thiram (tetramethyl thiuram disulfide) which may flake off the seedlings during handling. Consumption of alcoholic beverages or use of alcohol-base creams or lotions during a time span from 12 hours before to 7 days after exposure to Thiram may result in nausea, headache, vomiting, fatigue, or flushness. Exposure to Thiram may also cause irritation of the eyes, nose, throat, or skin.

Thiram may interfere with or render ineffective medications taken by epileptics or heart patients with blood-clotting difficulties. Animal studies at very high concentrations (more than 250 mg-kg) indicate that Thiram may cause birth defects.

1. Keep treated seedlings moist at all times.

2. Clothing shall be worn by workers to reduce skin contact with Thiram to the legs, arms and torso.

3. A fiber or cloth face mask (respirator) may be worn at the planter's discretion, except that when plating large seedlings, respirators shall be required to avoid mouth and face contact with thiram treated plants, unless equally effective measures have been taken.

4. Wash exposed skin areas thoroughly after handling treated seedlings and before smoking, drinking, eating or going to the bathroom.

5. If Thiram flakes come in contact with eyes, immediately flush eyes freely with water.

6. Bathe daily and change work clothes at least every other day.

Estas plantas han sido tratadas con un replente contra animales que tiene la substacia Thiram (tetramethyl thiuram disulfide) que puede desaparecer en manoseo. La consuncion de bebidas alcoholicas o el uso de cremas o lociones con base de alcohol dentro de 12 horas antes de ser expuesto o hasta 7 dias despues de ser expuesto a Thiram puede resultar en sintomas de nausea, dolor de cabeza, vomito, faiga o rubor. Contacto con Thiram puede causar irritacion de los ojos, nariz, garganta o piel.

Thiram puede interferir o desv alidar en completa las medicinas de los epilepticos o personas con condiciones de la corazon con dificultades de coagulacion de la sangre. Estudios con animals en concentraciones muy altas (mnas que 250 mg-kg) indican que Thiram puede causar desformaciones fetales. Sin que cuando se sembra plantas de semillas grandes macaras estaran requerido a evitar contacto con la boca y la cara con plantas tratado con Thiram excepto cuando otros metodos igualmente efecaz estarah usados.

1. Guardar mojados las platas siempre.

2. El trabajador necesita usar ropa para reducir el contacto de Thiram con law piernas, brazos, y el torso.

3. Una mascara de fibre o garra (mascara) se puede usar a la discrecion del plantador.

4. Lavese bien los parten expuestos cuando trate los semillos antes de fumar, tomar, comer e ir al bano.

5. Se acaso el Thiram cae en sus ojos, imediatamente labese los ojos libremente con agua.

6. Banese todos los dias y cambiese de ropa de trabojo por lo menos cada otro dia.

(C) Other containers or thiram handling areas shall be signed and labeled in accordance with OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-J, General Environmental Controls, 1910.144 and 1910.145.

(h) Training:

(A) Each worker engaged in operations where exposure to thiram may occur shall be provided training relating to the hazards or thiram and precautions for its safe use and handling;

(B) The training shall be approved by the Administrator;

(C) The training shall include instruction in:

(i) The nature of the health hazard(s) from chronic exposure to thiram including specifically the potential for birth defects, alcohol intolerance, and drug interaction;

(ii) The specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to thiram and the necessary protective steps;

(iii) The purpose for, proper use, and limitations of protective devices including respirators and clothing;

(iv) The acute toxicity and skin irritation effects of thiram, and the necessary protective steps;

(v) The necessity for and requirements of excellent personal hygiene;

(vi) A review of the thiram rules at the worker's first training and indoctrination, and annually thereafter.

(D) A copy of these thiram rules shall be provided to each worker who may be exposed to thiram.

[Publications: The publication(s) referred to or incorporated by reference in this rule are available from the agency.]]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 13-1977(Temp), f. & ef. 11-7-77; WCD 2-1978, f. & ef. 3-6-78; OSHA 12-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-0377

Additional Oregon Rules for Hazard Communication

(1) Subpoenas, Citations, Penalties:

(a) In addition to the provisions of 1910.1200(i)(11), the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division shall have the authority under ORS Chapter 654 to issue a subpoena or any protective orders;

(b) Agency actions under ORS Chapter 564 and these rules may be enforced by the issuance of additional citations and penalties pursuant to ORS 654.071(4), 654.086(1)(d), or 654.086(3). The Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division may refer the matter to the Circuit Court in the county in which the proceedings are pending for enforcement of the subpoena.

(2) Hazard Communication for Agriculture:

(a) Definitions:

(A) "Agricultural Employer" means any person engaged in agricultural production or agricultural services (Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Manual, Division A, Agriculture, Major Groups 01, 02 and 07) who has one or more employees; or any sole proprietor or member of a partnership who elects workers' compensation coverage as a subject worker pursuant to ORS 656.128;

(B) "Hand-Labor Operations" means agricultural operations performed by hand or with hand tools, and other activities or operations performed in conjunction with hand-labor in the field. Some examples of "hand-labor operation" are the hand-cultivation, hand-weeding, hand-planting, and hand-harvesting of vegetables, nuts, fruits, seedlings or other crops, including mushrooms, and the hand-packing of produce into containers, whether done on the ground, on a moving machine, or in a temporary packing shed located in the field.

(b) Employee Training and Information:

(A) Agricultural employers shall provide all of their employees, or assure that the employees have been provided, with the brochure, "Safe Practices When Working Around Hazardous Agricultural Chemicals", developed by the Oregon Occupational Safety and Health Division. The brochure shall contain information on proper personal hygiene, protective safety equipment, general safety rules, proper work clothing, employee rights with respect to ORS Chapter 654 and common symptoms of exposure to hazardous chemicals;

(B) For employees performing hand-labor operations, provision of the brochure, information regarding the location and availability of Material Safety Data Sheets, and providing employee access to Material Safety Data Sheet information for the residual hazardous chemicals when they may reasonably be expected to contact, will be considered to meet the training and information requirements of 1910.1200.

(c) Material Safety Data Sheets. Upon request by an employee performing hand-labor operations, Material Safety Data Sheet information shall be made readily accessible for the residual hazardous chemicals which employees may reasonably be expected to contact;

(d) Employees who mix, load, apply, or otherwise handle hazardous chemicals shall be provided with all information and training required by 1910.1200.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 6-1984, f. 6-25-84, ef. 11-25-85; APD 1-1988, f. & ef. 2-8-88; OSHA 12-1993, f. 8-20-93, cert.; ef. 11-1-93

NOTE: Former Division 153, Pipe Labelling, has been redesignated, renumbered, and amended as Oregon-initiated Rule 437-002-0378, to continue coverage not provided in federal standards.

437-002-0378

Oregon Rules for Pipe Labelling

(1) Scope and Application. This division shall apply to all piping systems containing hazardous substances or that use asbestos as a pipe insulation material in buildings, structures and workplaces. This division does not apply to buried piping.

(2) Definitions:

(a) "Hazardous Substances": Any substance which is a physical or health hazard;

(b) "Health Hazard": A chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosive sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes or mucous membranes;

(c) "Physical Hazard": A chemical for which there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, or oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive;

(d) "Piping System": Includes pipes, single or multiple, of any kind and, in addition, valves and pipe coverings;

(e) "Pipes": Conduits for the transport of gases, liquids, semiliquids or fine particulate dusts.

(3) Purpose. The purpose of this division is to prescribe minimum labelling requirements for all piping systems which contain hazardous substances, transport substances in a hazardous state, or which use asbestos as a pipe insulation material.

(4) Labelling:

(a) Pipes and piping systems which contain hazardous substances or transport substances in a hazardous state shall be labelled in accordance with paragraphs (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this subsection or otherwise identified in accordance with subsection (c) of this section:

(A) Positive identification of the hazardous contents of a piping system shall be by lettered labels. The label shall give the name of the contents in full or abbreviated form;

(B) Contents shall be identified by labelling with sufficient detail to identify the hazard;

(C) Label wording shall be brief, informative and simple;

(D) Labelling shall be accomplished by stencilling, the use of tape, adhesives, markers or approved alternative means.

(b) Pipes or piping systems which use asbestos as a pipe insulation material shall be labelled in accordance with subsection (c) of this section:

(A) The label for pipe insulation containing asbestos shall include the following:

(c) The employer may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials in lieu of affixing labels to individual pipes, as long as the alternative method identifies the pipe(s) to which it is applicable and conveys the information required by this rule. The written materials shall be readily accessible to the employees in their work areas during each shift. (OAR Chapter 437, Division 2-Z, Hazard Communication, 1910.1200.)

(5) Location of Labelling:

(a) Labelling shall be applied where confusion may occur, such as close to valves or flanges and adjacent to changes in direction, branches and where pipes pass through walls, floors or ceilings;

(b) Labelling shall be applied, at a minimum, at the beginning and end of continuous pipe runs;

(c) For asbestos insulation, labelling shall be at a minimum, on unobstructed continuous pipe runs, every 75 feet.

(6) Visibility:

(a) Where pipes are located above or below the normal line of vision, the lettering shall be placed below or above the horizontal centerline of the pipe;

(b) Where pipes are inaccessible and-or at a distance which precludes clear identification of the letters on labelling, alternatives to the labelling which meet all other requirements of this rule may be used (i.e., schematics posted on walls in work areas).

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCD 8-1986, f. 9-4-86, cert. ef. 10-1-87; OSHA 12-1993, f. 6-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93; Renumbered from 437-153-0004-0025

437-002-0382

Oregon Rules for Air Contaminants

An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Oregon Tables Z-1, Z-2, or Z-3 of this section shall be limited in accordance with the requirements of the following paragraphs of this section.

(1) Oregon Table Z-1.

(a) Substances with limits preceded by “C” -- Ceiling Values. An employee’s exposure to any substance in Oregon Table Z-1, the exposure limit of which is preceded by a “C”, shall at no time exceed the exposure limit given for that substance. If instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, then the ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute time weighted average exposure which shall not be exceeded at any time during the working day.

(b) Other substances -- 8-hour Time Weighted Averages. An employee’s exposure to any substance in Oregon Table Z-1, the exposure limit of which is not preceded by a “C”, shall not exceed the 8-hour Time Weighted Average given for that substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week.

(c) Other Substances -- Excursion Limits. Excursions in worker exposure levels may exceed 3 times the PEL-TWA for no more than a total of 30 minutes during a workday, and under no circumstances should they exceed 5 times the PEL-TWA, provided that the PEL-TWA is not exceeded.

(d) Skin Designation. To prevent or reduce skin absorption, an employee’s skin exposure to substances listed in Oregon Table Z-1 with an “X” in the Skin Designation column following the substance name shall be prevented or reduced to the extent necessary in the circumstances through the use of gloves, coveralls, goggles, or other appropriate personal protective equipment, engineering controls or work practices.

(2) Oregon Table Z-2. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Oregon Table Z-2 shall not exceed the exposure limits specified as follows:

(a) 8-hour time weighted averages. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Oregon Table Z-2, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance in Oregon Table Z-2.

(b) Acceptable ceiling concentrations. An employee’s exposure to a substance listed in Oregon Table Z-2 shall not exceed the acceptable ceiling concentration for the given substance in the table at any time during an 8-hour shift except:

(i) Acceptable maximum peak above the acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hour shift. An employee’s exposure to a substance listed in Oregon Table Z-2 shall not exceed the acceptable maximum peak above the acceptable ceiling concentration, and shall not exceed the maximum duration for the given substance during an 8-hour shift.

(c) Example. Table During an 8-hour work shift, an employee exposed to benzene may be exposed to an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA) of 10 ppm. Concentrations of benzene during the 8-hour work shift may not exceed 25 ppm, unless that exposure is no more than 50 ppm and does not exceed 10 minutes during an 8-hour work shift. Such exposures must be compensated by exposures to concentrations below 10 ppm so that the 8-hour time-weighted average is less than 10 ppm.

(d) Skin Designation. To prevent or reduce skin absorption, an employee’s skin exposure to substances listed in Oregon Table Z-2 with an “X” in the Skin Designation column following the substance name shall be prevented or reduced to the extent necessary in the circumstances through the use of gloves, coveralls, goggles, or other appropriate personal protective equipment, engineering controls or work practices.

(3) Oregon Table Z-3. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Oregon Table Z-3, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance in the table. Computation formulae. The computation formula which shall apply to employee expo- sure to more than one substance for which 8-hour time weighted averages are included in OAR 437, Division 2/Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, in order to determine whether an employee is exposed over the regulatory limit is as follows: The cumulative exposure for an 8-hour work shift shall be computed as follows:

E = (CaTa + CbTb + ...CnTn) ÷ 8

Where:

E is the equivalent exposure for the working shift.

C is the concentration during any period of time T where the concentration remain constant.

T is the duration in hours of the exposure at the concentration C.

The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average specified in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910 for the substance involved.

To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (4)(a)(i) of this section, assume that Substance A has an 8-hour time weighted average limit of 100 ppm (Oregon Table Z-1). Assume that an employee is subject to the following exposure:

Two hours exposure at 150 ppm

Two hours exposure at 75 ppm

Four hours exposure at 50 ppm

Substituting this information in the formula, we have

[(2 x 150) + (2 x 75) + (4 x 50)] ÷ 8 = 81.25 ppm

Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-hour time weighted average limit, the exposure is acceptable.

In case of a mixture of air contaminants an employer shall compute the equivalent exposure as follows:

Em = (C1 ÷ L1) + (C2 ÷ L2) + .(Cn ÷ Ln)

Where:

Em is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.

C is the concentration of a particular contaminant.

L is the exposure limit for that substance specified in Subpart Z of 29 CFR Part 1910.

The value of Em shall not exceed unity (1).

To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (4)(b)(i) of this section, consider the following exposures:

Table

Substituting in the formula, we have:

Em = (500 ÷ 1000) + (45 ÷ 200) + (40 ÷ 200)

Em = 0.500 + 0.225 + 0.200

Em = 0.925

Since Em is less than unity (1), the exposure combination is within acceptable limits.

(4) To achieve compliance with paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section, administrative or engineering controls must first be determined and implemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or any other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limits prescribed in this section. Any equipment and/or technical measures used for this purpose must be approved for each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with 1910.134.

Notes, Footnotes, Table, Note, Footnotes, Table, Footnotes, Table

The measurements under this note refer to the use of an AEC (now NRC) instrument. If the respirable fraction of coal dust is determined with a MRE the figure corresponding to that of 2.4 mg/m3 in the table for coal dust is 4.5 mg/m3.

[ED. NOTE: Tables referenced are available from the agency.]

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 17-1993, f. & cert. ef. 11-15-93; OSHA 6-1994, f. & cert. ef. 9-30-94; OSHA 5-1997, f. & cert. ef. 4-22-97; OSHA 6-1997, f. & cert. ef. 5-2-97; OSHA 4-2001, f. & cert. ef. 2-5-01; OSHA 6-2006, f. & cert. ef. 8-30-06; OSHA 6-2008, f. 5-13-08, cert. ef. 7-1-08

NOTE: The following Oregon-initiated rule is adopted in place of 1910.1450(k).

437-002-0390

Oregon Effective Dates

(1) The effective date for 29 CFR 1910.1450 in Oregon is August 8, 1990.

(2) Start up dates in Oregon:

(a) Employers shall have developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no later than May 8, 1991;

(b) 29 CFR 1910.1450(a)(2) shall not take effect until the employer has developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 9-1990, f. 5-8-90, ef. 8-8-90

NOTE: The following Oregon-initiated Rule 437-002-0391 (formerly 437-0116-0010(6)) has been retained and renumbered from former Division 116, Carcinogens.

437-002-0391

Additional Oregon Rules for Carcinogens in Laboratories

(1) Definitions:

(a) "Absolute Filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a monodisperse aerosol of 0.3 µm particles;

(b) For the purposes of OAR 437-002-0391, "carcinogen" is defined as the substances regulated by 29 CFR 1910.1003, 1910.1004, 1910.1006, 1910.1007, 1910.1008, 1910.1009, 1910.1010, 1910.1011, 1910.1012, 1910.1013, 1910.1014, 1910.1015, 1910.1016 and OAR 437-002-0364.

(2) Laboratory Activities. The requirements of this section shall apply to research and quality control activities involving the use of a carcinogen:

(a) Mechanical pipetting aids shall be used for all pipetting procedures;

(b) Experiments, procedures and equipment which could produce aerosols shall be confined to laboratory-type hoods or glove boxes;

(c) Surfaces on which a carcinogen is handled shall be protected from contamination;

(d) Contaminated wastes and animal carcasses shall be collected in impervious containers which are closed and decontaminated prior to removal from the work area. Such wastes and carcasses shall be incinerated in such a manner that no carcinogenic products are released;

(e) All other forms of a carcinogen shall be inactivated prior to disposal;

(f) Laboratory vacuum systems shall be protected with disposable absolute filters. Exhaust systems containing such filters shall be provided with suitable ports or openings to enable determination of whether the filter in its operating location, does meet the efficiency requirements defined in section (1) of this rule. Determination of filter efficiency shall be by measurement, with a forward light scattering photometer, of passage of a polydisperse dioctyl phthalate aerosol;

(g) Employees engaged in animal support activities shall be:

(A) Provided with, and required to wear, a complete protective clothing change, clean each day, including coveralls or pants and shirt, foot covers, head covers, gloves, and appropriate respiratory protective equipment or devices; and

(B) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified as required under OAR 437-002-0364(5)(b), (c) and (d);

(C) Required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated area close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities; and

(D) Required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(h) Employees, other than those engaged only in animal support activities, each day shall be:

(A) Provided with and required to wear a clean change of appropriate laboratory clothing, such as a solid front gown, surgical scrub suit, or full buttoned laboratory coat;

(B) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified as required under OAR 437-002-0364(5)(b), (c) and (d);

(C) Required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated area close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.

(i) Air pressure in laboratory areas and animal rooms where a carcinogen is handled and bioassay studies are performed shall be negative in relation to the pressure in surrounding areas. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated;

(j) There shall be no connection between regulated areas and any other areas through the ventilation system;

(k) A current inventory of carcinogens shall be maintained;

(l) Ventilated apparatus such as laboratory type hoods, shall be tested at least semiannually or immediately after ventilation modification or maintenance operations, by personnel fully qualified to certify correct containment and operation.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(3)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: WCB 3-1975, f. 10-6-75, ef. 11-1-75; OSHA 12-1993, f. 6-20-93, cert. ef. 11-1-93

437-002-1030

Additional Oregon Rules for Bloodborne Pathogens

Every employer with employees that use medical sharps in direct patient care must, at least annually, identify, evaluate, and select engineering and work practice controls, including safer medical devices.

(1) This evaluation must involve non-managerial front-line employees responsible for direct patient care.

(2) This evaluation must be done on a facility-by-facility basis. When a facility has multiple departments with specific equipment and/or work practice concerns, the evaluation must involve employees from those departments.

(3) After a device is evaluated and selected, the employer must make a decision on implementing that device.

(a) If a device is not purchased because of employer or employee concerns, those concerns must be documented. However, if the employer does not purchase a device that had employee support, the employer must also document the employee support, as well as the justification for not purchasing that device.

(b) If a device is purchased without the consent of the employees who evaluated it, the employer must document the employees' concerns, as well as the employers' justification for purchasing that device.

(c) All documentation required by 437-002-1030(3) must be kept as part of the written Exposure Control Plan.

(4) The employer must ensure that all affected employees are informed on the process for selecting safer medical devices.

(5) Employees must be trained in the use of safer medical devices before the employees use those devices.

Stat. Auth: ORS 654.025(2) & ORS 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 10-2001, f. 9-14-01, cert. ef. 10-18-01

437-002-1035

Oregon Rule for Sharps Injury Log

The requirement to establish and maintain a sharps injury log applies to any employer who is required to maintain an Exposure Control Plan. The sharps injury log must be maintained for 5 years.

Stat. Auth: ORS 654.025(2) and 656.726(4).
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 10-2001, f. 9-14-01, cert. ef. 10-18-01

437-002-1139

Working Over or In Water.

(1) Scope and Application: This rule applies to employees not covered by Division 3, Construction; Division 4, Agriculture or Division 6, Forest Practices. These rules apply where the danger of drowning exists and the water is more than five feet deep. These rules do not apply to law enforcement or emergency services workers nor to any workers protected by general or personal fall protection nor to employees covered by OAR 437-002-1910.401 through 1910.441, Commercial Diving Operations.

(2) Definition:

(a) Rescue device -- A ring buoy and line, gaff pole, throwable rescue device or other device that serves as a means to rescue somebody from the water without requiring the rescuer to enter the water.

(3)(a) Workers in water must wear a Coast Guard approved or equivalent, wearable personal flotation device (PFD).

(b) Workers over water on floating or unstable surfaces must wear a Coast Guard approved or equivalent, wearable personal floatation device (PFD).

(c) Piers, docks, wharves and work sites along developed shorelines must have rescue devices available within 200 feet of the water or shoreline work area.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2) & 656.726(4)
Stats. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - ORS 654.295
Hist.: OSHA 1-2001, f. 1-18-01, cert. ef. 3-1-01

437-002-2224

Vehicle Drivers and Riders.

(1) Scope. This rule applies, without regard to vehicle ownership when your employees drive or ride as part of their employment.

NOTE: The Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries (BOLI) administers rules about using minors as drivers. Please contact the nearest BOLI office for more information.

(2) Driver Qualifications. You must not allow an employee to drive a vehicle on a public highway or road unless they have a valid driver's license appropriate for that type vehicle.

(3) General Safety.

(a) Do not allow employees to drive or ride in any vehicle known to be unsafe.

(b) Require employees to report any safety problems effecting vehicles you own or provide.

(4) Rider Safety -- General.

(a) Except as in (5), (6) and (7), do not allow employees to occupy a vehicle in excess of its seating capacity.

(b) Require employees to comply with all applicable seatbelt and traffic safety laws.

(5) Rider Safety in the Bed of Dump Trucks, Pickups and Similar Vehicles. Do not transport workers in the beds of dump trucks, pickups or similar vehicles unless these conditions are met when applicable:

(a) When seating is available, it must be secure to the floor and passengers may not stand.

(b) The bed is secure to the frame. Beds that tilt or slide must be secure from movement.

(c) Dump beds must be secure or the activating lever locked.

(d) The total height of the sides of the transport area must be at least 42 inches. If riders sit on the floor, the height must be at least 24 inches.

(e) There must be a tailgate the same height as the sides or three evenly spaced chains, cables or ropes taut across the back.

(f) Not more than 4 workers may ride on a flatbed without sides or a tailgate and then only when the speed will not be more than 30 mph. There must be two handholds for each rider.

(g) Workers must not ride in space with cargo unless it is secure from movement.

(6) Standing Rider Safety -- Buses. Riders must not sit on the floor while the vehicle is moving. Riders may stand if these conditions are met:

(a) There must be an aisle at least 12 inches wide leading to the emergency exit.

(b) There are no seats in or boards across the aisle.

(c) There must be handholds for standing riders.

(d) Not more than one rider per row of seats may stand.

(e) Riders may not sit or stand near the driver and not ahead of the forward-most row of seats.

(f) Workers in transit must not stand for more than one hour or 45 miles, whichever is less. At the end of that period, the standing workers must get a seat or the vehicle must stop for a 15-minute rest allowing the workers to get out.

(7) Fueling.

(a) There must be no smoking or other source of ignition within 25 feet of any refueling operation.

(b) Do not fill any container that is not bonded or grounded while it is inside the vehicle, in the pickup bed or anyplace other than on the ground.

(c) Stop the engine (except diesels) during fueling.

(d) Refueling vehicles with LPG must be outdoors.

(8) Hauling gasoline or flammable liquid.

(a) For buses, vehicles that carry 16 or more, crew trucks, vans and passenger cars, use only DOT or UL approved containers that hold 5 gallons or less and secure them in an area separate from passengers.

(b) For pickups, flatbeds and other vehicles not in (a), there is no container size limit as long it is not in an enclosed passenger area.

(9) Hauling Explosives. When hauling explosives, only the driver and one qualified person may be in the vehicle. Comply with OAR 437-002-1910.109 and 437-002-0109.

(10) Loading or Unloading. When loading or unloading vehicles in a manner that is likely to cause the vehicle to move, set the brakes and chock the wheels.

(11) High Voltage Clearances. When operating a vehicle near overhead lines carrying more than 600v, OAR 437-002-0047 applies for general industry employers and OAR 437-003-0047 applies for Construction employers.

(12) Traffic Control. You must require employees to set up appropriate traffic controls when they stop on or adjacent to a highway, street, or road in a way that creates a hazard and when traffic cannot adjust safely on its own. The controls must conform to the Millennium Edition of the (FHWA) Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), December 2000.

NOTE: Get a copy of the Millennium Edition from the following organizations: American Traffic Safety Services Association, 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100, Fredericksburg, VA 22406-1022; Telephone: 1-800-231-3475; Fax: (540) 368-1722; www.atssa.com; Institute of Transportation Engineers, 1099 14th Street, NW., Suite 300 West, Washington, DC 20005-3438; Fax: (202) 289-7722; www.ite.org; and American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.aashto.org; Telephone: 1-800-525-5562.OR: Download the MUTCD 2000 at http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/kno-millennium. OR: The MUTCD 2000 is available for review at the Oregon OSHA Resource Center, 350 Winter Street NE, Basement - Room 26, Salem, Oregon 97301-3882; Telephone: (503) 378-3272, or toll free in Oregon 1-800-922-2689.

NOTE: Employers who follow the most current edition of the Oregon Temporary Traffic Control Handbook for Operations of 3 Days or Less comply with this requirement.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2), 656.726(4).
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 6-2007, f. & cert. ef. 9-26-07

437-002-2225

Vehicles for Highway and Road Operation Characteristics and Maintenance

(1) Scope. This applies to employer-owned vehicles licensed for highway and road use, driven and/or maintained by employees on public or private property, except the following:

(a) Powered Industrial Trucks covered by OR-OSHA standard 1910.178 and OAR 437-002-0227.

(b) Earth moving equipment (scrapers, loaders, bulldozers and graders) covered by OAR 437-003-1926.602.

(c) Manufactured structures, ATVs, golf carts and other similar devices not intended for highway or road use.

NOTE: When operating a vehicle near overhead power lines more than 600 volts, OAR 437-002-0047 applies for General Industry employers and OAR 437-003-0047 applies for Construction employers.

(2) Vehicle Components.

(a) The engine start/stop control must be within reach of the driver.

(b) There must be steps, ladders and railings to allow safe access to and exit from areas on vehicles where employees must access. Steps and rungs must be slip resistant.

(c) Vehicles whose cargo is loaded by cranes, power shovels or other powered loaders must have a cab or cab shield that protects the occupants from the impact of falling material.

(d) Secure all material, equipment or tools to prevent movement or a barrier must be in place to protect the occupants from moving items.

(e) Vehicles with cabs must have a door or doors for entry and exit.

(f) Vehicle cargo must not prevent occupants from exiting under any condition.

(g) Vehicles must comply with ORS 811.225, Failure to Maintain Safety Belts in Working Order.

(3) Flashing Warning Lights. Buses with a capacity of 16 or more passengers must have a working flashing light system that complies with ORS 816.260 if they load or unload passengers on a public highway or road.

(4) Buses and Crew Trucks.

(a) Buses and crew trucks must have a secure seat with back rest for each occupant.

(b) Buses with an enclosed seating area for 12 or more workers, unless loaded from the rear, must have an emergency exit not less than 24 inches wide by not less than 48 inches high on the left side or rear of the vehicle. It must open easily from inside or outside the vehicle.

(5) Passenger Compartments.

(a) Floors and decks must be slip resistant.

(b) Seal openings between the engine compartment and muffler area to prevent carbon monoxide from entering the enclosed passenger compartment.

(c) Enclosed passenger compartment must be substantially dust proof and watertight.

(d) Areas where workers sit or stand must be free of protruding nails, screws, splinters or similar physical hazards.

(e) Protect riders from inclement weather by enclosing riding areas as necessary.

(6) Steering. Do not allow spinner knobs on vehicles without power steering. Spinner knobs must be on the inside of the steering wheel.

(7) Lighting. Where general lighting in vehicle operating areas is less than 2 footcandles per square foot, vehicles must have working lights that sufficiently light the travel path.

(8) Testing, Maintenance, and Repair.

(a) Block or crib heavy machinery, equipment or parts supported by slings, hoists, jacks or otherwise prevent it from falling before employees work underneath or between such objects.

(b) During repair or maintenance set all controls in neutral, stop the motor and set the brakes unless the work requires otherwise.

(c) During maintenance or inspection on vehicles with dump bins, use an attached, lockable support that prevents unintentional lowering of the bin.

(d) Disconnect the vehicle battery when the work allows and the energized system could cause injury.

(9) Warning Devices.

(a) All vehicles must have a working horn that can be heard above surrounding area noise. Paragraph (b) does not apply when the vehicle backs up with an observer or when the operator verifies that there is nobody behind the vehicle or when nobody may enter the danger area without the operator's knowledge.

(b) Vehicles with an obstructed view to the rear must have a backup alarm that can be heard over the surrounding noise. If surrounding noise prevents this or if there are so many vehicles using backup alarms that they cannot be distinguished from each other, flashing or strobe lights are acceptable.

(10) Control of Exhaust Gases.

(a) Vehicles must have a working muffler.

(b) Exhaust pipes must direct the gasses away from occupants.

(c) Insulate or otherwise protect exhaust pipes exposed to worker contact.

(11) First Aid Kits. Vehicles for transport of 16 or more workers must have a clean, stocked first aid kit with enough supplies for the number of workers usually transported.

NOTE: Laws and/or administrative rules administered by other government agencies require fire extinguishers in vehicles under specifically defined circumstances.

(12) Controls.

(a) Levers that control dump or hoist devices must have a latch or other device that prevents accidental starting or tripping of the mechanism.

(b) The operator of a dump truck must be able to operate the tailgate trip handle from a position clear of the dumping load.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2), 656.726(4).
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 6-2007, f. & cert. ef. 9-26-07

437-002-2226

Vehicles for Use on Property Other Than Public Roads and Highways Operation, Characteristics and Maintenance

(1) Scope. This rule applies to employer-owned vehicles, not licensed or normally operated on public highways or roads, except the following:

(a) Powered Industrial Trucks covered in OR-OSHA standard 1910.178 and OAR 437-002-0227.

(b) Earth moving equipment, (scrapers, loaders, bulldozers and graders) covered by OAR 437-003-1926.602.

(c) Manufactured structures, ATVs, golf carts and other similar devices not intended for highway or road use.

(2) Safe Operation. You must require the driver to:

(a) Look in the direction of travel and have a clear view unless being guided by somebody with a clear view of the route.

(b) Slow or stop as appropriate at intersections and not drive in marked pedestrian lanes.

(c) Not drive a vehicle up to a person standing in front of a stationary object.

(d) Manually control all towed or pushed vehicles unless they use a towbar.

(3) Vehicle Loads. You must protect employees from hazardous vehicle loads by requiring that they:

(a) Not load a vehicle beyond its rated capacity.

(b) Stabilize, lash down or otherwise secure the load.

(c) Never be under an elevated load.

(4) Basic Equipment Requirements. You must assure your vehicles comply with the following:

(a) Vehicles with windshields must have working powered wipers and an effective defroster.

(b) There must be no broken glass that impairs the driver's vision.

(c) When the load or passengers obstruct the use of the interior rear view mirror, there must be an outside rear view mirror on each side of the vehicle.

(d) Vehicle brakes must be effective when the vehicle is fully loaded. The parking brake must hold the loaded vehicle on any slope which it may operate.

NOTE: The rules on safety chains do not apply to saddle-mount towing, or to a semitrailer coupled to a towing vehicle with a fifth wheel and kingpin assembly so designed that the upper and lower halves may not separate without being manually released onto a dolly without a tow bar.

(5) Uncoupled towing. You must assure that:

(a) Towed vehicles with a gross weight of 5,000 pounds or less must have at least one safety chain or cable. Towed vehicles with a gross weight more than 5,000 pounds must have at least two safety chains or cables.

(b) Safety chains or cables must be strong enough to control the towed vehicle in event the tow bar or coupling device fails.

(c) Safety chains or cables must connect to the towed and towing vehicles and to the tow bar so as to prevent the tow bar from dropping to the ground if it or the coupling device fails.

(d) There must be only enough slack in safety chains or cables to permit proper turning.

(6) Coupled towing. You must assure that:

(a) Drawbar, coupling device, and other connections for towing of trailers must be strong enough to hold the weight of the towed vehicle on any grade over which it may operate.

(b) Any coupling device on any towing vehicle used as a connection for the tow bar on any towed vehicle with a gross weight more than 5,000 pounds must be firmly attached to the frame or to a solid connection to the frame.

(c) There must be a suitable locking means to prevent accidental separation of the towed and towing vehicles.

(d) Connections must have only enough slack to allow for universal action of the connections.

NOTE: When operating a vehicle near overhead power lines more than 600 volts, OAR 437-002-0047 applies for General Industry employers and OAR 437-003-0047 applies for Construction employers.

Stat. Auth.: ORS 654.025(2), 656.726(4).
Stat. Implemented: ORS 654.001 - 654.295.
Hist.: OSHA 6-2007, f. & cert. ef. 9-26-07

Alphabetical Index by Agency Name

Numerical Index by OAR Chapter Number

Search the Text of the OARs

Questions about Administrative Rules?

Link to the Oregon Revised Statutes (ORS)

Return to Oregon State Archives Home Page